UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 6-K

 

REPORT OF FOREIGN PRIVATE ISSUER

Pursuant to Rule 13a-16 or 15d-16 under the

Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

For the Month of July, 2019

 

Commission File Number: 333-213314

 

HUAHUI EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

(FKA HUAHUI EDUCATION GROUP CORPORATION)

(Translation of registrant’s name into English)

 

13 th Floor, Building B1, Wisdom Plaza,

Qiaoxiang Road, Nanshan District

Shenzhen, Guangdoang Province, China 518000

(Address of Principal Executive Office)

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant files or will file annual reports under cover of Form 20-F or Form 40-F

Form 20-F [X] Form 40-F [  ]

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(1): _____

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(7): _____

 

 

 

 
 

 

CAUTIONARY NOTICE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This Form 6-K and other reports filed by the Company from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission (collectively the “Filings”) contain or may contain forward-looking statements and information that are based upon beliefs of, and information currently available to, the Company’s management as well as estimates and assumptions made by the Company’s management. When used in the filings the words “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “future,” “intend,” “plan” or the negative of these terms and similar expressions as they relate to the Company or the Company’s management identify forward-looking statements. Such statements reflect the current view of the Company with respect to future events and are subject to risks, uncertainties, assumptions and other factors (including the risks contained in the section of this report entitled “Risk Factors”) relating to the Company’s industry, operations and results of operations and any businesses that may be acquired by the Company. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should the underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may differ significantly from those anticipated, believed, estimated, expected, intended or planned.

 

Although the Company believes that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, the Company cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements. Except as required by applicable law, including the securities laws of the United States, the Company does not intend to update any of the forward-looking statements to conform these statements to actual results. The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the Company’s pro forma financial statements and the related notes included herein.

 

MARKET DATA AND FORECAST

 

Unless otherwise indicated, information in this Current Report on Form 6-K concerning economic conditions and our industry is based on information from independent industry analysts and publications, as well as our estimates. Except where otherwise noted, our estimates are derived from publicly available information released by third-party sources, as well as data from our internal research, and are based on such data and knowledge of our industry, which we believe to be reasonable. None of the independent industry publications used in this report was prepared on our or our affiliates’ behalf. We acknowledge our responsibility for all disclosures in this report, but caution readers that we have not independently verified the underlying information in such publications and reports.

 

This report also contains data related to the executive coaching industry. These market data include estimates and projections that are based on a number of assumptions. If any one or more of the assumptions underlying the market data turn out to be incorrect, actual results may differ significantly from the projections.

 

COMPLETION OF ACQUISITION OR DISPOSITION OF ASSETS

 

On July 3, 2019 (the “Closing Date”), HUAHUI EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED (the “Company”), an exempted company limited by shares under the laws of the Cayman Islands, closed on a share exchange (the “Share Exchange”) with HUAHUI GROUP STOCK LIMITED, (“HGSL”), a Seychelles company limited by shares, and HGSL’s shareholders, Mr. Junze Zhang, Feier Co., Limited and Meisi Co., Limited (the “HGSL Shareholders”). As a result, HGSL is now a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. Under the Share Exchange Agreement, the HGSL Shareholders exchanged all of the shares that they held in HGSL for 300,000,000 ordinary shares of the Company. A copy of the Share Exchange Agreement is attached as Exhibit 2.1 to this Form 6-K.

 

For accounting purposes, the Share Exchange was treated as a reverse acquisition with the HGSL Shareholders as the acquirers and the Company as the acquired party. When we refer in this report to business and financial information for periods prior to the consummation of the Share Exchange, we are referring to the business and financial information of HGSL unless the context suggests otherwise.

 

As a result of the closing of the Share Exchange, the HGSL Shareholders own approximately 99.1% of the total outstanding ordinary shares of the Company and the former shareholders of the Company own approximately 0.9%. Mr. Zihua Wu, the former sole officer and a former director of the Company, resigned from all positions with the Company immediately after the closing of the Share Exchange and Mr. Junze Zhang was appointed as the Company’s President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary, as well as a director. Mr. Zhongpeng Chen remained a director of the Company.

 

2
 

 

The shares issued to the HGSL Shareholders in connection with the Share Exchange were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in reliance upon the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, which exempts transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering, and/or Regulation S promulgated by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) . These securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an applicable exemption from the registration requirement.

 

As a result of the reverse acquisition described above, management of the Company believes that the Company is no longer a shell company.

 

CHANGE IN FISCAL YEAR

 

In connection with the reverse acquisition described above, on July 2, 2019, our Board of Directors approved a change in the Company’s fiscal year end from June 30 to December 31.

 

BUSINESS

 

History of the Company

 

The Company was originally incorporated in Nevada under the name “Duonas Corp.” on September 19, 2014 and, since the date of the Share Exchange reported herein, it maintains its principal executive offices at 13 th Floor, Building B1, Wisdom Plaza, Qiaoxiang Road, Nanshan District, Shenzhen, Guangdong Province, China 518000. The Company was formed to produce and sell stylish decorative items made from concrete, such as a variety of sculptures, candleholders, lamps, tabletops, bookcases, vases of various shapes and forms and decorations for the garden.

 

The Company filed a registration statement on Form S-1 with the SEC on August 25, 2016, which was declared effective on October 12, 2016. In November 2017, subsequent to a change of control, the Company’s name was changed to Huahui Education Group Corporation, its ticker symbol was changed to “HHEG” and management of the Company abandoned its business plan and determined to seek a possible business combination. The business purpose of the Company changed to seeking the acquisition of, or merger with, an existing company.

 

As a result, the Company became a “shell company” (as such term is defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) with nominal assets and no business operations, and it sought to identify, evaluate and investigate various companies with the intent that, if such investigation warranted, a reverse merger transaction could be negotiated and completed pursuant to which the Company would acquire a target company with an operating business with the intent of continuing the acquired company’s business as a publicly held entity.

 

On January 17, 2019, our Board of Directors unanimously adopted resolutions approving the redomicile of the Company from Nevada to the Cayman Islands. The Company changed its domicile, effective February 22, 2019, by merging into its wholly-owned Cayman Islands subsidiary, Huahui Education Group Limited (the “Redomicile Merger”). As a result of the Redomicile Merger, the Company’s name was changed to Huahui Education Group Limited.

 

On the Closing Date, the Company completed the Share Exchange described above under “ COMPLETION OF ACQUISITION OR DISPOSITION OF ASSETS .” From and after the Closing Date of the Share Exchange described above, the Company’s operations will now consist of the operations of HGSL and its subsidiaries.

 

Throughout the remainder of this report, when we use phrases such as “we,” “our,” “company” and “us,” we are referring to the Company and all of its subsidiaries, as a combined entity.

 

3
 

 

Corporate Structure

 

The following chart sets forth our corporate structure immediately following the Share Exchange.

 

 

Huahui Group Stock Limited (“HGSL”) was incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Seychelles on May 17, 2017. It became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company in July 2019 as a result of the Share Exchange described above. HGSL has a wholly-owned subsidiary formed under the laws of the Republic of Seychelles, Huahui Group Co., Limited, which currently has no operations. It has a second wholly-owned subsidiary, formed under the laws of Hong Kong, Huahui Group (HK) Co., Limited (“HGHK”), which, in turn, has a wholly owned subsidiary corporation formed under the laws of the Peoples Republic of China (the “PRC” or “China”), Huahui (Shenzhen) Education Management Co., Limited (“HEMC”). HEMC owns 100% of Shenzhen Huahui Shangxing Education Consulting Co., Limited (“HSEC”). HSEC owns 100% of Zhongdehui (Shenzhen) Education Development Co., Limited (“ZDSE”), which is currently the Company’s sole operating subsidiary. HGSL intends to develop additional businesses through one or more subsidiaries in artificial intelligence technology system development, pre-school education, K12 extracurricular tutoring, art training and vocational skills training. There can be no assurance that any of these proposed businesses will ever be developed.

 

4
 

 

Huahui Group (HK) Co., Limited (“HGHK”) was incorporated in Hong Kong on January 4, 2017 as an investment holding limited liability company. The original shareholder, Junze Zhang, held 100% of the shares and transferred all of the shares to HGSL on April 20, 2018.

 

Huahui (Shenzhen) Education Management Co., Limited (“HEMC”), was established under the laws of the PRC on March 28, 2017 by HGHK with a registered capital of RMB 100,000. HEMC has not yet commenced operations.

 

Shenzhen Huahui Shangxing Education Consulting Co., Limited (“HSEC”) was incorporated in the PRC on January 5, 2018 as an education consulting limited liability company. The original shareholders, Qixuan Zhang (99%) and Weiqing Xu (1%), each transferred his shares to HEMC on May 4, 2018 for RMB 0.5. HSEC has not yet commenced operations.

 

Zhongdehui (Shenzhen) Education Development Co., Limited (“ZDSE”) was incorporated in the PRC on January 19, 2016 and commenced operations in April, 2016. The original shareholders, Qing Zuo (50%), Mengling Zhang (20%), Henghui Investment Consulting (Shenzhen) Partnership (10%) and Hengqing Investment Consulting (Shenzhen) Partnership (20%), each transferred his/her/its shares to HSEC on June 27, 2018 for RMB 1,000, RMB 400, RMB 200 and RMB 400, respectively. ZDSE is in the business of professional leadership development.

 

Business of Zhongdehui (Shenzhen) Education Development Co., Limited

 

ZDSE is a professional management coaching organization engaged in researching, developing and applying methods for helping individuals to improve their personal and professional leadership skills and effectiveness. ZDSE’s clients consist of executive managers from large scale, small and medium-sized enterprises, as well as professionals and employees in various fields.

 

ZDSE has established branches in Shenzhen, Guangzhou, Shandong and Liaoning. By 2018, the company had coached 2,188 entrepreneurs, as well as personnel from more than 32 corporate training services and large listed companies. The types of companies served include real estate, high technology, medicine, health, schools, government agencies, auto industry, communications, logistics, robotics, property, construction, engineering, manufacturing, textile, rag trade, furniture and other fields.

 

ZDSE has held charity events contributing to schools in Guangdong, Jiangxi, Sichuan, Hebei, Shandong and other provinces in the PRC. It has also held charity events in Shenzhen and Shandong, for which the theme was “I am the root of everything.” Since its opening, ZDSE has directly or indirectly contributed a total of RMB 128,000 to an orphanage called the Home of Light and has donated RMB 47,000 to support events for the orphans.

 

Advantages of ZDSE

 

Based on a deep understanding of Chinese national conditions and the latest industry policy trends, ZDSE has accumulated a large amount of customer data and has performed management coaching services for business leaders, administrative professionals, industry professionals and ordinary employees.

 

ZDSE believes that the following advantages will be helpful in achieving success and a leading market position in Chinese personal leadership and business management coaching, making ZDSE stand out from its competitors.

 

1. ZDSE is a Pioneer in Developing Chinese Leadership Development Coaching Services.

 

ZDSE’s workshop, experiential learning and practice focus on personal leadership development so that its clients can apply their newly developed leadership concepts and experiences to their work. ZDSE also monitors the performance and the changes and developments of clients returning to work.

 

2. Excellent Team of Coaches

 

ZDSE believes that its team of coaches is crucial to the success of the company, and it has a team of professional and innovative coaches, most of whose academic backgrounds are either master’s or doctoral degrees in their various professions as well as experience in the field of leadership development coaching.

 

5
 

 

Since ZDSE’s coaches regularly interact with clients, they play a vital role in maintaining the quality of ZDSE’s services and protecting the brand and reputation of ZDSE. ZDSE intends to continue to attract and retain coaches with rich experience and will continue to seek coaches who can provide innovative service content.

 

3. Brand Perception

 

Management believes that ZDSE is enhancing its brand recognition and reputation as a result of its clients’ satisfaction. ZDSE believes that its coaching has attained good results for its clients and their post-training performance inspires more people to contact ZDSE. Thus, the brand, reputation and influence of ZDSE is continuously expanding. ZDSE will continue to strive to improve its client service system, including post-training client visits and consulting services, and its clients’ overall experience.

 

4. Industry-leading Market Size

 

ZDSE is headquartered in Shenzhen, and has established branches in Guangzhou, Shandong and Liaoning. ZDSE’s geographic expansion will support its efforts to expand its market scope and brand influence and gain a larger market share.

 

5. Innovative Program Development Capabilities

 

ZDSE’s service content and methods are mostly based on self-developed material. ZDSE’s program development team works with its staff and senior coaches in order to develop, update and improve ZDSE’s services. The team analyzes the latest market trends and demand, and regularly collects feedback from clients through multiple channels to improve the quality of its clients’ coaching experience.

 

The Strategy of ZDSE

 

1. Becoming China’s Best Leadership Development Coaching Service Organization

 

ZDSE’s goal is to become China’s best leadership development coaching service organization. ZDSE believes that it can accomplish that goal due to its leadership development modules, experiential learning modules and practice integration. By continuing to improve the quality of its coaching services and by supporting its clients with follow-up services, ZDSE believes it can increase the number of clients and the rate of new enrollments, thereby increasing its market share and capturing some larger markets. ZDSE has identified several areas where the Chinese economy is prosperous, and it intends to have regional service centers in several of these crucial locations by the end of 2019 in order to expand its geographic coverage. ZDSE established branches in Shandong and Liaoning during the first quarter of 2019 and it intends to establish a branch in Jiangsu by the end of the year. ZDSE’s management expects to further increase the number of branches in the future.

 

2. Formulating a Life-long Development System

 

ZDSE believes that it is extremely important to develop a life-long service system for its clients. Management intends to accomplish this through the Company’s online service program discussed below under “Other Planned Businesses of the Company.” This lifelong service is expected to be 60% online, through HEMC, and 40% offline, through ZDSE. ZDSE anticipates that this life-long service system will be attractive to its clients, thereby increasing enrollment in ZDSE’s offerings and achieving sustainable profitability for both HEMC and ZDSE. It is also expected to give ZDSE a significant competitive edge.

 

3. Extensive Strategic Alliances

 

ZDSE plans to seek strategic alliances on a nationwide scale. In accordance with the goal of many enterprises, institutions and industry associations, management carefully evaluates varied opportunities for cooperative relationships with other companies. Through cooperation and strategic alliances with various institutions and associations, ZDSE believes that it can effectively expand its pool of prospective clients and obtain a steady and predictable revenue source.

 

6
 

 

ZDSE’s Coaching Program

 

General Introduction

 

ZDSE has developed “The Way of Management” program with ten modules now, and more modules to be developed in the future. The current ten modules comprise the experiential course, which is comprised 60% of scenario exercises, 20% of group interactions and 20% of specified topics.

 

The Way of Management Program

 

Unit 1: Exploration Management

 

This is a four-day module that is comprised of 60% of experience exercises, 20% of client interactions and 20% of individual client presentations. Through this module, clients are given the opportunity to recognize their behavioral patterns in corporate management and decision-making, identify their own deficiencies or human frailties, such as selfishness or greed, and discover the gap between themselves and the ideal manager. It also promotes more inclusive treatment of partners and colleagues.

 

Unit 2: Innovation Management

 

This five-day module helps clients learn how to build an effective and productive team and is primarily based on the previous management theories of the clients. Through this experience-rich module, the clients examine their old models, generate new insights and establish new, personal management theories.

 

Unit 3: Practice Management

 

This module involves a 120-day practical experience. At the beginning, each client will develop a business goal derived from the two previous modules that the client wants to accomplish within this module. This module usually results in major changes and breakthroughs for the clients. During this 120-day period, the coaches track the progress of the clients weekly, and a group meeting is held every week. From time to time, thematic seminars are held for the clients in this module. Technical tools are also provided to assist the clients with their individual problems so that the clients can more effectively work towards and then achieve their goals.

 

Unit 4: Management Art

 

Through this four-day experience, clients work on communication skills, including listening and questioning, as well as how to give constructive feedback. By improving their communication skills, clients can increase the level of understanding and cooperation between themselves and their team, thereby becoming more effective managers and leaders.

 

Unit 5: Personality Management

 

Through this three-day experience, clients learn about different personality types, how to identify them through the behaviors of others and how to deal most effectively with people who exhibit these various personalities. The goal of this module is to help clients deal with difficult personalities, thereby reducing stress which may result from personality clashes in and outside the workplace.

 

Unit 6: Foundations of Management

 

This module is a four-day experience that gives clients the opportunity to discover their core values and how they impact their decisions and their management style. The more clients know about their core values, the more they can create effective communication, which makes it easier for them to reach agreement with their employees.

 

7
 

 

Unit 7: Relationship Management

 

We believe that the best managers and leaders understand and are happy with themselves. This four-day experience demonstrates to clients how to understand and accept themselves – their strengths and their weaknesses – and helps them understand their own needs. Through this understanding, as well as development of self-love, clients can develop better relationships and more effective communication with others.

 

Unit 8: Positivity

 

Poor communication and negative experiences can both stem from and result in problems in the workplace which, in turn, create a stressful and negative work atmosphere for all involved. This often results in reduced productivity, higher employee turnover and general dissatisfaction, which frequently carries over and affects all aspects of life. In this module, clients strive toward achieving a positive mindset and approaching work and life with a positive attitude, which results in better physical and mental health and greater happiness both in and out of the workplace. Greater employee happiness leads to a more positive “can do” atmosphere in the workplace, more effective employees and increased productivity.

 

Unit 9: Leadership Development for Women

 

This module, which is one of the most effective, is a unique four-day experience for female clients. As more and more women have entered traditionally male-dominated areas of employment, an opportunity has arisen for helping them succeed within a masculine culture and achieve equilibrium between their traditionally “female” strengths and qualities and the more traditionally “male” qualities required to succeed in business.

 

Unit 10: Fund Management

 

In this module, clients learn how to manage capital, how to use capital correctly and how to diversify their investments. And perhaps most importantly, clients come to understand their relationship with money and how to keep the acquisition of money in perspective.

 

Coaching Staff

 

The main function of the ZDSE coaches is to provide guidance and support both during completion of the modules and during the provision of post-completion services. The responsibility range of the coaches usually includes:

 

  (i) Understand and respond to questions and concerns;
     
  (ii) Guide clients through the various modules and assist them in their practical experience;
     
  (iii) Provide guidance on directions and technical tools;
     
  (iv) Afford psychological counseling to help clients cope with challenging issues; and
     
  (v) Maintain contact with the clients and follow the clients after completion of the program.

 

ZDSE seeks coaches who have extensive teaching experience and who demonstrate good interpersonal and communication skills. Currently, ZDSE has numerous excellent coaches who are attracted by ZDSE’s progressive concept, advanced technology and corporate culture.

 

ZDSE provides introductory training for new coaches, periodic on-the-job training and workshops for coaches to help them master the system and improve their coaching. Whenever ZDSE sets up a branch office in a new city, ZDSE will assign outstanding coaches from corporate headquarters to conduct new coach training in order to maintain the company’s program quality, corporate culture and brand reputation.

 

ZDSE also plans to introduce a technology system which it is developing, through which ZDSE’s coaches will be able to collect and analyze the results of their clients’ program experiences and make immediate adjustments to improve the quality of the overall program.

 

8
 

 

Research and Development

 

ZDSE engages in continuous research and exploration in an effort to further improve its system and grow its business. Its program development team analyzes the latest market trends and demand and regularly collects feedback from clients to improve the quality of the coaching experience offered by ZDSE.

 

ZDSE’s research and development team consists of:

 

  Zuo, Qing. Mr. Zuo is the general manager of ZDSE.
  Zhang, Mengling. Ms. Zhang is the enterprise training senior mentor and the module 2 and 3 enterprise training senior mentor.
  Yin, Shaogang is the head of ZDSE’s Liaoning Branch.
  Zeng, Jianning. Mr. Zeng is the head of ZDSE’s Guangzhou Branch.

 

Marketing of ZDSE

 

At present, ZDSE acquires new clients primarily through recommendations of past and current clients. ZDSE believes that the biggest promoter for its success is word-of-mouth recommendations from past and current clients who share their program experiences with each other. New clients are also attracted by ZDSE’s coaching team and services.

 

ZDSE also holds free seminars for business executives, during which its representatives explain the company’s services and gather information about the needs of the attendees and their companies. ZDSE representatives then contact the potential clients and attempt to sell them the specific modules which most fill their individual needs.

 

To a lesser degree, ZDSE utilizes social media and conventional advertising to attract new clients.

 

Competition

 

ZDSE competes with both Chinese executive coaching and foreign executive coaching organizations with branches in China that offer services similar to those that it offers. However, the competition is highly fragmented with very few large competitors. ZDSE believes that its major competitors are Sun Yat-sen University School of Management, the earliest established institution specializing in business management education and research, and Elite Business Doers, which was founded in Shenzhen and describes itself as a “small learning community for SME owners.”

 

ZDSE believes that the principal competitive factors in the industry in which it competes include:

 

  (i) Brand awareness and reputation;
  (ii) Program topics;
  (iii) Program orientation;
  (iv) Quality of program and experience;
  (v) Type of back-end service and quality;
  (vi) Customized service;
  (vii) Skills and capabilities of coaches; and
  (viii) Price.

 

Management believes that the unique orientation of ZDSE’s program, including its holistic aspect, the quality of its coaches, the personal atmosphere and individualization of the program to each client’s specific needs and the quality of the post-program services distinguish it from its competitors. However, there can be no assurance that our initial competitive advantages will be retained, or that one or more competitors will not develop programs that are equal or superior to ours or are better priced than ours. In the future, we may face competition from competitors of varying sizes and geographic reach, who structure their program offerings similarly to ours. In addition, some competitors may have a longer operating history and a better ability to support and retain clients. Our revenue could be negatively impacted if our competitors were to develop and market programs that are more effective, more convenient or less expensive than our program.

 

9
 

 

ZDSE’s Future Business Plan

 

ZDSE’s national development plan includes opening 10 to 15 new branches in China, including branches in Beijing, Shanghai, Jiangsu, Chongqing and Xiamen, within three to six years. In addition, along with its geographic expansion, the company is continuously improving its module offerings. More modules are being developed and put on the docket for discussion to be added in the future.

 

Other Planned Businesses of the Company

 

The Company is planning to build an online platform for clients’ life-long development programs. This service is intended to complement and increase the business of ZDSE. Using an artificial intelligence system developed by ZDSE, each client’s online program will be customized for that client. We anticipate that the Company’s online mobile platform application will quickly build online membership for each member by importing address books. Members will be able to post and share the Company’s online services to their social circles, thereby attracting more clients to the Company and to ZDSE. Although management expects to face competition from other institutions with mature online platform services in the same market, these online services should enable the Company to reach a wider range of target clients and achieve greater sales opportunities for ZDSE with existing clients. ZDSE will also be able to promote support of its charitable activities and shape its brand image by publishing information content about those activities. Management believes that the online platform application will be available before the end of 2019.

 

The Company intends to conduct its online business through the use of a variable interest entity structure (“VIE”). It is intended that the business will be conducted by a newly formed company (“Newco”), which will be formed under the laws of the PRC and wholly owned by one or more citizens of the PRC. Management intends that a subsidiary of the Company, which will be a wholly foreign owned entity (the “WFOE”), will acquire effective control of Newco through a series of agreements – the VIE structure. The contractual arrangements between Newco and the WFOE will enable us to exercise effective control over, and realize substantially all of the economic risks and benefits arising from the activities of Newco. As a result, we will include the financial results of Newco in our consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or U.S. GAAP, as if Newco were a wholly owned subsidiary.

 

Properties

 

The Company’s headquarters is currently located in approximately 15 square meters of office space in Shenzhen, China. The lease for that office provides for a monthly rental of RMB 4,500 (approximately US$681.49), including utilities, and expires on March 31, 2020. In addition, the Company can use public space for irregular payment at 5th Floor, Building A, No.43, Yanshan Road, Nanshan District, Shenzhen, China.

 

ZDSE’s Shenzhen office is a shared office. The office is located on the 5th floor of Building A, No. 43 Yanshan Road, Nanshan District, Shenzhen. The office area is divided into a private rental office area of approximately 15 square meters and a public office area of approximately 1,000 square meters. The lease for the office provides for a monthly rental of RMB 4,500 (approximately US$681.49), including utilities, and expires on March 31, 2020.

 

ZDSE currently leases approximately 1,509.28 square meters for its Guangzhou office. ZDSE leases this office space for a monthly rental of RMB 87,161 (approximately US$13,200) until May 30, 2020, after which time the monthly rental will increase to RMB 91,523 (approximately US$13,861) until May 30, 2021 and then RMB 96,096 (approximately US$14,553) until March 30, 2022.

 

10
 

 

ZDSE’s Shandong office consists of approximately 828 square meters and is leased until August 31, 2019 at a monthly rental of RMB 11,329 (approximately US $1,715.70). The company anticipates renewing that lease when it expires.

 

ZDSE leases a total of 710.84 square meters of office space for its Liaoning branch from three separate parties for monthly rents of RMB 9,521.68, RMB 13,408.04 and RMB 24,552.92, respectively, or a total monthly rent of RMB 47,482.64 (approximately US$7,190.93). One of the leases expires on April 30, 2020; the other two leases expire on May 31, 2020. All four parties intend to renew the leases when they expire.

 

We believe that our existing office facilities will be sufficient for our operations for the next year.

 

Employees

 

As of the date of this report, we employ a total of approximately 50 full-time employees. All employment contracts are in accordance with the laws of the PRC. The Company believes its relationships with its employees are satisfactory.

 

Intellectual Property

 

Trademarks. ZDSE has two trademarks. It filed a trademark application on May 16, 2016 for its “Love the public, love the sailing” logo (registration number 19968013) and was granted exclusive protection until July 6, 2027.

 

ZDSE also filed a trademark application on May 16, 2016 for its “Zhongdehui” logo (registration number 1996771) and was granted exclusive protection for that logo until July 6, 2027.

 

CHINA’S EXECUTIVE COACHING INDUSTRY

 

China’s economy has grown so fast that demand for business leaders now far exceeds supply, and shortages are expected to continue for the rest of the decade. Despite China’s massive population and expanding higher education, Chinese and foreign companies often struggle to recruit enough middle and senior managers to provide the leadership they need to succeed in China’s fast-growing, highly competitive business environment. The leadership gap is compounded by the fact that many experienced Chinese managers who might otherwise fill leadership positions in fast-growing sectors gained much of their experience in traditional industries and in a system where management was based on government regulation that suppressed managerial initiative.

 

However, today’s China is characterized by progress, forward-thinking and hunger to succeed and improve. In reporting on the 4 th China Leadership and Executive Coaching Conference held in Shanghai in 2016, Luis Velasquez noted that talks by industry leaders highlighted national pride and a need to continue improving and making a mark on the world. There is a need to identify and help executives develop the competencies, skills and traits needed to meet the demands of the new China.

 

Whereas twenty years ago, the idea of executive coaches was likely to elicit uncomprehending looks or quizzings about credibility and economic benefits, today, their value in helping nurture leaders has been completely reappraised. A growing number of companies are seeking their help to prepare senior and mid-level managers for more senior roles or to more effectively operate in their current roles.

 

As in other parts of the world, coaching in China is used to help executives identify and reach more of their potential. Executive coaching in China tends to be currently focused on development needs associated with leadership, often “executive presence” and other forms of communication. Dealing with cultural differences as a result of China’s decision to open itself increasingly to Western economic and cultural forces can be a challenge for both local Chinese and for China-based executives of U.S. multinational corporations. For example, executives in multinational corporations who have been in China awhile, or Chinese executives in Western corporations who have returned to China, often lament that Western headquarters doesn’t understand what it takes to be successful in “our part of the world”. Back at headquarters, seniors and peers can’t understand why their high-potential colleague in China can’t understand (or worse, won’t listen to) their views.

 

In this situation, coaching has been used to support improvements in the leader’s executive presence. Coaching support has led, for example, to action on “active listening” goals. It has also enabled the executive to present his China market experience in the form of a conversation with (rather than a lecture to) his colleagues at headquarters.

 

11
 

 

Challenges

 

Chinese executives may not be as comfortable with coaching as their U.S. or Europe-based colleagues. They may perceive it less as a development vehicle than as a means of remedying their “faults”. Worse, it may be seen as a prelude to dismissal.

 

In addition, given the value Confucianism places on hierarchy, Chinese executives may find it difficult to “slot” the coach psychologically. For example, as a partner in the executive’s development, the coach is clearly not a subordinate. If the coach is seen as a peer, however, he or she may be perceived as insufficiently capable of providing the support the executive feels is needed. If the coach is seen as a superior, then the executive may expect to be taught, rather than coached.

 

Market

 

According to the (ICF) 2016 Global Coaching Study, Asia has roughly 3,700 executive coaches, a miniscule number compared to China’s behemoth population alone. As Chinese companies mature as global influencers and seek to internationalize further, the need for executive coaching and strong leadership will be critical. And along with this, we can only predict a huge market opportunity for executive coaches

 

REGULATIONS IN CHINA APPLICABLE TO OUR BUSINESS

 

The Employment Promotion Law of the PRC

 

The Employment Promotion Law of the PRC was adopted by the National People’s Congress on August 30, 2007 and amended on May 24, 2015. The Law states that the PRC government encourages and supports various types of vocational colleges, vocational skills training institutions and employers to carry out pre-employment training, on-the-job training, reemployment training and entrepreneurship training according to law and encourages laborers to participate in various forms of training. The PRC government and relevant departments encourage and guide enterprises to strengthen vocational education and training based on market demand and industrial development direction.

 

Several Opinions on Further Promoting the Development of Small and Medium-sized Enterprises

 

On September 19, 2009, the State Council issued the Several Opinions on Further Promoting the Development of Small and Medium-sized enterprises (“SME”), which states that the state guides and supports SMEs in strengthening management, supports the development of management consulting agencies for SMEs, conducts management consulting activities, guides SMEs to strengthen basic management, marketing and risk management, improve governance structure, promote management innovation and improve business management, vigorously carry out training for all types of SMEs and implement SMEs Galaxy Training Project, increase financial support, give full play to the role of industry associations (commercial associations) and SME training institutions, extensively adopt network technologies and other means to carry out policies and regulations, corporate management, marketing, professional skills, customer service and other kinds of training. It attaches great importance to the training of business managers and selects one million growing SMEs within three years to provide comprehensive training for their managers.

 

Promotion Law on Small and Medium-sized Enterprises of the PRC

 

On June 29, 2002, the National People’s Congress passed the Promotion Law on Small and Medium-sized Enterprises of the PRC, which was revised on September 1, 2017 and implemented on January 1, 2018. The Law states that the state establishes a sound socialized SME public service system to provide services to SMEs. The state supports relevant agencies, colleges and universities in carrying out personnel training for the management of SMEs and production technologies, and improving the marketing, management and technology level of the company. The state supports colleges and universities, vocational education institutions and various vocational skills training institutions to cooperate with SMEs to build a practical practice base to support two-way exchanges between teachers of vocational education institutions and SMEs, and to innovate the talent training model for SMEs.

 

12
 

 

Foreign Investment Industry Guidance Catalogue (2017)

 

The Foreign Investment Industry Guidance Catalogue (2017) was published on June 28, 2017 by the National Development and Reform Commission of the PRC and the Ministry of Commerce of the PRC. It was implemented on July 28, 2017.

 

According to the Guidelines for Directing Foreign Investment promulgated by the State Council in February 2002, the traditional Directing Catalogue for Foreign Investment Industry divides the industry into “encouraged foreign investment industry catalogue,” “restricted foreign investment industry catalogue” and “forbidden foreign investment industry catalogues.” Industries not listed as restricted or forbidden in the Foreign Investment Industry Guidance Catalogue are generally open to foreign investment. This Catalogue Revision adds the Special Foreign Investment Access Control Measures, namely a negative list, which includes industry directories with special management requirements, restrictions and prohibitions in the encouraged category, and adds an introduction section in the front. Non-learning vocational training institutions belong to the encouraged category of the education industry. Preschools, ordinary high schools and higher education institutions (limited to Sino-foreign cooperative education and Chinese leadership) are among the categories of restricted foreign investment industries, while compulsory education institutions belong to the forbidden foreign investment industry catalogues. This means that foreign investment is prohibited from entering compulsory education (from first-grade to ninth-grade), but foreign investors are allowed to invest in providing extracurricular tutoring and training services for which no certificate or diploma is issued.

 

The Draft PRC Foreign Investment Law

 

On January 19, 2015, the Ministry of Commerce of the PRC promulgated the PRC Foreign Investment Law (Draft for Soliciting Opinions) and solicited opinions from the public. The main purpose is to replace the Sino-Foreign Equity Joint Venture Law, The Foreign Investment Enterprise Law and the Chinese-Foreign Cooperation in Business Law (i.e., the “Three Laws of Foreign Investment”), which were enacted in the early stages of reform and opening up, because these three laws and regulations no longer meet the needs of building a new open economy system and are not conducive to stimulating market vitality and transforming government functions. In addition, important systems such as foreign mergers and acquisitions and national security review need to be incorporated into the basic laws of foreign investment and further improved. According to the Exposure Draft, the current case-by-case examination and approval system for foreign investment will be abolished, foreign capital management methods for pre-acquisition of national treatment and negative lists will be adopted, and an access management system for Limited Permission Plus Comprehensive Report will be established, i.e., for foreign investors to invest in the negative list, they must apply for a foreign investment permit. In addition, foreign investors who invest in China, regardless of whether they invest in the negative list, must fulfill reporting obligations.

 

The Exposure Draft abolishes the case-by-case approval system established by the Three Laws of Foreign Investment and designs a foreign investment access management system that is compatible with the pre-admission national treatment plus negative list management model. The foreign investment authority only provides permission for the implementation of investment in the area of the special management measures list, and the object of review is no longer the contract or the charter, but the foreign investor and its investment behavior. In the implementation of the negative list management model, the vast majority of foreign investment will no longer be examined and approved. At the same time, it is stipulated that foreign investment and investment in China need to fulfill their reporting obligations, regardless of whether they belong to the areas specified in the special management measures catalogue. Foreign investors investing in China involve the establishment or change of foreign investment companies, foreign investment companies must submit annual reports, key foreign investment companies must submit quarterly reports and foreign investment companies must report relevant information after integrating their directly or indirectly controlled domestic enterprises. Failing to perform or evading the performance of information reporting obligations on schedule, concealing facts or providing misleading or false information in the conduct of information reporting, will bear the corresponding administrative legal liability or criminal liability.

 

13
 

 

Regulations on Trademark Protection

 

Intellectual property rights , also known as “knowledge ownership rights,” refer to “property rights enjoyed by right holders for the intellectual work created by their intellectual work,” and are generally only valid for a limited time. Various intellectual creations such as inventions, designs, literary and artistic works, as well as signs, names and images used in commerce, can all be considered intellectual property owned by a person or organization. Since the 1980s, while continuously improving the construction of the domestic legal system, China has successively joined some major international conventions, treaties and agreements for the protection of intellectual property rights. In particular, on December 11, 2001, China became a member of the World Trade Organization’s Agreement on Trade-related Intellectual Property Rights.

 

Trademark . The Trademark Law of the PRC was passed by the National People’s Congress on August 23, 1982 and amended on August 30, 2013 for the third time. The amendment took effect on May 1, 2014. The Law states that an applicant for trademark registration should fill in the product category and product name of the used trademark in accordance with the stipulated commodity classification form and file an application for registration. Trademark registration applicants can apply for registration of the same trademark for multiple categories of goods through one application. A registered trademark is valid for a period of ten years from the date of approval of the registration. If the registered trademark has expired and it needs to continue to be used, the trademark registrant must go through the renewal formalities within 12 months before the expiration of the time limit; if it cannot be handled during this period, it may grant a grace period of six months. Each renewal registration is valid for a period of ten years, counting from the date following the expiration of the previous validity period of the mark. If registrants fail to complete the renewal formalities at the expiration of the time limit, their registered trademarks shall be cancelled. In addition, if the registered trademark is a well-known trademark, it shall be managed in accordance with the Regulations on the Recognition and Protection of Well-known Trademarks issued by the State Administration of Industry and Commerce on July 3, 2014. The regulation states that well-known trademarks are trademarks that are well-known to the relevant public in China. The relevant public includes consumers who are related to the use of a certain type of goods or services marked by the trademark, other operators who produce the aforementioned goods or provide services, and the sellers and related personnel involved in the distribution channels. The recognition of well-known trademarks follows the principle of case identification and passive protection.

 

Foreign Currency Exchange

 

The Regulations on Foreign Exchange Management of the PRC was promulgated by the State Council of the PRC on January 29, 1996 and revised on January 14, 1997 and August 1, 2008, respectively. The regulations stipulate that foreign exchange income from current accounts of domestic institutions shall be sold to the designated foreign exchange bank in accordance with the provisions of the State Council concerning the management of foreign exchange, sales of foreign exchange and payment of foreign exchange, or be approved to open foreign exchange accounts in designated foreign exchange banks. The remittances used by domestic institutions for the current account shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of the State Council concerning the management of foreign exchange, sales of foreign exchange, and payment of foreign exchange, with valid certificates and commercial documents, to foreign exchange designated banks. Foreign exchange collections and import payments made by domestic institutions shall be subject to verification procedures in accordance with the regulations of the State on the management of the cancellation of foreign exchange receipts for export and the verification of the import payment and foreign exchange cancellation. Foreign exchange earnings from capital accounts of domestic institutions shall be subject to the opening of foreign exchange accounts in designated foreign exchange banks in accordance with the relevant regulations of the State and shall be approved by the foreign exchange administrative authority if they are sold to designated foreign exchange banks.

 

14
 

 

On October 21, 2005, the State Administration of Foreign Exchange (“SAFE”) issued a Circular on the Relevant Issues Concerning Domestic Investors Financing through Overseas Special Purpose Vehicles and Foreign Exchange Management of Return Investment, namely Document No. 75, which came into effect on November 1, 2005. The term “special purpose company” as mentioned in the circular refers to an overseas company directly established or indirectly controlled for the purpose of overseas equity financing (including convertible bond financing) by a domestic resident legal person or a domestic resident natural person with the assets or equity of a domestic company held by it. The “return investment” in the circular refers to the direct investment activities carried out by domestic residents through the special purpose company, including but not limited to the following methods: purchasing or replacing the Chinese company’s equity in a domestic company, setting up a foreign-invested enterprise in the country and purchasing or negotiating the control of domestic assets through the company, negotiating the purchase of domestic assets, establishing a foreign-invested enterprise with the investment in the asset and increasing the capital of the domestic enterprise. The “domestic resident legal person” in the circular refers to a legal person and other economic organization legally established in China; “domestic resident natural person” refers to a natural person holding a legal ID card such as an ID card or passport of the PRC, or natural persons habitually residing in China because of economic interests although they do not have legal status in China. The term “control” in this circular refers to the acquisition, trust, holding, voting right, repurchase, convertible bonds, etc. of domestic residents to acquire the operating right, income right or decision-making right of a special purpose company or a domestic company. Before a domestic resident establishes or controls an overseas special purpose company, he must, with relevant materials, apply to the local foreign exchange branch and foreign exchange administration department (hereinafter referred to as the SAFE) to apply for foreign exchange registration procedures for overseas investment. Domestic residents who inject the assets or equity of domestic enterprises owned by them into special purpose companies or conduct overseas equity financing after injecting assets or equity into special purpose companies, must go through the formalities for the change in the foreign exchange registration of overseas investment in relation to their equity in the special purpose company and their changes, and they should provide relevant materials when handling. After injecting a special purpose company or investing in foreign equity financing after injecting assets or equity into a special purpose company, the company shall handle the foreign exchange registration change procedures for overseas investment in relation to the equity of the special purpose company and its changes and shall provide relevant material. After completing procedures for the foreign exchange registration and change of overseas investment in accordance with regulations, the domestic residents may pay special purpose companies for profits, dividends, liquidation, equity conversion, capital reduction, etc. If a special purpose company has any significant capital changes such as capital increase or reduction, equity transfer or replacement, merger or division, long-term equity or debt investment, external guarantee, etc. and does not involve return investment, the domestic residents must apply to SAFE for handling the change of foreign exchange registration of overseas investment or filing procedures within 30 days from the occurrence of major events. If a domestic resident set up or controlled a special purpose company abroad before the implementation of this notice and completed the return investment but failed to register the foreign investment registration of the foreign investment according to the provisions, he was required to go to the local SAFE to renew the foreign investment registration of the foreign investor before March 31, 2006 according to the provisions of this notice. After completing the renewing registration of foreign exchange registration of overseas investment, SAFE may handle foreign exchange registration procedures for foreign investment and foreign debt for the relevant domestic enterprise.

 

On August 29, 2008, SAFE issued a Circular on the Improvement of the Business Operations Related to Foreign Exchange Capital Payment and Foreign Exchange Capital Management of Foreign-invested Enterprises, that is, Circular No. 142. The circular indicates that the RMB funds received from the foreign exchange enterprise’s capital gains shall be used within the business scope approved by the government approval department. Unless otherwise specified, the RMB funds obtained through settlement shall not be used for domestic equity investment. Excluding commercial real estate investment enterprises, foreign-funded enterprises may not purchase domestic real estate that is not for their own use in the form of RMB funds obtained through capital settlement. The use of RMB funds from foreign exchange-funded enterprises for capital investment in securities shall be implemented in accordance with relevant state regulations.

 

On November 9, 2011, SAFE issued a circular on further clarifying and standardizing issues concerning the management of foreign exchange operations for certain capital accounts, namely Circular 45, which clarified the scope of application of Circular 142. The circular pointed out that foreign-invested enterprises must not use the RMB funds derived from the foreign exchange capital settlement for domestic equity investment. Foreign-invested enterprises with equity investment approved by the relevant competent authorities must use their foreign exchange capital and domestic Chinese-funded institutions must use the foreign exchange funds in the asset liquidation account for domestic equity investments, with reference to the principle of foreign exchange capital contribution management of foreign-invested companies. Foreign-funded enterprises must not issue entrusted loans, repay inter-enterprise loans (including third-party advances) or repay bank loans that are re-lending to third parties in the form of RMB funds derived from foreign exchange capital settlement. Foreign-funded enterprises may not, in principle, deliver various types of deposits in the form of RMB funds derived from foreign exchange capitalization. Funds in the dedicated deposit account may not be settled.

 

15
 

 

On July 4, 2014, SAFE issued a circular on the issues relating to the pilot reform of foreign exchange capital management of foreign-invested enterprises in certain regions (i.e., Circular 36). The circular pointed out that since August 4, 2014, pilot projects for the reform of the management of foreign exchange capital in foreign exchange enterprises will be carried out in some regions. The foreign exchange capital recognized in the capital contribution account of a foreign-invested enterprise through the foreign exchange administration where it is located can be processed at the bank according to the actual business needs of the enterprise. The capital of a foreign-invested enterprise and the RMB funds derived from its settlement of foreign exchange shall not be used for the following purposes:

 

(i) it shall not be used directly or indirectly for expenditures outside the scope of business operations or prohibited by national laws and regulations;

 

(ii) unless otherwise provided by laws and regulations, no direct or indirect investment in securities may be used;

 

(iii) may not directly or indirectly be used to issue RMB entrusted loans (except for business scope permits), repayment of inter-enterprise loans (including third-party advances), and repayment of bank-denominated loans that have been transferred to third parties; and

 

(iv) except for commercial investment in real estate companies, they may not be used to pay for the purchase of non-self-use real estate.

 

Also, on July 4, 2014, SAFE issued a circular on the related issues concerning the Domestic Residents’ Foreign Investment through Special Purpose Companies and Foreign Exchange Management for Return Investments. This is known as Document No. 37. Compared with Circular 75, Circular 37 further simplified and facilitated the cross-border capital transactions of domestic residents involved in investment and financing activities through special purpose companies. The circular stipulates that SAFE shall exercise registration management for the establishment of special purpose companies for domestic residents. Before a domestic resident can use the legal assets or rights at home and abroad to invest in a special purpose company, he shall apply to SAFE for the foreign exchange registration formalities for overseas investment. If the domestic residents’ profits and bonuses obtained from special purpose companies are transferred back to China, they shall be handled in accordance with the current regulations on foreign exchange management; if the foreign exchange income from capital changes is transferred back to China, they shall be handled in accordance with the foreign exchange management provisions for capital accounts.

 

On March 30, 2015, SAFE issued a notice on reforming the foreign exchange capital management of foreign-invested enterprises, namely, Circular No. 19, which took effect on June 1, 2015. The circular indicates that SAFE has decided to implement the reform of foreign exchange capital management of foreign-invested enterprises on a nation-wide basis after summarizing the pilot experience in previous regions. At the same time, Circular 142 and Circular 36 were repealed.

 

Regulations on Dividend Distribution

 

The primary regulations on dividend distribution of foreign-owned enterprises and Sino-foreign equity joint ventures include:

 

(i) foreign Investment Law of the PRC (promulgated in 1986, amended in 2016);

 

(ii) rules for the Implementation of Foreign-funded Enterprises Law of the PRC (promulgated in 1990, revised in 2014);

 

(iii) law on Sino-Foreign Equity Joint Ventures of the PRC (promulgated in 1979, amended in 2016); and

 

(iv) regulations for the Implementation of the Sino-Foreign Equity Joint Venture Law of the PRC (promulgated in 1983, Revised in 2014).

 

16
 

 

According to these regulations, foreign-invested enterprises in China shall pay dividends based on accumulated profits (if any) determined by Chinese accounting standards and regulations. In addition, these foreign-invested enterprises are required to withdraw 10% of their balance after taxation minus the balance after they have been used to confiscate losses and make up losses. When the cumulative amount exceeds 50% of the registered capital, they can no longer be withdrawn. These reserves cannot be distributed as cash dividends. The board of directors of a foreign-invested enterprise may decide to withdraw a portion of its after-tax profits as employee rewards and welfare funds to cover collective benefits such as employee non-recurring awards, subsidies and repairs of employee housing.

 

Regulations on Labor

 

According to the Labor Law of the PRC (promulgated in 1994, amended in 2009), Labor Contract Law of the PRC (promulgated in 2007, amended in 2012) and Implementation Regulations of the Labor Contract Law of the PRC (promulgated in 2008), it is stipulated that employers and laborers should establish labor contracts when they establish labor relations. The labor contract concluded according to law is binding, and employers and laborers shall perform the obligations stipulated in the labor contract. Where a labor relationship has been established and a written labor contract has not been concluded at the same time, a written labor contract shall be concluded within one month from the date of employment. Where an employer and a laborer conclude a labor contract prior to employment, the labor relationship shall be established from the date of employment. The state implements a minimum wage security system. The specific standards for minimum wages are stipulated by the people’s governments of provinces, autonomous regions and municipalities directly under the Central Government and reported to the State Council for the record. The employer’s payment of laborers’ wages must not be less than the local minimum wage standard. The employer must provide laborers with labor safety and hygiene conditions that are in compliance with the state regulations and necessary labor protection supplies. Workers engaged in occupational hazard operations should carry out regular health checks.

 

The provisions concerning the employment of foreigners in China are mainly based on the Regulations on the Administration of Employment of Foreigners in China jointly issued by the Ministry of Labor, the Ministry of Public Security, the Ministry of Foreign Affairs and the Ministry of Foreign Trade and Economic Cooperation on January 22, 1996, as amended on November 12, 2010 and March 13, 2017. The regulation states that employers employing foreigners must apply for employment permits for the foreigner. Foreigners can only be hired after obtaining permission and obtaining the Employment License for Foreigners of the PRC (hereinafter referred to as “permit”). Foreigners employed in China should enter the country on a Z-visa (if they have a mutual visa exemption agreement, they should be dealt with according to the agreement). After entering China and obtain the Foreigner’s Employment Permit (hereinafter referred to as “employment permit”), they will be able to obtain employment in China. Foreigners who have not obtained a residence permit (namely, those with F, L, C and G visas), foreigners studying in China or performing internships and dependents of foreigners holding a Z visa may not be employed in China. In exceptional circumstances, the employer may apply for a permit in accordance with the approval procedures stipulated in these Regulations. Foreigners employed with a permit to the public security agency change their status and apply for an employment permit or residence permit. Employing units and foreigners hired shall conclude labor contracts according to law. The duration of a labor contract must not exceed five years. When the employment contract signed between the foreigner and the employing unit expires, the employment permit will be invalid.

 

The provisions concerning the employment of foreigners as teachers mainly refer to the circular concerning the Handling of Work Permits for Foreign Experts Coming to China issued by the State Administration of Foreign Experts Affairs on September 30, 2004. The circular states that foreign experts hired to work in China should obtain the Work Permit for Foreign Experts to Come to China. Foreign experts applying for Work Permits for Foreign Experts to Work in China shall abide by Chinese laws and regulations, be in good health, have no criminal record and meet one of the following conditions:

 

(i) to implement intergovernmental agreements and agreements between international organizations, and foreign trade contracts, foreign professional skills or management personnel working for employment in China;

 

17
 

 

(ii) foreign professionals who are engaged in education, scientific research, journalism, publishing, culture, arts, health, sports, etc. in China;

 

(iii) appointed as a deputy general manager or above in an enterprise in China, or a foreign professional or technical person enjoying equal treatment;

 

(iv) foreign experts or human agency agencies accredited by the State Administration of Foreign Experts Affairs Representatives of nationalities; and

 

(v) applicants for work in the fields of economy, technology, engineering, trade, finance, accounting, taxation, tourism, etc., with special expertise, foreign professional skills or management personnel in short supply in China.

 

Foreign experts in paragraphs (ii) and (iii) shall have a bachelor’s degree or above and more than 5 years of relevant work experience (except that language teachers must have a bachelor’s degree or above and more than 2 years of relevant work experience). All units intending to hire foreign experts shall be entitled to Accreditation of Foreign Experts Units and obtain the Certificate of Employment of Foreign Expert Units. This certificate is the basic proof of foreign nationals applying for work permits, invitation letters, foreign expert certificates and residence procedures in China. Newly-run schools and other education and training institutions should run for more than one year, only after the basic stability of teachers, students, and teaching institutions, they can apply for qualification approval procedures. However, the formal establishment of Chinese-foreign cooperatively-run schools and schools that specially recruit children from foreign nationals are not subject to this restriction. The Provincial Foreign Experts Bureaus, State Council related ministries and commissions, and the directly-affiliated agencies’ foreign affairs divisions (bureaus) shall be responsible for the annual inspection work of the local or department according to the annual inspection notice issued by the State Administration of Foreign Experts Affairs and submit the regional annual inspection report to the State Administration of Foreign Experts Bureau by the end of December. The National Bureau of Foreign Experts conducts annual inspections of all eligible units from January 1 to January 31 every year. All overseas organizations that intend to send cultural and educational experts to China must obtain the Authorization of the Qualifications of Overseas Organizations that Introduce Foreign Cultural and Educational Experts to Work in China and obtain the Authority Certification for Overseas Organizations that Introduce Foreign Cultural and Educational Experts to Work in China. This certificate is the basic proof of the overseas organization’s intermediary business of cultural and educational experts in China. The State Bureau of Foreign Experts Affairs and the Bureau of Foreign Experts at the provincial level conduct annual inspections of overseas organizations that have obtained the qualifications for introducing foreign cultural and educational experts to China from January 1 to March 31 every year, and organize dispatch teams and personnel to provide training and internships. Training, study and other forms of training for overseas training institutions must all obtain the Organizational Dispatch Group and Personnel Qualifications for Overseas Training Institutions and obtain the Certificate of Organization Qualification for Organizing Delegation Groups and People to Overseas Training. Organizations that organize their own personnel to go abroad for training only shall be excluded.

 

According to the decision regarding the cancellation of 13 administrative licenses of the State Council issued by the State Council on February 13, 2016, the accreditation of foreign experts by the State Foreign Experts Bureau was cancelled.

 

On March 28, 2017, the State Administration of Foreign Experts Affairs, the Ministry of Human Resources and Social Security, the Ministry of Foreign Affairs and the Ministry of Public Security jointly issued a notice on the Full Implementation of the Work Permit System for Foreigners to Come to China. The circular states that foreigners allowed to work in China will receive Work Permits for Foreigners to Come to China to replace Foreigner Employment Permits and Foreign Experts to Work Permits in China since April 1, 2017.

 

18
 

 

Tax regulations

 

PRC corporate income tax .

 

On March 6, 2007, the National People’s Congress of the PRC issued the Corporate Income Tax Law of the PRC, which was implemented on January 1, 2008 and revised on February 24, 2017. The tax law stipulates that foreign-invested enterprises and domestic enterprises have an income tax rate of 25%. Small and low profit enterprises that meet certain conditions will be subject to a 20% income tax rate. Enterprises with high priority which need to be supported by the state are taxed at a reduced rate of 15%. On December 6, 2007, the State Council issued the Regulations on the Implementation of the Enterprise Income Tax Law of the PRC, which took effect on January 1, 2008.

 

On April 22, 2009, the State Administration of Taxation issued a notice on Relevant Issues of Overseas Registered Chinese-Funded Controlled Enterprises Recognized as Resident Enterprises on the Basis of Actual Management Institutional Standards, which became effective on January 1, 2008. The circular states that overseas Chinese-invested enterprises that meet the following conditions shall determine that they are resident companies of the actual administrative agency in China (hereinafter referred to as non-domestically registered resident enterprises), implement corresponding tax administration and collect corporate income tax on their income from inside and outside China:

 

(i) the places where senior management personnel responsible for the implementation of daily production and operation management operations and their senior management departments perform their duties are mainly located in China;

 

(ii) the company’s financial decisions (such as borrowings, lending, financing, financial risk management, etc.) and personnel decisions (such as appointments, dismissals, remunerations, etc.) are determined by institutions or personnel located in China or need to be approved by an organization or person located in China;

 

(iii) the company’s main property, accounting book, company seal, board of directors and minutes of shareholders’ meetings, etc. are located or stored in China; and

 

(iv) 50% or more of the voting directors or senior executives of the corporation often reside in China.

 

On July 27, 2011, the State Administration of Taxation issued an announcement on the issuance of the Administrative Measures on the Income Tax of Overseas-registered Chinese-controlled Holding Enterprises (Trial), which took effect on September 1, 2011. The measure points out that non-domestic-registered resident enterprises shall, in accordance with relevant Chinese laws and regulations and regulations of the competent departments of finance and taxation under the State Council, formulate financial and accounting statements, and shall, within 15 days from the date of receipt of tax registration certificates, submit the enterprise’s financial and accounting systems or financial accounting, the handling methods and related information to the competent tax authorities for the record. Non-domiciled registered resident companies that obtain dividends, bonuses and other equity investment income derived from China, income from interest, rent, royalties, transfer of property income and other income, shall issue a copy of the company’s Certificate of Resident Identity of Overseas-registered Chinese-controlled Enterprises issued by the company. According to Article 26 of the Corporate Income Tax Law of the PRC and Articles 17, 18 and 91 of the Implementation Regulations on Enterprise Income Tax Law of the PRC, the following income of enterprises is tax exempt income:

 

(i) interest income from government bonds;

 

(ii) dividends, bonuses and other equity investment gains among eligible resident companies;

 

(iii) non-resident enterprises that have established establishments in China obtain dividends, dividends, and other equity investment income from resident enterprises that are actually in contact with the institution or site; and

 

(iv) income of qualified non-profit organizations.

 

The applicable tax rate for income obtained by non-resident enterprises is 20%. Corporate income tax on income earned by non-resident enterprises is levied at the rate of 10%. That is to say, general overseas companies transferring 10% of the corporate income tax shall be subject to the transfer of equity in Chinese enterprises or the dividend distribution of Chinese enterprises. However, if the non-resident enterprise is a resident enterprise belonging to a country or region that has signed a tax treaty or arrangement with China, it may enjoy preferential tax treaty provisions.

 

19
 

 

Small and micro enterprise income tax preferential policy

 

According to notice No. 13 (2019) on Implementing the Inclusive Tax Deduction Policy for Small and Micro Enterprises issued by the Ministry of Finance and State Administration of Taxation, the annual taxable income of small and micro-profit enterprises shall not exceed RMB 1 million, the taxable income shall be included in the taxable income of 25% and the enterprise income tax shall be paid at the rate of 20%. For the portion exceeding RMB 1 million but not exceeding RMB 3 million, the amount of taxable income shall be included in the reduction of 50%, and the enterprise income tax shall be paid at the rate of 20%. These small-scale and low-profit enterprises refer to enterprises engaged in the national non-restricted and prohibited industries, and at the same time complying with the three conditions of annual taxable income of not more than RMB 3 million, the number of employees not exceeding 300 and the total assets not exceeding RMB 50 million.

 

This notice is effective from January 1, 2019 to December 31, 2021.

 

PRC withholding tax.

 

Foreign enterprises have no institutions or places in China, but have obtained profits, interest, rent, royalties and other income from China, or have established institutions or places, but the above-mentioned income has no actual connection with institutions and places. The amount of income is subject to withholding income tax. In accordance with the accrued method, the payer (payer) pays the tax on the proceeds (payments) to the beneficiary (the payee). The withholding income tax belongs to personal income tax or corporate income tax, but it is only a source of income tax control. It is a taxation of a personal income tax or corporate income tax.

 

In 2008, China began to impose a dividend withholding income tax on foreign-invested enterprises at a tax rate of 20%, generally levied at 10%. Hong Kong, Macao, Singapore, Seychelles and others have signed tax treaties with China or have special taxes. The preferential national tax rate for the countries in the arrangement is as low as 5%. Therefore, when a Hong Kong company affiliated to the group obtains the after-tax profits distributed by the mainland Chinese company it invests, the mainland Chinese company must withhold and pay 5% of the withholding income tax.

 

In addition, Notice No.88 (2017) on “the Issues Concerning the Direct Investment of Foreign Investors in Distributing the Withholding Income Tax Policy” stipulates that foreign investors who meet the conditions of direct investment shall not be subject to withholding tax.

 

PRC Business Tax and Value-Added Tax (VAT).

 

On March 23, 2016, the Ministry of Finance and the State Administration of Taxation issued a circular on the Full Implementation of the Business Tax Levy of VAT Pilots. The circular indicates that since May 1, 2016, pilots for the change of business tax to VAT have been fully promoted throughout the country, and all business tax taxpayers, including ZDSE, were included in the scope of the pilot and were changed from paying business tax to paying VAT. According to notice No.36 (2016) issued by the Ministry of Finance and the State Administration of Taxation, the Comprehensive Project replaces Business Tax with Value-added Tax. ZDSE’s current value-added tax for business is 6% (general VAT taxpayer), and its branch companies’ value-added tax for business is 3% (small-scale VAT taxpayer).

 

According to notice No. 13 (2019), the VAT small-scale taxpayers with monthly sales of less than RMB 100,000 are exempt from VAT. The implementation date of this paper is from January 1, 2019 to December 31, 2021. According to the “Notice of the State Administration of Taxation on Issues Concerning the Exemption of Value-Added Tax for Small and Micro Enterprises” (State Administration of Taxation Announcement No. 52 of 2017, now abolished), from January 1, 2018 to December 31, 2020 sales of small-scale VAT taxpayers shall not exceed RMB 30,000 (tax payment of RMB 90,000 per quarter) and enjoy the preferential policy of exemption from VAT.

 

20
 

 

RISK FACTORS

 

Before investing in our ordinary shares, you should carefully consider the following risk factors, the other information included herein and the information included in our other reports and filings. Our business, financial condition and the trading price of our common stock could be adversely affected by these and other risks.

 

Risks Related to Our Business

 

Our limited operating history makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and results of operations.

 

The Company is in the process of developing its business and has a limited operating history. You should consider our future prospects in light of the risks and uncertainties experienced by early stage companies. Some of these risks and uncertainties relate to our ability to:

 

  offer products of sufficient quality to attract and retain a larger customer base;
  attract additional customers and increase spending per customer;
  increase awareness of our products and continue to develop customer loyalty;
  respond to competitive market conditions;
  respond to changes in our regulatory environment;
  maintain effective control of our costs and expenses;
  raise sufficient capital to sustain and expand our business; and
  attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel.

 

If we are unsuccessful in addressing any of these risks and uncertainties, our business may be materially and adversely affected.

 

We envision a period of rapid growth that may impose a significant burden on our administrative and operational resources which, if not effectively managed, could impair our growth.

 

Our strategy envisions a period of rapid growth that may impose a significant burden on our administrative and operational resources. The growth of our business will require significant investments of capital and management’s close attention. Our ability to effectively manage our growth will require us to substantially expand the capabilities of our administrative and operational resources and to attract, train, manage and retain qualified management, IT, sales and marketing and other personnel; we may be unable to do so. In addition, our failure to successfully manage our growth could result in our sales not increasing commensurately with capital investments. If we are unable to successfully manage our growth, we may be unable to achieve our goals.

 

We may not be able to raise the additional capital necessary to execute our business strategy, which could result in the curtailment of our operations.

 

We will need to raise additional funds to fully fund our existing operations and for development and expansion of our business. We have no current arrangements with respect to sources of additional financing and the needed additional financing may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, on a timely basis or at all. The inability to obtain additional financing when needed would have a negative effect on us, including possibly requiring us to curtail our operations. If any future financing involves the sale of equity securities, the shares held by our shareholders could be substantially diluted. If we borrow money or issue debt securities, the Company will be subject to the risks associated with indebtedness, including the risk that interest rates may fluctuate and the possibility that it may not be able to pay principal and interest on the indebtedness when due. Insufficient funds would prevent us from implementing our business plan and would require us to delay, scale back or eliminate certain of our operations.

 

21
 

 

We will be required to hire and retain skilled managerial personnel, IT and sales and marketing personnel.

 

Our continued success depends in large part on our ability to attract, train, motivate and retain qualified management, IT, sales and marketing and coaching personnel. Any failure to attract and retain the required managerial, technical and coaching personnel that are integral to our business may have a negative impact on our operations, which would have a negative impact on revenues. There can be no assurance that we will be able to attract and retain skilled persons and the loss of skilled coaches or technical personnel would adversely affect us.

 

We are dependent upon our officers and management for direction and the loss of any of these persons could adversely affect our operations and results.

 

We are dependent upon our officers for implementation of our proposed strategy and execution of our business plan. The loss of any of our officers could have a material adverse effect upon our results of operations and financial position. We do not maintain “key person” life insurance for any of our officers. The loss of any of our officers could delay or prevent the achievement of our business objectives.

 

We currently have only one operating subsidiary.

 

We are a holding company with a total of six subsidiaries; however, at the current time only one of those subsidiaries, ZDSE, is conducting operations. Therefore, we are totally dependent on ZDSE for our revenue. Although management intends that two more of the Company’s subsidiaries will commence operations in the near future, there can be no assurance that either of those subsidiaries will succeed in doing so or that, if started, either of those businesses will produce revenue. All of the operating subsidiaries would conduct their operations in the PRC.

 

We may be sued or become a party to litigation, which could require significant management time and attention and result in significant legal expenses and may result in an unfavorable outcome, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

We may be subject to a number of lawsuits from time to time arising in the ordinary course of our business. The expense of defending ourselves against such litigation may be significant. The amount of time to resolve these lawsuits is unpredictable and defending ourselves may divert management’s attention from the day-to-day operations of our business, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, an unfavorable outcome in such litigation could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and cash flows.

 

We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, stockholders could lose confidence in our financial and other public reporting, which would harm our business and the trading price of our shares.

 

Effective internal control over financial reporting is necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and, together with adequate disclosure controls and procedures, are designed to prevent fraud. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation, could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. Ineffective internal control could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our shares.

 

We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting in the Company and in HGSL and its subsidiaries. As defined in Regulation 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, a “material weakness” is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim consolidated financial statements will not be prevented, or detected on a timely basis. Specifically, we determined that we had the following material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting: (i) we have limited controls over information processing; (ii) we have inadequate segregation of duties; (iii) we do not have a formal audit committee with a financial expert; and (iv) we do not have sufficient formal written policies and procedures for accounting and financial reporting with respect to the requirements and application of both generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, or GAAP, and SEC guidelines.

 

22
 

 

The Company intends to utilize a third-party independent contractor for the preparation of our financial statements in the future in an effort to remediate the deficiency. The implementation of this initiative will not fully address any material weakness or other deficiencies that we may have in our internal control over financial reporting. Although the financial statements and footnotes are reviewed by our management, we do not have a formal policy to review significant accounting transactions and the accounting treatment of such transactions. The third-party independent contractor is not involved in the day to day operations of the Company and may not be provided information from management on a timely basis to allow for adequate reporting/consideration of certain transactions.

 

Even if we develop effective internal controls over financial reporting, such controls may become inadequate due to changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with such policies or procedures may deteriorate, which could result in the discovery of additional material weaknesses and deficiencies. In any event, the process of determining whether our existing internal control over financial reporting is compliant with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (“Section 404”) and is sufficiently effective requires the investment of substantial time and resources by our senior management. As a result, this process may divert internal resources and take a significant amount of time and effort to complete. In addition, we cannot predict the outcome of this process and whether we will need to implement remedial actions in order to establish effective controls over financial reporting. The determination of whether or not our internal controls are sufficient, and any remedial actions required could result in us incurring additional costs that we did not anticipate, including the hiring of additional outside consultants. We may also fail to timely complete our evaluation, testing and any remediation required to comply with Section 404.

 

We are required, pursuant to Section 404, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. However, for as long as we are a “smaller reporting company,” our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404. While we could be a smaller reporting company for an indefinite amount of time, and thus relieved of the above-mentioned attestation requirement, an independent assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting could detect problems that our management’s assessment might not. Such undetected material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting could lead to financial statement restatements and require us to incur the expense of remediation.

 

Our independent auditors have issued audit opinions for HGSL and ZDSE, which include a statement describing their going concern status. Their financial status creates a doubt whether HGSL and ZDSE, and therefore the Company, will continue as going concerns.

 

Our auditors have issued going concern opinions regarding HGSL and ZDSE. This means there is substantial doubt as to whether they can continue as ongoing businesses for the next twelve months. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the uncertainty regarding their ability to continue in business. As such, since ZDSE is currently our only operating subsidiary, we may have to cease operations and investors could lose part or all of their investment in our company.

 

To the extent that our independent registered public accounting firm’s audit documentation related to their audit reports for the Company are, or will be, located in China, the PCAOB may not be able to inspect such audit documentation and, as a result, you may be deprived of the benefits of such inspection.

 

Our independent registered public accounting firm issued audit opinions on the financial statements included in this Form 6-K and will issue audit reports related to the Company in the future. As the auditor of a company filing reports with the SEC and as a firm registered with the PCAOB, our auditor is required by the laws of the United States to undergo regular inspections by the PCAOB. However, to the extent that our auditor’s work papers are or become located in China, such work papers will not be subject to inspection by the PCAOB because the PCAOB is currently unable to conduct inspections without the approval of the Chinese authorities. Inspections of certain other firms that the PCAOB has conducted outside of China have identified deficiencies in those firms’ audit procedures and quality control procedures, which may be addressed as part of the inspection process to improve future audit quality. The inability of the PCAOB to conduct inspections of our auditors’ work papers in China would make it more difficult to evaluate the effectiveness of our auditor’s audit procedures or quality control procedures as compared to auditors outside of China that are subject to PCAOB inspections. Investors may consequently lose confidence in our reported financial information and procedures and the quality of our financial statements. As a result, our investors may be deprived of the benefits of the PCAOB’s oversight of our auditors through such inspections.

 

23
 

 

Risks Related to the Business of ZDSE

 

Our business depends on the market recognition of our brand. If we are not able to maintain our reputation and enhance our brand recognition, our business and operating results may be materially and adversely affected.

 

Our track record in providing quality coaching services will determine whether ZDSE becomes recognized as a leading brand in the industry. We believe that market recognition of our brand is a key factor to ensuring our future success. As we continue to grow in size and broaden the scope of our program and services, however, it may become increasingly difficult to maintain the quality and consistency of the services we offer, which may negatively impact our brand and the popularity of our products and services offered thereunder.

 

Our brand value will also be affected by customer perceptions. Those perceptions are affected by a number of factors; some of them are based on first-hand observation of our service quality while others may be based on indirect information from media or other sources. Incidents and any negative publicity related thereto, even if factually incorrect, may lead to significant deterioration of our brand image and reputation, and consequently negatively affect clients’ interest in our services and products, as well as top-notch executive coaches’ interest in being associated with our brand. Particularly in the age of digital media and social network, impacts of negative publicity associated with any single incident could be easily amplified and potentially cause impacts that go beyond our estimation or control.

 

In addition, scientific studies on education are constantly evolving and new or innovative conclusions on education methodologies or philosophies may affect customers’ perception of our services and products. If we are unable to maintain our reputation, enhance our brand recognition or increase positive awareness of our coaching products and services, it may be difficult to maintain and grow client enrollment or attract more business partners to join our network, and our business and growth prospects may be materially and adversely affected.

 

If we fail to maintain and increase client subscriptions for our services, our revenues may decline, and we may not be able to reach profitability.

 

The success of our business depends largely on the number of clients. Therefore, our ability to continue to attract new clients and to retain existing clients is critical to our continued success and growth. Our client enrollment is affected by several factors, including our ability to develop new program materials and improve existing modules, expand our geographic reach, manage our growth while maintaining consistent and high coaching and service quality, effectively market and precisely target our services to a broader base of prospective clients and respond effectively to competition. If we are unable to continue to attract a sufficient number of new clients or to retain existing clients, our revenues may decline or we may not be able to reach profitability, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our business relies on our ability to recruit, train and retain dedicated and qualified coaches and management personnel.

 

Our coaches are critical to the quality of our services and our reputation. We seek to recruit, train and retain qualified and dedicated coaches; however, there is a limited pool of executive coaches with the attributes we require. In addition, any foreign coaches we hire must hold valid working permits, which may not be obtained in a timely manner, or at all. Despite our various initiatives, investments to secure qualified personnel and competitive compensation, we still may not be able to recruit, train and retain sufficient qualified coaches to keep pace with our growth while maintaining consistent coaching quality in the different markets we serve. A shortage of qualified coaches or a deterioration in the quality of our coaches’ services, whether actual or perceived, or a significant increase in the average compensation paid by our competitors to their coaches would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

24
 

 

Competition

 

The leadership and executive coaching market in China is rapidly evolving, highly fragmented and intensely competitive with relatively easy entry. Competition in this industry may persist and even intensify. As more competitors enter the market, we will have to compete based on brand image, program content and structure and service quality. New competitors may enter the market and one or more of our competitors may develop and implement training courses or methodologies that may adversely affect our ability to sell our services to new clients. Competitors continually introduce new programs and services that may compete directly with our services, or that may make our programs uncompetitive or obsolete. Larger competitors may have superior abilities to compete for clients and skilled professionals, reducing our ability to deliver quality work to our clients. Some of our competitors may have greater financial or other resources than we do. We cannot assure you that we will be able to compete successfully against existing or potential competitors, and if we fail to gain or maintain, or if we lose market share, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

 

We may not be successful in introducing new products or enhancing our existing products.

 

We currently offer only one module sequence - “The Way of Management.” We intend to continue developing new products, as well as further enhancing our existing products. This process is subject to risks and uncertainties, such as unexpected technical, operational, logistical or other problems that could delay the process temporarily or permanently. Moreover, we cannot assure you that any of these new products or enhancements of existing products will fulfill customer needs, match the quality or popularity of those developed by our competitors, achieve widespread market acceptance or generate incremental revenues.

 

In addition, introducing new products or enhancing existing products requires us to make various investments in program and materials development and management, incur personnel expenses and potentially reallocate other resources. If we are unable to develop new products or cannot do so in a cost-effective manner or are otherwise unable to manage effectively the operations of those products, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

Our success depends on the continuing efforts of our senior management team and other key personnel and our business may be harmed if we lose their services.

 

Our success depends in part on the continued application of services, efforts and motivation of our senior management team and key personnel. If one or more of our senior management members or key personnel are unable to continue in their present positions, we may not be able to find replacements successfully, and our business may be disrupted.

 

We will need to continue to hire additional personnel as our business grows. A shortage in the supply of personnel with the requisite skills could negatively impact our ability to manage our existing products and services, launch new products and expand our operations. There is competition for experienced personnel in the executive coaching industry and key personnel could leave us to join our competitors. Losing the services of our experienced personnel may be disruptive to and cause uncertainty for our business, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We could incur additional liabilities or our reputation could be damaged if we do not protect client data or if our information systems are breached.

 

We are dependent on information technology networks and systems to process, transmit and store electronic information and to communicate between our locations around China and with our clients. Security breaches of this infrastructure could lead to shutdowns or disruptions of our systems and potential unauthorized disclosure of confidential information. We are also required at times to manage, utilize and store sensitive or confidential client or employee data. As a result, we are subject to laws and regulations designed to protect this information. If any person, including any of our employees, mismanages or misappropriates such data, we could be subject to monetary damages, fines and/or criminal prosecution. Unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential client or employee data, whether through systems failure, employee negligence, fraud or misappropriation could damage our reputation and cause us to lose clients.

 

25
 

 

Legal requirements relating to the collection, storage, handling, and transfer of personal data continue to evolve. China’s Cybersecurity Law (“CSL”), which came into effect in June 2017, regulates how organizations should protect digital information and outlines measures to safeguard Internet systems, products and services against cyberattacks. The CSL was supplemented in May 2018 with the Personal Information Security Specification, which was amended and strengthened in February 2019. Although these amendments attempt to ease the compliance burden placed on businesses, the laws could impose significant limitations, require changes to our business or restrict our use or storage of personal information, which may increase our compliance expenses and make our business more costly or less efficient to conduct.

 

Our business is sensitive to general economic conditions.

 

Our business may be negatively affected by a downturn in general economic conditions and rising labor and material costs in China. Furthermore, a serious and/or prolonged economic downturn combined with a negative or uncertain political climate could adversely affect our clients’ financial condition and the amount they are able to spend for our services. These conditions may reduce the demand for our services or depress the pricing of those services and have an adverse impact on our results of operations. Changes in global economic conditions may also shift demand to services for which we do not have competitive advantages, and this could negatively affect the amount of business that we are able to obtain. Such economic, political and client spending conditions are influenced by a wide range of factors that are beyond our control and that we have no comparative advantage in forecasting. If we are unable to successfully anticipate these changing conditions, we may be unable to effectively plan for and respond to those changes, and our business could be adversely affected.

 

Our business success also depends in part upon continued growth in the use of coaching. In challenging economic environments, our clients may reduce or defer their spending on new services and coaching solutions in order to focus on other priorities. At the same time, many companies have already invested substantial resources in their current means of conducting their business and they may be reluctant or slow to adopt new approaches that could disrupt existing personnel and/or processes. If growth in the general use of coaching services in business or our clients’ spending on these items declines, or if we cannot convince our clients or potential clients to embrace new services and solutions, our results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

In addition, our business tends to lag behind economic cycles and, consequently, the benefits of an economic recovery following a period of economic downturn may take longer for us to realize than other segments of the economy.

 

Risks Related to the People’s Republic of China

 

The Chinese government may exert substantial influence over the manner in which we conduct our business operations in China.

 

The Chinese government has exercised, and continues to exercise, substantial control over virtually every sector of the Chinese economy through regulation and state ownership. Our ability to conduct our coaching and consulting operations in China may be harmed by changes in its laws and regulations, including those relating to regulation of the coaching industry, taxation, import and export tariffs, environmental regulations, land use rights, property ownership and other matters. We believe that our operations in China are in material compliance with all applicable legal and regulatory requirements. However, the central or local governments of the jurisdictions in which we operate may impose new, stricter regulations or interpretations of existing regulations that would require additional expenditures and efforts on our part to ensure our compliance with such regulations or interpretations. Accordingly, government actions in the future could have a significant effect on us and our business.

 

26
 

 

China’s economic policies could affect our business.

 

Substantially all of our assets are located in China and substantially all of our revenue is derived from our operations in China. Accordingly, our results of operations and prospects are subject, to a significant extent, to economic, political and legal developments in China.

 

While China’s economy has experienced significant growth over the past decades, growth has been irregular, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy, and the rate of growth has been slowing since 2012. Any adverse changes in economic conditions in China, in the policies of the Chinese government or in the laws and regulations in China could have a material adverse effect on the overall economic growth of China. Such developments could adversely affect our business and operating results, lead to reduction in demand for our services and adversely affect our competitive position. The Chinese government has implemented various measures to encourage economic growth and guide the allocation of resources. Some of these measures benefit the overall economy of China but may also have a negative effect on us. For example, our operating results and financial condition may be adversely affected by government control over capital investments or changes in tax regulations.

 

The economy of China has been transitioning from a planned economy to a more market-oriented economy. In recent years the Chinese government has implemented measures emphasizing the utilization of market forces for economic reform and the reduction of state ownership of productive assets and the establishment of improved corporate governance in business enterprises; however, a substantial portion of productive assets in China are still owned by the Chinese government. In addition, the Chinese government continues to play a significant role in regulating industry development by imposing industrial policies. It also exercises significant control over China’s economic growth through the allocation of resources, controlling payment of foreign currency-denominated obligations, setting monetary policy and providing preferential treatment to particular industries or companies.

 

Fluctuation of the RMB may affect our financial condition by affecting the volume of cross-border money flow.

 

The value of the RMB fluctuates and is subject to changes in the PRC’s political and economic conditions. Since July 2005, the conversion of RMB into foreign currencies, including USD, has been based on rates set by the People’s Bank of China which are set based upon the interbank foreign exchange market rates and current exchange rates of a basket of currencies on the world financial markets.

 

We may face obstacles from the communist system in the PRC.

 

Foreign companies conducting operations in the PRC face significant political, economic and legal risks. The communist regime in the PRC, including a stifling bureaucracy, may hinder Western investment.

 

We may have difficulty establishing adequate management, legal and financial controls in the PRC.

 

The PRC historically has been deficient in Western style management and financial reporting concepts and practices, as well as in modern banking, computer and other control systems. We may have difficulty in hiring and retaining a sufficient number of qualified employees to work in the PRC. As a result of these factors, we may experience difficulty in establishing management, legal and financial controls, collecting financial data and preparing financial statements, books of account and corporate records and instituting business practices that meet Western standards.

 

27
 

 

Because our assets and operations are located in China, you may have difficulty enforcing any civil liabilities against us under the securities and other laws of the United States or any state.

 

We are a holding company, and all of our assets are located in the PRC. In addition, our directors and officers are non-residents of the United States, and all or a substantial portion of the assets of these non-residents are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon these non-residents, or to enforce against them judgments obtained in United States courts, including judgments based upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state.

 

There is uncertainty as to whether courts of the PRC would enforce:

 

  Judgments of United States courts obtained against us or these non-residents based on the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state; or
     
  In original actions brought in the PRC, liabilities against us or non-residents predicated upon the securities laws of the United States or any state.

 

Enforcement of a foreign judgment in the PRC also may be limited or otherwise affected by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, arrangement, moratorium or similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and will be subject to a statutory limitation of time within which proceedings may be brought.

 

The PRC legal system embodies uncertainties, which could limit law enforcement availability.

 

The PRC legal system is a civil law system based on written statutes. Unlike common law systems, decided legal cases have little precedence. In 1979, the PRC government began to promulgate a comprehensive system of laws and regulations governing economic matters in general. The overall effect of legislation over the past 3 decades has significantly enhanced the protections afforded to various forms of foreign investment in China. Our PRC operating subsidiary and affiliate is subject to PRC laws and regulations. However, these laws and regulations change frequently, and the interpretation and enforcement involve uncertainties. For instance, we may have to resort to administrative and court proceedings to enforce the legal protection that we are entitled to by law or contract. However, since PRC administrative and court authorities have significant discretion in interpreting statutory and contractual terms, it may be difficult to evaluate the outcome of administrative court proceedings and the level of law enforcement that we would receive in more developed legal systems. Such uncertainties, including the inability to enforce our contracts, could affect our business and operation. In addition, confidentiality protections in China may not be as effective as in the United States or other countries. Accordingly, we cannot predict the effect of future developments in the PRC legal system, particularly with regard to our business, including the promulgation of new laws. This may include changes to existing laws or the interpretation or enforcement thereof, or the preemption of local regulations by national laws. These uncertainties could limit the availability of law enforcement, including our ability to enforce our agreements.

 

Failure to make adequate contributions to various employee benefits plans as required by PRC regulations may subject us to penalties.

 

Companies operating in China are required to participate in various government sponsored employee benefit plans, including certain social insurance, housing funds and other welfare-oriented payment obligations, and contribute to the plans in amounts equal to certain percentages of salaries, including bonuses and allowances, of employees up to a maximum amount specified by the local government from time to time at locations where they operate their businesses. The requirement of employee benefit plans has not been implemented consistently by the local governments in China given the different levels of economic development in different locations. Our failure in making contributions to various employee benefit plans and in complying with applicable PRC labor-related laws may subject us to late payment penalties. We may be required to make up the contributions for these plans as well as to pay late fees and fines. If we are subject to late fees or fines in relation to the underpaid employee benefits, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

 

28
 

 

We may rely on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our PRC subsidiary to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have, and any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiary to make payments to us could have a material and adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business.

 

We are a Cayman Islands holding company and we rely principally on dividends and other distributions on equity from our PRC subsidiary for our cash requirements, including for services of any debt we may incur. Our PRC subsidiary’s ability to distribute dividends is based upon its distributable earnings. Current PRC regulations permit our PRC subsidiary to pay dividends to its respective shareholders only out of their accumulated profits, if any, determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. In addition, our PRC subsidiary is required to set aside at least 10% of its after-tax profits each year, if any, to fund a statutory reserve until such reserve reaches 50% of its registered capital. Our PRC subsidiary as a foreign invested enterprise, or FIE, is also required to further set aside a portion of its after-tax profit to fund an employee welfare fund, although the amount to be set aside, if any, is determined at its discretion. These reserves are not distributable as cash dividends. If our PRC subsidiary incurs debt on its own behalf in the future, the instruments governing the debt may restrict its ability to pay dividends or make other payments to us. Any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiary to distribute dividends or other payments to its shareholders could materially and adversely limit our ability to grow, make investments or acquisitions that could be beneficial to our business, pay dividends or otherwise fund and conduct our business.

 

Changes to PRC tax laws may subject us to greater taxes.

 

We base our tax position upon the anticipated nature and conduct of our business and upon our understanding of the tax laws of the various administrative regions and countries in which we have assets or conduct activities. However, our tax position is subject to review and possible challenge by taxing authorities and to possible changes in law, which may have retroactive effect. We cannot determine in advance the extent to which some jurisdictions may require us to pay taxes or make payments in lieu of taxes.

 

Risks Related to the Company’s Shares

 

There is currently no trading market for our shares.

 

There currently is no trading market for our shares. Our outstanding shares cannot be offered, sold, pledged or otherwise transferred unless subsequently registered pursuant to, or exempt from registration under, the Securities Act and any other applicable federal or state securities laws or regulations in the United States. These restrictions will limit the ability of our shareholders to liquidate their investment.

 

We intend to file a registration statement under the Securities Act to register shares for resale in the United States. Assuming that the SEC declares our registration statement effective, we will seek to identify a market maker to apply for our shares to be admitted to quotation on the OTC Markets. We cannot assure you that we will be able to file and have declared effective the registration statement for resale of our shares, that we will identify a market maker that will file such application or that, if the shares are admitted to quotation, a public market will ever develop. There is no guarantee that our shares will ever be quoted on the OTC Markets or any exchange. Furthermore, you will likely not be able to sell your securities if a regular trading market for our securities does not develop and we cannot predict the extent, if any, to which investor interest will lead to the development of a viable trading market in our shares. We expect the initial market for our shares to be limited, if a market develops at all. Even if a limited trading market does develop, there is a risk that the absence of potential buyers will prevent any potential sellers from selling their shares.

 

It is likely that there will be significant volatility in the trading price of our shares.

 

In the event that a public market for our ordinary shares is created or maintained in the future, market prices for the shares will be influenced by many factors and will be subject to significant fluctuations in response to variations in operating results of ZDSE and other factors. Our stock price will also be affected by the trading price of the stock of our competitors, investor perceptions of ZDSE, interest rates, general economic conditions and those specific to our industry, developments with regard to ZDSE’s operations and activities, our future financial condition and changes in our management.

 

29
 

 

Risks relating to low priced stocks.

 

The Company’s ordinary shares are not quoted and traded on the OTC Markets, and the price at which the shares will trade in the future cannot currently be estimated. There can be no assurance that trading will be commenced or sustained, although management intends to take such actions as are necessary to initiate trading on the OTC Markets. The trading price of the shares will most likely be below $5.00. If our shares trade below $5.00 per share, trading in the shares may be subject to the requirements of certain rules promulgated under the Exchange Act, which require additional disclosure by broker-dealers in connection with any trades involving a stock defined as a penny stock (generally, any non-Nasdaq equity security that has a market price of less than $5.00 per share, subject to certain exceptions) and a two business day “cooling off period” before broker-dealers can effect transactions in penny stocks. For these types of transactions, the broker-dealer must make a special suitability determination for the purchaser and have received the purchaser’s written consent to the transaction prior to the sale. The broker-dealer also must disclose the commissions payable to the broker-dealer, current bid and offer quotations for the penny stock and, if the broker-dealer is the sole market-maker, the broker-dealer must disclose this fact and the broker-dealer’s presumed control over the market. These, and the other burdens imposed upon broker-dealers by the penny stock requirements, could discourage broker-dealers from effecting transactions in our shares which could severely limit the market liquidity of our shares and the ability of holders of our shares to sell them.

 

We do not intend to pay dividends.

 

We have not paid any cash dividends on any of our securities since inception and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on any of our securities in the foreseeable future.

 

Future sales of our securities, or the perception in the markets that these sales may occur, could depress our stock price.

 

Following the consummation of the Share Exchange, we have issued and outstanding approximately 302,734,900 ordinary shares. None of these shares will be eligible for public sale and they may only be sold in the future if registered under the Securities Act or if the shareholder qualifies for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, or other applicable exemption. The market price of our capital stock could drop significantly if the holders of these restricted shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. These factors also could make it more difficult for us to raise capital or make acquisitions through the issuance of additional ordinary shares or other equity securities.

 

The ability of the Board of Directors of the Company to issue preferred shares and any anti-takeover provisions we adopt may depress the value of our ordinary shares.

 

Our Articles of Association authorize our Board of Directors to provide, out of unissued shares, for preferred shares in one or more classes or series within a class upon authority of the Board without further shareholder approval. Any preferred shares issued in the future may rank senior to the ordinary shares with respect to the payment of dividends or amounts upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, or both, and any such preferred shares may have class or series voting rights. In addition, the Board of Directors may, in the future, adopt anti-takeover measures. The authority of the Board of Directors to issue preferred shares and any future anti-takeover measures it may adopt may, in certain circumstances, delay, deter or prevent takeover attempts and other changes in control of the Company not approved by its Board of Directors. As a result, the Company’s shareholders may lose opportunities to dispose of their shares at favorable prices generally available in takeover attempts or that may be available under a merger proposal and the market price of the ordinary shares and the voting and other rights of the Company’s shareholders may also be affected.

 

30
 

 

Our shareholders may face difficulties in protecting their interests, and their ability to protect their rights through the U.S. federal courts may be limited because we are incorporated under Cayman Islands law, we conduct substantially all of our operations in China and all of our directors and officers reside outside the United States.

 

We are incorporated in the Cayman Islands and conduct substantially all of our operations in China. All of our directors and officers reside outside the United States and their assets are located outside of the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for a shareholder to bring an action against us or against these individuals in the Cayman Islands or in China in the event that a shareholder believes that his rights have been infringed under the securities laws or otherwise. Even if a shareholder is successful in bringing an action of this kind, the laws of the Cayman Islands and of China may render the shareholder unable to enforce a judgment against our assets or the assets of our directors and officers. There is no statutory recognition in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, although the courts of the Cayman Islands will generally recognize and enforce a non-penal judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits.

 

Our corporate affairs are governed by our memorandum and articles of association, as amended and restated from time to time, and by the Companies Law (2018 Revision) and common law of the Cayman Islands. The rights of shareholders to take legal action against us and our directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law of the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as from English common law, which provides persuasive, but not binding, authority on a court in the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Cayman Islands law are not as clearly established as they would be under statutes or judicial precedents in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands has a less developed body of securities laws than the United States and provides significantly less protection to investors. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholder derivative action in U.S. federal courts.

 

As a result, our shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests through actions against us, our management, our directors or our major shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a jurisdiction in the United States.

 

Our shareholders do not have the same protections or information generally available to shareholders of U.S. corporations because the reporting requirements for foreign private issuers are more limited than those applicable to public corporations organized in the United States .

 

We are a foreign private issuer within the meaning of rules promulgated under the Exchange Act. We are not subject to certain provisions of the Exchange Act applicable to United States public companies, including: the rules under the Exchange Act requiring the filing with the SEC of quarterly reports on Form 10-Q or current reports on Form 8-K, the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations with respect to a security registered under the Exchange Act and the sections of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their stock ownership and trading activities and establishing insider liability for profits realized from any “short-swing” trading transaction (i.e., a purchase and sale, or sale and purchase, of the issuer’s equity securities within six months or less). Because we are not subject to these rules, our shareholders are not afforded the same protections or information generally available to investors in public companies organized in the United States.

 

31
 

 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

You should read the summary financial data set forth below in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition or Plan of Operations.” The financial data of HGSL for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements and the notes appearing in Exhibit 99.1 hereto; the financial data of ZDSE for the two fiscal years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 are derived from the audited financial statements and the notes appearing in Exhibit 99.2 hereto. The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“US GAAP”). The historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period.

 

Huahui Group Stock Limited

 

Consolidated Income Statement Data:

 

    For the year ended December 31,  
    2018     2017  
    US$     US$  
Revenue   $ 212,780       -  
Cost of revenue     (56,216 )     -  
Gross profit     156,564       -  
               
Selling and marketing expenses     (8,947 )     -  
General and administrative expense     (402,421 )     -  
Operating loss     (254,804 )     -  
               
Other expenses, net     (40 )     -  
Loss before income taxes     (254,844 )     -  
                 
Income (taxes) benefits     43,930       -  
Net loss for the year     (210,914 )     -  
                 
Foreign currency translation differences     (2,889 )     -  
Total comprehensive loss for the year     (213,803 )     -  

 

32
 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

 

    As of December 31,  
    2018     2017  
    US$     US$  
ASSETS                
Current assets:                
Cash and cash equivalents     189,210       -  
Other receivables     39,553       100,000  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets     14,677       -  
Total current assets     243,440       100,000  
                 
Non-current assets:                
Leasehold improvements and equipment, net     24,192       -  
              -  
Deferred tax assets, net     129,812       -  
Total non-current assets     154,004       -  
Total assets     397,444       100,000  
                 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY                
Current liabilities:                
Deferred revenue     147,269       -  
Other payables and accruals     17,600       -  
Amount due to related parties     340,145       -  
Total current liabilities     505,014       -  
Total liabilities     505,014       -  
                 
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES                
                 
EQUITY (DEFICIT)                
Share capital ($0.0002 par value, 500,000,000 shares issued and outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017)     100,000       100,000  
Additional paid in capital     455       -  
Foreign currency translation reserve     2,889       -  
Accumulated deficit     (210,914 )     -  
Total equity (deficit)     (107,570 )     100,000  
Total liabilities and equity     397,444       100,000  

 

33
 

 

Zhongdehui (SZ) Development Co., Limited

 

Income Statement Data:

 

    For the years ended December 31,  
    2018     2017  
    US$     US$  
Revenue     780,574       431,529  
Cost of revenue     (154,192 )     (101,886 )
Gross profit     626,382       329,643  
                 
Selling and marketing expenses     (28,059 )     (19,245 )
General and administrative expense     (661,072 )     (581,289 )
Operating income (loss)     (62,749 )     (270,891 )
                 
Other expenses, net     (1,673 )     (19,166 )
Income (loss) before income taxes     (64,422 )     (290,057 )
                 
Income (taxes) benefits     (1,142 )     50,860  
Net income (loss) for the year     (65,564 )     (239,197 )
                 
Foreign currency translation differences     4,770       (28,214 )
Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year     (60,794 )     (267,411 )

 

34
 

 

Balance Sheet Data:

 

    As of December 31,  
    2018     2017  
    US$     US$  
ASSETS                
Current assets:                
Cash and cash equivalents     32,908       226,043  
Other receivables     3,428       31,470  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets     14,677       7,831  
Total current assets     51,013       265,344  
                 
Non-current assets:                
Leasehold improvements, furniture and equipment, net     22,438       175,857  
Deferred tax assets, net     129,812       138,401  
Total non-current assets     152,250       314,258  
Total assets     203,263       579,602  
                 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY                
Current liabilities:                
Deferred revenue     147,269       342,920  
Other payables and accruals     11,069       56,125  
Amount due to related parties     158,052       620,546  
Total current liabilities     316,390       1,019,591  
Total liabilities     316,390       1,019,591  
                 
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES                
                 
EQUITY (DEFICIT)                
Share capital     325,110       136,494  
Capital reserve     199,040          
Foreign currency translation reserve     (9,224 )     (13,994 )
Accumulated deficit     (628,053 )     (562,489 )
Total equity (deficit)     (113,127 )     (439,989 )
Total liabilities and equity     203,263       579,602  

 

35
 

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OR PLAN OF OPERATIONS

 

The following discussion and analysis of the results of operations for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, and the financial condition as of December 31, 2018, of HGSL and ZDSE , should be read in conjunction with “Selected Financial Data” and HGSL’s and ZDSE’s financial statements and the notes to those financial statements that are included elsewhere in this Current Report on Form 6-K. Our discussion includes forward-looking statements based upon current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties, such as our plans, objectives, expectations and intentions. Actual results and the timing of events could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors, including those set forth under the “Risk Factors,” “Cautionary Notice Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Business” sections in this Current Report. We use words such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” “plan,” “project,” “continuing,” “ongoing,” “expect,” “believe,” “intend,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “could” and similar expressions to identify forward-looking statements.

 

OVERVIEW

 

The Company was originally incorporated in Nevada as “Duonas Corp.” on September 19, 2014. In November 2017, subsequent to a change of control, the Company’s name was changed to Huahui Education Group Corporation and its ticker symbol was changed to “HHEG.” In February 2019, the Company was redomiciled from Nevada to the Cayman Islands. Immediately prior to the Share Exchange, the Company was a “shell company” (as such term is defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act) with nominal assets and no business operations.

 

On July 2, 2019, the Company entered into a definitive Share Exchange Agreement with HGSL and the shareholders of HGSL (the “HGSL Shareholders”), whereby we would acquire all of the outstanding common stock of HGSL in exchange for the issuance of our ordinary shares to the HGSL Shareholders. On July 3, 2019 (the “Closing Date”), HGSL became our wholly owned subsidiary and the HGSL Shareholders became the owners of approximately 99.1% of our voting shares. The acquisition of HGSL by us will be accounted for as a reverse merger because on a post-merger basis, the former shareholders of HGSL held a majority of our outstanding ordinary shares on a voting and fully diluted basis.

 

ZDSE was incorporated in Shenzhen under the laws of the PRC on January 19, 2016. HGSL does not conduct any substantive operations of its own and conducts its primary business operations through ZDSE. ZDSE is engaged in providing executive coaching services in the PRC and in consulting.

 

For purposes of the following discussion and analysis, references to ‘‘we,’’ ‘‘our’’ and ‘‘us’’ refers to ZDSE.

 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

 

We prepare our financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP, which requires management to make certain estimates and apply judgments. We base our estimates and judgments on historical experience, current trends and other factors that management believes to be important at the time the financial statements are prepared. On a regular basis, we review our accounting policies and how they are applied and disclosed in our condensed financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates made by management.

 

36
 

 

We believe that of our significant accounting policies, which are described in note 2 to our consolidated financial statements, the following accounting policies involve a greater degree of judgment and complexity. Accordingly, these are the policies we believe are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Revenue is reported net of business taxes and VAT. The educational services consist of training programs and courses. Tuition is generally paid in advance and is initially recorded as deferred revenue. Revenue is recognized proportionately as the instruction is delivered over the period of the course for the course fees collected.

 

Revenue is generated through the delivery of services. Revenue is recognized when a client receives services and is recognized in an amount that reflects the consideration that the Company expects to receive in exchange for those services. In addition, the standard requires disclosure of the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with clients. The amount of revenue that is recorded reflects the consideration that the Company expects to receive in exchange for those services. The Company applies the following five-step model in order to determine this amount:

 

  (i) identification of the services in the contract;
     
  (ii) determination of whether the services are performance obligations, including whether they are distinct in the context of the contract;
     
  (iii) measurement of the transaction price, including the constraint on variable consideration;
     
  (iv) allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations; and
     
  (v) recognition of revenue when (or as) the Company satisfies each performance obligation.

 

The Company only applies the five-step model to contracts when it is probable that the Company will collect the consideration it is entitled to in exchange for the goods or services it transfers to the client. Once a contract is determined to be within the scope of ASC 606 at contract inception, the Company reviews the contract to determine which performance obligations the Company must deliver and which of these performance obligations are distinct. The Company recognizes as revenues the amount of the transaction price that is allocated to the respective performance obligation when the performance obligation is satisfied or as it is satisfied. Generally, the Company’s performance obligations are transferred to clients at a point in time, typically upon delivery.

 

For all reporting periods, the Company has not disclosed the value of unsatisfied performance obligations for all service revenue contracts with an original expected length of one year or less, which is an optional exemption that is permitted under the adopted rules.

 

Concentrations of Credit Risk

 

Financial instruments that potentially expose the Company to significant concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents. As of December 31, 2018, substantially all of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents were deposited with financial institutions with high-credit ratings and quality. The Company did not have any clients constituting 10% or more of the net revenues in the fiscal years 2017 and 2018.

 

Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

 

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606).” ASU 2014-09 requires revenue recognition to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration that a company expects to be entitled to in exchange for the goods or services. To achieve this principle, a company must apply five steps including identifying the contract with a customer, identifying the performance obligations in the contract, determining the transaction price, allocating the transaction price to the performance obligations and recognizing revenue when (or as) the company satisfies the performance obligations. Additional quantitative and qualitative disclosure to enhance the understanding about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows is also required. ASU 2014-09 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2017. In April 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-10, “Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing.” ASU 2016-10 clarifies the following two aspects of ASU 2014-09: identifying performance obligations and licensing implementation guidance. The effective date of ASU 2016-10 is the same as the effective date of ASU 2014-09. The Company adopted this ASU on January 1, 2018 and determined it had no impact on its consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2018.

 

37
 

 

In January 2016, the FASB issued a new pronouncement ASU 2016-01 “Financial Instruments-Overall: Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities.” The ASU requires equity investments (except those accounted for under the equity method of accounting or those that result in consolidation of the investee) to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income. The ASU also requires an entity to present separately in other comprehensive income the portion of the total change in the fair value of a liability resulting from a change in the instrument-specific credit risk when the entity has elected to measure the liability at fair value in accordance with the fair value option for financial instruments.

 

ASU 2016-01 was further amended in February 2018 by ASU 2018-03, “Technical Corrections and Improvements to Financial Instruments—Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities.” This update was issued to clarify certain narrow aspects of guidance concerning the recognition of financial assets and liabilities established in ASU 2016-01. This includes an amendment to clarify that an entity measuring an equity security using the measurement alternative may change its measurement approach to a fair valuation method in accordance with Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement, through an irrevocable election that would apply to that security and all identical or similar investments of the same issued.

 

ASU 2016-01 and ASU 2018-03 are effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Adoption of the amendment must be applied by means of a cumulative-effect adjustment to the balance sheet as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption, except for amendments related to equity instruments that do not have readily determinable fair values which should be applied prospectively. The Company adopted this ASU on January 1, 2018 and determined it had no impact on its consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2018.

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The guidance supersedes existing guidance on accounting for leases with the main difference being that operating leases are to be recorded in the statement of financial position as right-of-use assets and lease liabilities, initially measured at the present value of the lease payments. For operating leases with a term of 12 months or less, a lessee is permitted to make an accounting policy election not to recognize lease assets and liabilities. For public business entities, the guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early application of the guidance is permitted. In transition, entities are required to recognize and measure leases at the beginning of the earliest period presented using a modified retrospective approach. The Company expects to adopt ASU 2016-02 in the first quarter of fiscal year 2019. The Company has substantially completed the assessment of the impacts of the new standard to its existing lease contracts. The Company does not believe the adoption of this ASU would have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments — Credit Losses (Topic 326), Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Statements.” This ASU requires a financial asset (or group of financial assets) measured at amortized cost basis to be presented at the net amount expected to be collected. The allowance for credit losses is a valuation account that is deducted from the amortized cost basis of the financial asset(s) to present the net carrying value at the amount expected to be collected on the financial asset. This Accounting Standards Update affects entities holding financial assets and net investment in leases that are not accounted for at fair value through net income. The amendments affect loans, debt securities, trade receivables, net investments in leases, off balance sheet credit exposures, reinsurance receivable, and any other financial assets not excluded from the scope that have the contractual rights to receive cash. For public business entities, the amendments in this Update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. All entities may adopt the amendments in this Update through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is effective (that is, a modified-retrospective approach). The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact of the adoption of this pronouncement on its consolidated financial statements.

 

38
 

 

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18: “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash.” The amendments in this Update require that a statement of cash flows explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. Therefore, amounts generally described as restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents should be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows. The amendments in this Update do not provide a definition of restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. The amendments in this ASU on update are effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The amendments in this Update should be applied using a retrospective transition method each period presented. The Company adopted this ASU on January 1, 2018 and determined it had no impact on its consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2018.

 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01: “Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Determination of Business.” The Update requires that when substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired (or disposed of) is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or a group of similar identifiable assets, the set is not a business. This screen reduces the number of transactions that need to be further evaluated. If the screen is not met, the amendments in this ASU on update (1) required that to be considered a business, a set must include, at a minimum, an input and a substantive process that together significantly contribute to the ability to create output and (2) remove the evaluation of whether a market participant could replace missing elements. Public business entities should apply the amendments in this Update to annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those periods. Early adoption of the amendments in this Update is allowed. The amendments in this Update should be applied prospectively on or after the effective date. No disclosures are required at transition. The Company adopted this pronouncement, which has no material effect on its consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

The Company reviews new accounting standards as issued. Management has not identified any other new standards that it believes will have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - HUAHUI GROUP STOCK LIMITED

 

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements of Huahui Group Stock Limited attached hereto as Exhibit 99.1.

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2018

 

Revenue

 

HGSL generated $212,780 in revenue for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to $nil for the year ended December 31, 2017. HGSL conducts business operations solely through its subsidiary, ZDSE, in the PRC. ZDSE was acquired by HGSL on June 27, 2018, and HGSL did not conduct any substantive operations before the acquisition.

 

Operating Expenses

 

By far the most significant component of HGSL’s operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2018 was general and administrative expenses ($402,421). The following table sets forth the main components of HGSL’s general and administrative expenses for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017.

 

    For the year ended
December 31, 2018
    For the year ended
December 31, 2017
 
    Amount
(US$)
   

% of

Total

    Amount
(US$)
    % of
Total
 
General and administrative expense:                                
Salary and welfare   $ 145,894       36 %   $       -       N/A %
Travel and accommodations     2,784       1 %     -       N/A %
Rental expenses     71,478       18 %     -       N/A %
Office expenses     20,247       5 %     -       N/A %
Impairment losses on long-lived assets     55,919       14 %     -       N/A %
Other     106,099       26 %     -       N/A %
Total general and administrative expenses   $ 402,421       100 %   $ -       N/A %

 

39
 

 

Net Loss

 

HGSL had a net loss of $210,914 for the year ended December 31, 2018. The loss was primarily attributable to general and administrative expenses.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Sources of Liquidity

 

During the year ended December 31, 2018, $60,758 net cash was used in operating activities, $68,721 was provided by investing activities and $180,077 was provided by financing activities. The resulting change in cash for the year was $189,210. The cash and cash equivalents balance on December 31, 2018 was $189,210.

 

As of December 31, 2018, HGSL had $505,014 in total liabilities, which was primarily comprised of amounts due to related parties and deferred revenue.

 

HGSL had revenues of $212,780 and incurred a net loss of $210,914 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018. In addition, HGSL had a working deficit of $261,574 and stockholders’ deficit of $107,570.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

HGSL does not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on its financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that is material to investors.

 

Contractual Obligations

 

As a “smaller reporting company” as defined by Item 10 of Regulation S-K, HGSL is not required to provide this information.

 

Going Concern Consideration

 

HGSL incurred net loss of $210,914 during the year ended December 31, 2018. As of December 31, 2018, HGSL had net current liability of $261,574 and a deficit on equity of $107,570.

 

The ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon HGSL’s profit generating operations in the future and/or obtaining the necessary financing to meet its obligations and repay its liabilities arising from normal business operations when they become due. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should HGSL be unable to continue as a going concern.

 

HGSL expects to finance operations primarily through cash flow from revenue and capital contributions from the Chairman of the Board. In the event that HGSL requires additional funding to finance the growth of HGSL’s current and expected future operations as well as to achieve its strategic objectives, the Chairman of the Board has indicated the intent and ability to provide additional equity financing.

 

These conditions raise substantial doubt about HGSL’s ability to continue as a going concern. HGSL’s continuation as a going concern is dependent on HGSL’s ability to meet obligations as they become due and to obtain additional equity or alternative financing required to fund operations until sufficient sources of recurring revenues can be generated. There can be no assurance that HGSL will be successful in its plans described above or in attracting equity or alternative financing on acceptable terms, if at all. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

40
 

 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - ZHONGDEHUI (SZ) DEVELOPMENT CO., LIMITED

 

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the financial statements of Zhongdehui (SZ) Development Co., Limited attached hereto as Exhibit 99.2.

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2018.

 

Revenue

 

ZDSE generated $780,574 in revenue for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to $431,529 for the year ended December 31, 2017, an increase of $349,045 or 80.9% The increase was primarily due to an increase in student enrollments as a result of ZDSE’s expansion of its leadership development coaching business.

 

Cost of Revenue

 

Cost of revenue was $154,192 for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to $101,886 for the year ended December 31, 2017, an increase of $52,306 or 51.3%. The increase in cost of revenue was primarily due to the increase in coaches’ fees and rental expense for additional venues rendered necessary by the increase in student enrollments and geographic expansion of the company’s coaching business.

 

Gross profit

 

Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $626,382 compared with $329,643 for the year ended December 31, 2017. Gross profit accounted for 80% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared with 76% for the year ended December 31, 2017. The increase in gross profit margin resulted from more efficient utilization of coaches, venues and other resources due to the increase in student enrollments.

 

Operating Expenses

 

By far the most significant component of ZDSE’s operating expenses for both the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 was general and administrative expenses ($661,072 and $581,289, respectively). The following table sets forth the main components of ZDSE’s general and administrative expenses for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017.

 

    For the year ended
December 31, 2018
    For the year ended
December 31, 2017
 
    Amount
(US$)
    % of
Total
    Amount
(US$)
    % of
Total
 
General and administrative expense:                                
Salary and welfare   $ 224,230       34 %   $ 248,908       43 %
Travel and accommodations     5,528       1 %     9,016       2 %
Rental expenses     164,837       26 %     144,717       25 %
Office expenses     36,056       5 %     42,201       7 %
Impairment losses on long-lived assets     55,919       8 %     -       -  
Other     174,502       26 %     136,447       23 %
Total general and administrative expenses   $ 661,072       100 %   $ 581,289       100 %

 

41
 

 

Net Income/Loss

 

ZDSE had a net loss of $65,564 for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to a net loss of $239,197 for the year ended December 31, 2017, a decrease of $173,633 or 72.6%. The decrease was primarily attributable to the fact that revenue and gross profit increased at a much higher rate than operating expenses due to the relatively fixed nature of the company’s primary operating expenses. In addition, in March 2019, the Company terminated the lease for the office in Shenzhen, PRC three months early of the one year term, which caused the forfeiture of the security deposit amounting to $27,260 and an impairment loss of leasehold improvements and equipment amounting to $55,919 for the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Sources of Liquidity

 

During the year ended December 31, 2018, net cash used in operating activities totaled $125,030. Net cash provided by investing activities totaled $190,747. $247,270 cash was used in financing activities during the year. The resulting change in cash for the year was a decrease of $204,717. The cash balance on January 1, 2018 was $226,043, and on December 31, 2018 it was $ 32,908.

 

As of December 31, 2018, ZDSE had $316,390 in total liabilities, which was primarily comprised of deferred revenue ($147,269) and amount due to related party ($158,052).

 

ZDSE had revenues of $780,574 and a net loss of $65,564 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018. In addition, ZDSE had a working deficit of $265,377 and stockholders’ deficit of $113,127 at December 31, 2018.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

ZDSE does not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on its financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that is material to investors.

 

Going Concern Consideration

 

ZDSE incurred a net loss of $65,564 and $239,197 during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. As of December 31, 2018, and 2017, the Company had net current liability of $265,377 and $754,247, respectively, and an deficit on total equity of $113,127 and $439,989, respectively.

 

The ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon ZDSE’s profit generating operations in the future and/or obtaining the necessary financing to meet its obligations and repay its liabilities arising from normal business operations when they become due. The financial statements do not include any adjustments to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should ZDSE be unable to continue as a going concern.

 

ZDSE expects to finance operations primarily through cash flow from revenue and capital contributions from the Chairman of the Board. In the event that ZDSE requires additional funding to finance the growth of ZDSE’s current and expected future operations as well as to achieve its strategic objectives, the general manager, Qing Zuo,, indicated the intent and ability to provide additional equity financing.

 

These conditions raise substantial doubt about ZDSE’s ability to continue as a going concern. ZDSE’s continuation as a going concern is dependent on ZDSE’s ability to meet obligations as they become due and to obtain additional equity or alternative financing required to fund operations until sufficient sources of recurring revenues can be generated. There can be no assurance that ZDSE will be successful in its plans described above or in attracting equity or alternative financing on acceptable terms, if at all. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty

 

42
 

 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN

BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

 

The following table sets forth the number of the Company’s ordinary shares beneficially owned as of immediately prior to and immediately after the Share Exchange by (i) those persons or groups known to beneficially own more than 5% of our ordinary shares immediately prior to the Share Exchange; (ii) those persons or groups known to beneficially own more than 5% of our ordinary shares immediately after the Share Exchange; (iii) each executive officer and director immediately prior to and immediately following the close of the Share Exchange; and (iv) all directors and executive officers immediately prior to and immediately following the Share Exchange, as a group. The information is determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act. Under those rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares as to which the individual has sole or shared voting power or investment power and also any shares which the individual has the right to acquire within 60 days of the date hereof, through the exercise or conversion of any stock option, convertible security, warrant or other right. Including those shares in the tables does not, however, constitute an admission that the named stockholder is a direct or indirect beneficial owner of those shares.

 

Except as indicated below, the stockholders listed possess sole voting and investment power with respect to their shares.

 

    Before the Share Exchange     After the Share Exchange  
Name of Beneficial Owner  

Number of Shares

Beneficially Owned

    Percent of Class (1)    

Number of Shares

Beneficially Owned

    Percent of Class (2)  
Zihua Wu     300       -       300       -  
Junze Zhang     -       -       30,000,000       9.91 %
Zhongpeng Chen     1,700,000       62.15 %     1,700,000       0.56 %
Feier Co. Limited (3)     -       -       153,000,000       50.54 %
Meisi Co. Limited (4)             -       117,000,000       38.65 %
All executive officers and directors
(2 persons)
    1,700,300       62.17 %     31,700,000       10.47 %

 

(1) Based on 2,734,900 shares outstanding immediately prior to the Share Exchange
(2) Based on 302,734,900 shares outstanding immediately after the Share Exchange
(3) Feier Co., Limited is 100% owned by Mr. Guiting Rao.
(4) Meisi Co., Limited is 100% owned by Mr. Yuze Zhong.

 

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, PROMOTERS AND CONTROL PERSONS

 

The names, titles and ages of the members of the Company’s and ZDSE’s Boards of Directors and their executive officers as of the date of this Current Report are as set forth in the below tables. There are no family relationships among any of the directors or executive officers.

 

There was no agreement or understanding between the Company and any director or executive officer pursuant to which he or she was selected as an officer or director.

 

Officers, Directors and Key Employees of the Company

 

Name   Age   Position
Junze Zhang   47   President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Chairman of the Board
         
Zhongpeng Chen   49   Director

 

Mr. Junze Zhang obtained a Bachelor’s degree in Economics & Management in 1996 from Sun Yat-sen University in Guangzhou.

 

43
 

 

From 1998 to 2016, Mr. Zhang worked as a chairman in Puning Fageer Clothing Co., Limited where he was responsible for the overall operation of the factory. Since 2016, he has worked as a chairman in Huahui Group Stock Limited. He led and formulated the long-term development strategy for the company, while orchestrating internal and external changes. He also organized the company’s overall strategy, explored executive coaching market opportunities and led the innovation during the development of the company.

 

Since 2010, Mr. Zhang has been a member of the Shenzhen Chaoshan chamber of commerce. From 2014 to 2018, Mr. Zhang was the VP of Shenzhen Longgang District private enterprise chamber of commerce and the Vice-President of the Shenzhen Longgang District Financial chamber of commerce. From 2018 to the present, Mr. Zhang has been the honorary chairman of the Shenzhen Longgang District private enterprise chamber of commerce.

 

Mr. Zhongpeng Chen obtained a Master’s degree in Business Administration in 2013 from the Graduate School of Tsinghua University in Shenzhen.

 

From 1996 to 2006, Mr. Chen worked as a general manager in Shenzhen Peng Fa Freight Department. As a general manager, he was responsible for the overall operation of the factory. Mr. Chen has worked as a chairman in Shenzhen Hua Peng Fa Logistics Limited since 2006, and in 2017 he was appointed Chief Executive Officer, President, Secretary, Treasurer and Chairman of the Board of Directors of that company. He leads the development of the company’s strategy, adjusting that strategy according to changes in the internal and external environment. Moreover, he oversees the implementation of the company’s overall strategy, explores market opportunities and leads innovation and change within the company.

 

Officers, Directors and Key Employees of Zhongdehui (SZ) Development Co., Limited

 

Name   Age   Positions
Qing Zuo   44   General Manager of ZDSE
         
Mengling Zhang   43   Senior Consultant
         
Jianning Zeng   48   Head of Guangzhou Branch, Chief Consultant
         
Shaogang Yin   48   Head of Liaoning Branch, Senior Consultant

 

Mr. Qing Zuo obtained a graduate degree in Coaching Theory at Fudan University in 2016 and the Diploma of Foundation in Psychology from Hong Kong Shue Yan University in January 2019. He is the general manager of ZDSE and has 20 years of experience as a business manager. He is also a promoter of the company’s charitable activities. With his passion for business management, he hopes to improve his clients’ management skills, improve clients’ leadership skills and lead ZDSE in the corporate management industry. ZDSE will continue to carry out charitable activities, and Mr. Zuo hopes to help more orphans and poor children including helping them get a better education opportunity.

 

Ms. Mengling Zhang is a Psychology graduate of Hong Kong Shue Yan University, a corporate-coaching consultant and an instructor of corporate-coaching consultants. Ms. Zhang serves as ZDSE’s module 2 and module 3 enterprise coaching senior consultant. Ms. Zhang has been committed to promoting ZDSE’s corporate culture, to research and development of modules and to leading our development and approach to emphasizing the psychology of leadership in our modules.

 

Mr. Jianning Zeng is a graduate of the University of Wales, UK. He is the head of Zhongdehui Education Guangzhou Branch and chief instructor for ZDSE. He is currently a member of the Expert Committee of the China Enterprise Coach Federation. Mr. Zeng served as CEO of Julong Group, the largest medical software company in China, and has rich practical experience in corporate management and capital operation.

 

Mr. Shaogang Yin obtained the certificate of corporate coach, issued by the China Employment Training Technical Instruction Center. He was invited as the chief specialist by China National Training Network from April 22, 2018 to April 21, 2019.

 

44
 

 

Family Relationships

 

There are no family relationships among the directors or executive officers of either HHEG or ZDSE.

 

Committees of the Board of Directors

 

The Company’s Board of Directors has not established any committees. The functions of the audit committee are currently performed by the Board of Directors, with assistance by expert independent accounting personnel. The Company is not currently subject to any law, rule or regulation requiring that it establish or maintain an audit committee. The Company believes that while its Board of Directors is capable of analyzing and evaluating financial statements and understanding internal controls and procedures for financial reporting, the Company would be well served to retain an independent director who would qualify as an “audit committee financial expert.” The Company’s Board of Directors intends at some point in the future to establish audit, nominating and compensation committees. The audit committee will be primarily responsible for reviewing the services performed by our independent auditors and evaluating our accounting policies and our system of internal controls. The nominating committee will be primarily responsible for nominating directors and setting policies and procedures for the nomination of directors. The nominating committee will also be responsible for overseeing the creation and implementation of our corporate governance policies and procedures. The compensation committee will be primarily responsible for reviewing and approving salary and benefit policies (including stock options), including compensation of the Company’s executive officers.

 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

The following table summarizes all compensation received by our directors and our Chief Executive Officer, President, Secretary and Chief Financial Officer and by the directors, executive officers and key employees of ZDSE in the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018.

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

            Compensation Paid
Name and Principal Position     Year     Salary (1)
($)
  Bonus
($)
  Other
Compensation
($)
Zihua Wu, (2) President, CEO, CFO, Secretary and Director    

2017

2018

    Nil
Nil
  Nil
Nil
  N/A
N/A
Junze Zhang, (3) President, CEO, CFO, Secretary and Director    

2017

2018

    Nil
9,009
  Nil
Nil
  N/A
N/A
Zhongpeng Chen, (4) Director    

2017

2018

    Nil
Nil
  Nil
Nil
  N/A
N/A
Qing Zuo, General Manager of ZDSE    

2017

2018

    10,389.92
23,625.15

(5)

(5)

Nil
Nil
  N/A
N/A
Mengling Zhang, Senior Coach    

2017

2018

    13,808.82 23,625.15

(6)

(6 )

Nil
Nil
  N/A
N/A
Jianning Zeng, (7) Head of Guangzhou Branch    

2017

2018

    Nil
Nil
  Nil
Nil
  N/A
N/A
Shaogang Yin, (8) Head of Liaoning Branch    

2017

2018

    Nil
Nil
  Nil
Nil
  N/A
N/A

 

(1) Expressed in U.S. Dollars based on the average interbank exchange rate of 6.75655132 RMB for each U.S. Dollar in 2017 and the average interbank exchange rate of 6.60313352 RMB for each U.S. Dollar in 2018
(2) Zihua Wu resigned from the position of President, CEO, Secretary, CFO and director on July 3, 2019.
(3) Junze Zhang was appointed as President, CEO, Secretary, CFO and director on July 3, 2019..
(4) Zhongpeng Chen was appointed as a director on November 2, 2017.
(5) Does not include $2,726 and $13,320 paid as coaching fees during 2017 and 2018, respectively.
(6) Does not include $1,969 and $18,057 paid as coaching fees during 2017 and 2018, respectively.
(7) Jianning Zeng was employed by ZDSE as of February 1, 2019.
(8) Shaogang Yin, was employed by ZDSE as of May 1, 2019.

 

45
 

 

Stock Option Grants and Exercises

 

The Company has not issued any options or stock appreciation rights to any officers, employees or directors. Our directors and executive officers may receive share options at the discretion of our Board of Directors in the future.

 

Compensation of Directors

 

We do not have any agreements for compensating our directors for their services in their capacity as directors.

 

Employment Contracts

 

We have formal employment agreements with our key employees and with our sole executive officer. The employment agreements are summarized below, and qualified by reference to the summaries of those employment agreements filed as Exhibits to this Form 6-K.

 

Junze Zhang and the Company have entered into an Employment Agreement for an indefinite term commencing May 1, 2018. Under the Agreement, Mr. Zhang is paid a monthly salary of RMB 4,950, and additional monthly payments of RMB 5,050 for an aggregate monthly amount of RMB 10,000. Social insurance premiums and housing provident fund are paid by both the Company and Mr. Zhang. The Agreement may be terminated by mutual consent of the parties.

 

Qing Zuo’s Employment Agreement is for a term which commenced February 1, 2019 and terminates on January 31, 2021, unless renewed by mutual agreement or terminated by either party under certain specified conditions. Mr. Zuo’s compensation is set forth in the company payroll, but may not be less than minimum wage, and he is entitled to overtime compensation for hours worked in excess of 40 hours per week.

 

Mengling Zhang’s Employment Agreement is for a term which commenced April 18, 2016 and terminates on April 17, 2021, unless renewed by mutual agreement or terminated by either party under certain specified conditions. Ms. Zhang’s compensation is set forth in the company payroll, but may not be less than minimum wage, and she is entitled to overtime compensation for hours worked in excess of 40 hours per week.

 

Jianning Zeng’s Employment Agreement is for a term which commenced February 1, 2019 and terminates on January 31, 2021, unless renewed by mutual agreement or terminated by either party under certain specified conditions. Mr. Zeng is paid a monthly salary of RMB 10,000.

 

Shaogang Yin’s Employment Agreement is for a term which commenced May 1, 2019 and terminates on April 30, 2022, unless renewed by mutual agreement or terminated by either party under certain specified conditions. Mr. Yin is paid a monthly salary of RMB 10,000.

 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

 

Pursuant to a Share Exchange Agreement dated July 2, 2019, the Company issued 300 million of its ordinary shares to the HGSL Shareholders, constituting 99.1% of our issued and outstanding shares after the Share Exchange. The shares were issued in exchange for 100% of the outstanding shares of common stock of HGSL. Prior to the Share Exchange, Mr. Junze Zhang, a director of the Company, was the record and beneficial owner of 10% of the outstanding shares of HGSL and, accordingly, he received 30,000,000 ordinary shares of the Company pursuant to the Share Exchange.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2018, two companies controlled or formerly controlled by Mr. Qing Zuo, the General Manager of ZDSE, made advances to that company in the aggregate amount of $88,060, Mr. Zuo, individually, made advances to ZDSE in the aggregate amount of $33,473 and Ms. Mengling Zhang made advances to ZDSE in the aggregate amount of $36,519. During the year ended December 31, 2017, Mr. Zuo, individually, made advances to ZDSE in the aggregate amount of $83,409 and Ms. Zhang made advances to that company in the aggregate amount of $537,137. In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2018, Mr. Junze Zhang, HDSL’s President, made advances to that company in the aggregate amount of $182,093. The loans are unsecured.

 

The owner of the property where ZDSE’s Shandong branch is located leases the property, for a monthly rental of RMB 11,329, to an entity with which Mr. Qing Zuo was previously affiliated. That entity subleases the property to ZDSE for the same monthly rental payment. As of June17, 2019, Mr. Zuo is no longer an affiliate of that entity.

 

46
 

 

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

 

Our Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association provide for authority to issue 500,000,000 ordinary shares with par value of $0.0001 per share. Immediately prior to the Share Exchange, the capitalization of the Company consisted of 2,734,900 outstanding ordinary shares, and immediately after the closing of the Share Exchange, our total number of outstanding ordinary shares is 302,734,900. All shares are fully paid. We do not have any options to purchase shares or any preferred shares outstanding.

 

Memorandum and Articles of Association

 

We are registered in the Cayman Islands and have been assigned company number 346267 in the register of companies. Our registered office is Walkers Corporate Limited, Cayman Corporate Centre, 27 Hospital Road, George Town, Grand Cayman KYI–9008, Cayman Islands. The objects for which the Company was established are unrestricted and the Company has full power and authority to carry out any object that is not prohibited under Cayman Islands law as set forth in Paragraph 4 of our Memorandum of Association. As a Cayman Islands exempted company, we are (subject to certain qualifications) prohibited from trading in the Cayman Islands with any person, firm or corporation except in furtherance of our business carried on outside the Cayman Islands, owning land in the Cayman Islands and making any invitation to the public in the Cayman Islands to subscribe for any of our shares or debentures. We do not believe that these restrictions materially affect our operations.

 

Paragraph 107 of our Articles of Association (our “Articles”) provides that a director who is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in a contract or a proposed contract with the Company shall declare the nature of his interest at a meeting of the directors or by general notice to the directors. The director may vote in respect of the contract or arrangement notwithstanding his interest therein and his vote shall be counted, and he may be counted in the quorum at any meeting at which the contract or arrangement is considered. Paragraph 86 of the Articles allows the directors to vote compensation to themselves in respect of services rendered to the Company. Paragraph 98 of the Articles provides that the directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertakings and property or any part thereof, to issue debentures, debenture stock and other securities whenever money is borrowed or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party. Such borrowing powers can be altered by an amendment to the Articles. There is no provision in the Articles for the mandatory retirement of directors. Paragraph 85 of the Articles provides that directors are not required to own shares of the Company in order to serve as directors.

 

Our authorized share capital is $50,000, divided into 500,000,000 shares, $0.0001 par value. Holders of our ordinary shares are entitled to one vote for each whole share on all matters to be voted upon by shareholders, including the election of directors. Holders of our ordinary shares do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors. All of our fully paid ordinary shares are equal to each other with respect to dividend rights. Holders of our ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends if and when declared by our Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor under Cayman Islands law. In the event of our liquidation, the liquidator may, with the sanction of an Ordinary Resolution of the Company, divide among the shareholders in specie or kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether they shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may for such purpose set such value as he deems fair upon any property to be divided as aforesaid and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the shareholders or different classes of shareholders. Holders of our ordinary shares have no preemptive rights to purchase any additional unissued ordinary shares. No preferred shares have been issued; however, the Board of Directors has the ability to determine the rights, preferences and restrictions of preferred shares at their discretion.

 

Paragraph 8 of the Articles provides that the powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of each series of preferred shares, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding.

 

47
 

 

Paragraph 153 of the Articles provides that our Memorandum and Articles of Association may be amended by a special resolution of members. A special resolution requires passage by a majority of not less than two-thirds of the shareholders entitled to vote on the matter, in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting of the Company or in writing by all of the shareholders entitled to vote.

 

Provisions in respect of the holding of annual general meetings and extraordinary general meetings are set out in Paragraphs 55 through 69 of the Articles and under the Companies Law (2018 Revision) of the Cayman Islands. The directors may convene meetings of the members at such times and in such manner and places as the directors consider necessary or desirable, and they shall convene such a meeting upon the written request of members holding not less than one-third of the share capital of the Company as at that date carries the right to vote at general meetings of the Company.

 

Cayman Islands law and our Memorandum and Articles of Association impose no limitations on the right of nonresident or foreign owners to hold or vote our securities. There are no provisions in the Memorandum and Articles of Association governing the ownership threshold above which shareholder ownership must be disclosed.

 

A copy of our Memorandum and Articles of Association is filed as Exhibit 3.1 to this Current report on Form 6-K.

 

Transfer Agent

 

The transfer agent for the Company’s shares is V Stock Transfer, LLC, at 18 Lafayette Place, Woodmere, NY 11598; telephone: 212-828-8436, toll-free: 855-9VSTOCK; Facsimile: 646-536-3179.

 

MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON COMMON EQUITY

AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

Our shares were quoted on the OTCBB under the symbol “HHEG.” However, the shares are not currently trading. The Company anticipates filing a registration statement with the SEC under the Securities Act in order to register shares for resale that are currently held by shareholders of the Company in order for trading to occur in the future. There is no established public trading market for our shares, and there can be no assurance that a trading market will be developed and if developed that it will be sustained.

 

The following table sets forth the quarterly high and low bid prices for our common stock from October 15, 2016 to March 31, 2019, and are based upon sporadic trading on the OTCQB The prices set forth below represent inter-dealer quotations, without retail markup, markdown or commission and may not be reflective of actual transactions.

 

    High     Low  
Quarter ended December 31, 2016   $ 0.01     $ 0.01  
Quarter ended March 31, 2017   $ 0.01     $ 0.01  
Quarter ended June 30, 2017   $ 0.01     $ 0.01  
                 
Quarter ended September 30, 2017   $ 0.01     $ 0.01  
Quarter ended December 31, 2017   $ 5.50     $ 2.00  
Quarter ended March 31, 2018   $ 4.52     $ 4.48  
Quarter ended June 30, 2018   $ 4.85     $ 4.52  
                 
Quarter ended September 30, 2018   $ 4.85     $ 4.85  
Quarter ended December 31, 2018   $ 6.08     $ 4.85  
Quarter ended March 31, 2019   $ 5.7     $ 5.6  

 

48
 

 

Holders

 

On July 2, 2019, there were 51 stockholders of record, and an aggregate of 2,734,900 of our ordinary shares were issued and outstanding.

 

Dividend Policy

 

We have never paid any cash dividends on our Common Stock and have no present intention of paying any dividends on Common Stock in the foreseeable future. We intend to retain future earnings to fund ongoing operations and future capital requirements. Any future determination to pay cash dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will be dependent upon financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements and such other factors as the Board of Directors deems relevant.

 

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

We do not have in effect any compensation plans under which our equity securities are authorized for issuance and we do not have any outstanding stock options.

 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

From time to time, we may be involved in litigation or other business disputes. The Company’s management is not aware of any material legal proceedings pending against the Company.

 

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS

 

Effective as of July 16, 2018, the Company dismissed TAAD LLC (“TAAD”) as our independent registered public accounting firm. The reports of TAAD on our financial statements for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2017 and for the period August 25, 2016 through July 16, 2018 did not contain an adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, and they were not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles, except that such reports included a going concern qualification. During our fiscal years ended June 30, 2017 and the subsequent interim period preceding their dismissal, there were no disagreements with TAAD, whether or not resolved, on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure or auditing scope or procedure, which, if not resolved to the satisfaction of TAAD, would have caused them to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreement in connection with their report on our financial statements.

 

On July 16, 2018, the Company engaged PAN-CHINA SINGAPORE PAC as its independent registered public accounting firm to audit the Company’s financial statements for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018.

 

RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

 

Pursuant to the Share Exchange Agreement entered into by and among the Company, on the one hand, and HGSL and the HGSL Shareholders, on the other hand, the Company issued 300,000,000 of the Company’s ordinary shares (the “Exchange Shares”) to the HGSL Shareholders in exchange for 100% of the common stock of HGSL. The issuance of the Exchange Shares to the HGSL Shareholders pursuant to the Share Exchange Agreement was exempt from registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) and/or Regulation S thereof. We made this determination based on the representations of HGSL and the HGSL Shareholders which included, in pertinent part, that each HGSL Shareholder was either (a) an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act, and/or (b) not a “U.S. person” as that term is defined in Rule 902(k) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, and that each HGSL Shareholder was acquiring our ordinary shares for investment purposes for his/its own account and not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution thereof, and that each HGSL Shareholder understood that the shares may not be sold or otherwise disposed of without registration under the Securities Act or an applicable exemption therefrom.

 

49
 

 

In conjunction with moving its domicile from Nevada to the Cayman Islands by means of a reverse merger with its wholly-owned subsidiary, each outstanding share of common stock of Huahui Education Group Corporation, a Nevada corporation, (“HHEG-Nevada”) was exchanged for the right to receive one ordinary share of the Company. Effective February 26, 2019, upon effectiveness of the merger, the Company, as the surviving company in the merger, issued an aggregate of 2,734,900 ordinary shares in exchange for an equal number of shares of common stock of HHEG-Nevada. The ordinary shares were issued to those stockholders of HHEG-Nevada who were resident outside of the United States in reliance on exemptions from registration provided by Regulation S and to those stockholders who were resident in the United States in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. These securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an applicable exemption from the registration requirement. The one ordinary share issued upon incorporation of the Company under the laws of the Cayman Islands was duly cancelled.

 

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

The Company’s Articles of Association provide the following with respect to indemnification:

 

“Every Director (including for the purposes of this Article any Alternate Director appointed pursuant to the provisions of these Articles) and officer of the Company for the time being and from time to time shall be indemnified and secured harmless out of the assets and funds of the Company against all actions, proceedings, costs, charges, expenses, losses, damages or liabilities incurred or sustained by him in connection with the execution or discharge of his duties, powers, authorities or discretions as a Director or officer of the Company, including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, any costs, expenses, losses or liabilities incurred by him in defending (whether successfully or otherwise) any civil proceedings concerning the Company or its affairs in any court whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere. … No such Director or officer of the Company shall be liable to the Company for any loss or damage unless such liability arises through the willful neglect or default of such Director or officer.”

 

The Company has been advised that it is the position of the SEC that insofar as the provision in the Company’s Articles of Association may be invoked for liabilities arising under the Securities Act, the provision is against public policy and is therefore unenforceable.

 

UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

As explained more fully under the heading “RECENT SALES of UNREGISTERED SECURITIES,” the following unregistered sales of equity securities have been effected by the Company during the three years prior to the filing of this Current Report:

 

  300,000,000 of its ordinary shares on July 3, , 2019 to the HGSL Shareholders in exchange for 100% of the common stock of HGSL;
  2,734,900 ordinary shares in February 2019 to the former shareholders of HHEG-Nevada in exchange for 100% of the outstanding common stock of HHEG-Nevada; and
  initial issuance of one ordinary share to one person in consideration for $1 upon incorporation of the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary in the Cayman Islands in February 2019.

 

All of the issuances were exempt from registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) and/or Regulation S thereof. Reference is made to the disclosures set forth under “RECENT SALES of UNREGISTERED SECURITIES” in this Current Report on Form 6-K, which disclosures are incorporated herein by reference.

 

CHANGES IN CONTROL OF REGISTRANT

 

As explained more fully under “RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES,” in connection with the Share Exchange Agreement, the Company issued 300,000,000 of its ordinary shares to the HGSL Shareholders in exchange for the transfer of 100% of the outstanding shares of HGSL capital stock by the HGSL Shareholders to the Company. Immediately following the Closing of the Share Exchange Agreement, the HGSL Shareholders held approximately 99.1% of the total issued outstanding ordinary shares of the Company, which is the only outstanding class of shares. Reference is made to the disclosures set forth under “RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES,” in this Current Report on Form 6-K, which disclosure is incorporated herein by reference.

 

The closing of the Share Exchange under the Share Exchange Agreement, which resulted in the change of control of the Company, occurred on July 3, 2019. A copy of the Share Exchange Agreement is attached hereto as Exhibit 2.1.

 

50
 

 

CHANGE IN SHELL COMPANY STATUS

 

The Company was a “shell company” (as such term is defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act) immediately prior to the closing of the Share Exchange on July 3, 2019 because the Company had nominal assets and had no substantive business operations. Under the Share Exchange Agreement, on the Closing Date, the Company issued a total of 300,000,000 of its ordinary shares to the HGSL Shareholders in exchange for 100% of the common stock of HGSL. After the closing, the HGSL Shareholders own approximately 99.1% of The Company’s outstanding shares. As a result of the Share Exchange, HGSL became the wholly owned subsidiary of the Company and ZDSE, HGSL’s indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary, became the Company’s sole operational business. Consequently, the Company believes that the Share Exchange has caused the Company to cease to be a shell company. For information about the Share Exchange, please see the information set forth above under “COMPLETION OF ACQUISITION OR DISPOSITION OF ASSETS,” which information is incorporated herein by reference.

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS.

 

(a) Financial Statements of Businesses Acquired

 

The audited consolidated financial statements of Huahui Group Stock Limited for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to this Current Report.

 

The audited financial statements of Zhongdehui (SZ) Development Co., Limited for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to this Current Report.

 

(b) Pro Forma Financial Statements

 

Our unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet as of December 31, 2018, and pro forma combined statements of operations (unaudited) for the year ended December 31, 2018 are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to this Current Report.

 

(c) Index to Exhibits

 

Exhibit Number   Description
2.1   Share Exchange Agreement between the Company, Huahui Group Stock Limited and the shareholders of Huahui Group Stock Limited, dated July 2, , 2019
     
3.1   Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company
     
3.2   Certificate of Merger issued by the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands (1)
     
3.3   Articles of Merger as filed in the State of Nevada (2)
     
10.1   Summary of Joint Office Area Service Agreement dated April 23, 2019 between Shenzhen Merchants Venture Co., Ltd. and Zhongdehui (Shenzhen) Education Development Co., Ltd.
     
10.2   Summary of Guangzhou Branch Lease Part 1, dated January 14, 2019, and Part 2 dated March 20, 2019, between Guangzhou Panyu Bailong Electronics Co., Ltd. and Zhongdehui (Shenzhen) Education Development Co., Ltd. Guangzhou Branch

 

51
 

 

10.3   Summary of Lease dated March 1, 2019 between Weifang Zhongdehui Education Consulting Co., Ltd. and Shandong Branch of Zhongdehui (Shenzhen) Education Development Co., Ltd.
     
10.4   Summary of Lease dated May 1, 2019 between Liaoning Pacific Industrial Co., Ltd. and Zhongdehui (Shenzhen) Education Development Co., Ltd. Liaoning Branch
     
10.5   Summary of Lease dated June 5, 2019 between Xiaorui Zhao and Zhongdehui (Shenzhen) Education Development Co., Ltd. Liaoning Branch
     
10.6   Summary of Lease dated June 4, 2019 between Yanlei Wang and Zhongdehui (Shenzhen) Education Development Co., Ltd. Liaoning Branch
     
10.7   Employment Contract dated May 1, 2018 between Huahui (Shenzhen) Education Management Co., Ltd. and Junze Zhang
     
10.8   Employee Contract dated April 18, 2016 between Zhongdehui (Shenzhen) Development Co., Ltd. and Zuo, Qing
     
10.9   Employee Contract dated April 18, 2016 between Zhongdehui (Shenzhen) Development Co., Ltd. and Mengling Zhang
     
10.10   Employee Contract dated February 27, 2019 between Zhongdehui (Shenzhen) Education Development Co., Ltd. Guangzhou Branch and Jianning Zeng
     
10.11   Employee Contract dated May 1, 2019 between Zhongdehui (Shenzhen) Education Development Co., Ltd. Liaoning Branch and Shaogang Yin.
     
99.1   Audited consolidated financial statements of Huahui Group Stock, Limited for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017
     
99.2   Audited financial statements of Zhongdehui (SZ) Development Co., Limited for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017
     
99.3   Unaudited pro forma combined financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2018,

 

 

(1) Filed as Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 21, 2019 and incorporated herein by reference.
   
(2) Filed as Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 21, 2019 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

52
 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.

 

Date: July 4, 2019 HUAHUI EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED
   
  /s/ Junze Zhang
  Junze Zhang, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer

 

53
 

 

SHARE EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

 

This Share Exchange Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into this 2nd day of July, 2019 by and among HUAHUI EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED (“HHEG” and BUYER), an exempted company formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands, HUAHUI GROUP STOCK LIMITED (“HGSL”), a Seychelles company limited by shares, and HGSL’s shareholders, Mr. Junze Zhang, Feier Co., Limited and Meisi Co., Limited (the “HGSL Shareholders”). HGSL and the HGSL Shareholders shall be sometimes collectively referred to as the “Company” and “Sellers”).

 

WHEREAS , the HGSL Shareholders are the owners of record of 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of HGSL; and

 

WHEREAS , the HGSL Shareholders desire to acquire from HHEG an aggregate of 300,000,000 or approximately 99.1% shares of HHEG’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “HHEG Shares”), in exchange for 100% of the outstanding shares of HGSL (the “Exchange Shares”); and

 

WHEREAS , the offer and sale of the HHEG Shares by HHEG is intended to be exempt from the registration provisions of Section 5 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the “Securities Act”) pursuant to the provisions of Regulation S (“Regulation S”) which was adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the Securities Act.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual terms, conditions and other agreements set forth herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I
Share exchange

 

Section 1.01 Share Exchange . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at the Closing, the HGSL Shareholders shall transfer to HHEG all of the shares that they hold in HGSL (which constitutes 100% of the equity ownership of HGSL) and, in consideration therefor, HHEG shall issue an aggregate of 300,000,000 fully paid and non-assessable shares of HHEG common stock, par value $0.0001, to the HGSL Shareholders as follows:

 

Mr. Junze Zhang – 30,000,000 HHEG Shares

Feier Co., Limited – 153,000,000 HHEG Shares

Meisi Co., Limited – 117,000,000 HHEG Shares

 

ARTICLE II
CLOSING

 

Section 2.01 Date and Place of Closing . The closing (the “Closing”) of the transactions contemplated hereby shall, subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the applicable conditions set forth herein, take place in Shenzhen, China, at the offices of HHEG, or other place as the parties may mutually agree, at 10:00 a.m. (Shenzhen, China Time) on or before July 5, 2019 (“Closing Date”); provided that the Parties may mutually agree in writing to a later date.

 

 
 

 

Section 2.02 Deliveries at Closing .

 

(a) At the Closing, HHEG shall deliver to each HGSL Shareholder a certificate evidencing the number of newly issued HHEG Shares set forth in Section 1.01, above.

 

(b) At or prior to the Closing, each HGSL Shareholder shall deliver to HHEG all of the shares that they own in HGSL duly endorsed for transfer to HHEG together with a bought note, instrument of transfer and such other documentation or instruments as shall be necessary to transfer the Exchange Shares.

 

ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF HHEG

 

HHEG hereby represents, warrants and agrees as of the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date as follows:

 

Section 3.01 Corporate Organization

 

a. HHEG is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Cayman Islands, and has all requisite corporate power and authority to own its properties and assets and to conduct its business and is duly qualified to do business and in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the nature of the business conducted by it or the ownership or leasing of its properties makes such qualification and being in good standing necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified and in good standing will not have a material adverse effect on the business, operations, properties, assets, condition or results of operation of HHEG.

 

b. Copies of the Memorandum and Articles of Association of HHEG, with all amendments thereto to the date hereof, have been furnished to HGSL and each of the HGSL Shareholders, and such copies are accurate and complete as of the date hereof. The minute books of HHEG are current as required by law, contain the minutes of all meetings of the Board of Directors and shareholders of HHEG from its date of incorporation to the date of this Agreement, and adequately reflect all material actions taken by the Board of Directors and shareholders of HHEG.

 

Section 3.02 Capitalization of HHEG . The authorized capital stock of HHEG consists of 500,000,000 ordinary shares, par value $.0001 per share. As of the date hereof, HHEG has 2,734,900 ordinary shares issued and outstanding. All of the issued shares of capital stock of HHEG have been duly authorized, and are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

2
 

 

The parties agree that they have been informed of the issuances of these HHEG Shares, and that all such issuances of HHEG Shares pursuant to this Agreement will be in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. All of the HHEG Shares to be issued pursuant to this Agreement have been duly authorized and will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and no personal liability will attach to the ownership thereof and in each instance, they will have been issued in accordance with the registration requirements of applicable securities laws or an exemption therefrom. As of the date of this Agreement there are no outstanding options, warrants, agreements, commitments, conversion rights, preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of capital stock or any un-issued or treasury shares of capital stock of HHEG.

 

Section 3.03 Subsidiaries and Equity Investments . HHEG has no subsidiaries or equity interest in any corporation, partnership or joint venture except as provided in this Agreement.

 

Section 3.04 Authorization and Validity of Agreements . HHEG has all corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, to perform its obligations hereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and upon the execution and delivery by HGSL and the performance of its obligations herein, this Agreement will constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of HHEG. The execution and delivery of this Agreement by HHEG and the consummation by HHEG of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of HHEG, and no other corporate proceedings on the part of HHEG are necessary to authorize this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Section 3.05 No Conflict or Violation . The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by HHEG do not and will not violate or conflict with any provision of its Memorandum and Articles of Association, and do not and will not violate any provision of law, or any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or regulatory authority, nor violate or result in a breach of or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, or give to any other entity any right of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of any contract, lease, loan agreement, mortgage, security agreement, trust indenture or other agreement or instrument to which HHEG is a party or by which it is bound or to which any of its properties or assets is subject, nor will it result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance of any kind whatsoever upon any of the properties or assets of HHEG, nor will it result in the cancellation, modification, revocation or suspension of any of the licenses, franchises or permits to which HHEG is bound.

 

Section 3.06 Consents and Approvals . No consent, waiver, authorization or approval of any governmental or regulatory authority, domestic or foreign, or of any other person, firm or corporation is required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement by HHEG or the performance by HHEG of its obligations hereunder.

 

Section 3.07 Absence of Certain Changes or Events .

 

a. As of the date of this Agreement, HHEG does not know or have reason to know of any event, condition, circumstance or prospective development which threatens or may threaten to have a material adverse effect on the assets, properties, operations, prospects, net income or financial condition of HHEG.

 

3
 

 

b. Since its inception, there has not been any declaration, setting aside or payment of dividends or distributions with respect to shares of capital stock of HHEG.

 

c. Since its inception, there has not been an increase in the compensation payable or to become payable to any director or officer of HHEG.

 

Section 3.08 Disclosure . This Agreement does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit any material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein and/or therein not misleading.

 

Section 3.09 Litigation . There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation pending or threatened against HHEG that may affect the validity of this Agreement or the right of HHEG to enter into this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Section 3.10 Securities Laws .

 

a. HHEG has complied in all material respects with applicable Cayman Islands securities laws, rules and regulations, as such laws, rules and regulations apply to HHEG and its securities.

 

b. All shares of capital stock of HHEG have been issued in accordance with applicable Cayman Islands securities laws, rules and regulations. There are no stop orders in effect with respect to any of HHEG’s securities.

 

Section 3.11 Tax Returns, Payments and Elections . HHEG has timely filed all tax returns, statements, reports, declarations and other forms and documents and has, to date, paid all taxes due.

 

Section 3.12 34 Act Reports . None of HHEG’s filings with the SEC, contains any untrue statement of a material face or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in light of the circumstances in which they were made.

 

Section 3.13 Survival . Each of the representations and warranties set forth in this Article III shall be deemed represented and made by HHEG at the Closing as if made at such time.

 

Section 3.14 Legend . Each certificate representing the HHEG Shares shall be endorsed with the following legends, in addition to any other legend required to be placed thereon by applicable United States federal or state securities laws:

 

“THESE SECURITIES ARE BEING OFFERED TO SHAREHOLDERS WHO ARE NOT U.S. PERSONS (AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (“THE SECURITIES ACT”) AND WITHOUT REGISTRATION WITH THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT IN RELIANCE UPON REGULATION S PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.”

 

4
 

 

“TRANSFER OF THESE SECURITIES IS PROHIBITED, EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF REGULATION S PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR PURSUANT TO AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION. HEDGING TRANSACTIONS MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT.”

 

ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF HGSL AND EACH HGSL SHAREHOLDER

 

HGSL and the HGSL Shareholders, severally, represent, warrant and agree as follows as of the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date:

 

Section 4.01 Corporate Organization .

 

a. HGSL is a corporation incorporated in the republic of Seychelles. It is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing in the Seychelles and has all requisite corporate power and authority to own its properties and assets and to conduct its business and is duly qualified to do business, is in good standing in each jurisdiction wherein the nature of the business conducted by HGSL or the ownership or leasing of its properties makes such qualification and being in good standing necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified and in good standing will not have a material adverse effect on the business, operations, properties, assets, condition or results of operation of HGSL.

 

b. Copies of the Articles of Association and the Memorandum of Association of HGSL, with all amendments thereto to the date hereof, have been furnished to HHEG, and such copies are accurate and complete as of the date hereof. The minute books of HGSL are current as required by law, contain the minutes of all meetings of the Boards of Directors and shareholders of HGSL and adequately reflect all material actions taken by HGSL’s Board of Directors and HGSL’s shareholders.

 

Section 4.02 Title to Exchange Shares, and Chain of Ownership.

 

a. As of the date hereof and on the Closing Date, each HGSL Shareholder represents and warrants that he/it has and will have good and marketable title to his/its Exchange Shares and that he/it is transferring his/its Exchange Shares to HHEG free and clear of any liens, claims or encumbrances. Further, each HGSL Shareholder has and will have the right to transfer his/its Exchange Shares without consent of any other person or entity.

 

5
 

 

b. HGSL wholly owns Huahui Group (HK) Co., Ltd., a corporation incorporated under the laws of Hong Kong (“HGHK”) and Huahui Group Co., Ltd., a corporation incorporated under the laws of Seychelles (“HGC”); HGHK wholly owns Huahui (SZ) Edu Management Ltd., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the PRC (“HHSZ”); HHSZ wholly owns Shenzhen Huahui Shangxing Education Consulting Ltd., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the PRC (“SHSEC”); and SHSEC wholly owns Zhongdehui (SZ) Development Co., Ltd., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the PRC (“ZSDC”). HGHK, HGC, HGSZ, SHSEC and ZSDC are each duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of their jurisdictions of incorporation and each has all requisite corporate power and authority to own its properties and assets and to conduct its business as now conducted and is duly qualified to do business, is in good standing in each jurisdiction wherein the nature of the business conducted by or the ownership or leasing of its properties makes such qualification and being in good standing necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified and in good standing will not have a material adverse effect on the business, operations, properties, assets, condition or results of operation of any of HGHK, HGC, HGSZ,, SHSEC, or ZSDC.

 

Section 4.03 Authorization and Validity of Agreements . HGSL has all corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, to perform its obligations hereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement by HGSL and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and no other corporate proceedings on the part of HGSL are necessary to authorize this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The HGSL Shareholders have approved this Agreement on behalf of HGSL and no other stockholder approvals are required to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The HGSL Shareholders are competent and duly authorized to execute this Agreement and have the power to execute and perform this Agreement. No other proceedings on the part of HGSL or any HGSL shareholder are necessary to authorize this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Section 4.04 No Conflict or Violation . The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by HGSL or any HGSL Shareholder does not and will not violate or conflict with any provision of the constituent documents of HGSL, and does not and will not violate any provision of law, or any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or regulatory authority, nor violate, result in a breach of or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under or give to any other entity any right of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of any contract, lease, loan agreement, mortgage, security agreement, trust indenture or other agreement or instrument to which HGSL or any HGSL Shareholder is a party or by which any of them is bound or to which any of their respective properties or assets is subject, nor result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance of any kind whatsoever upon any of the properties or assets of HGSL or any HGSL Shareholder, nor result in the cancellation, modification, revocation or suspension of any of the licenses, franchises or permits to which HGSL or any HGSL Shareholder is bound.

 

6
 

 

Section 4.05 Investment Representations .

 

a. The HHEG Shares will be acquired hereunder solely for the account of the HGSL Shareholders, for investment, and not with a view to the resale or distribution thereof. Each HGSL Shareholder represents that he/it has no present arrangement to sell HHEG Shares to or through any person or entity. Each HGSL Shareholder understands that the HHEG Shares must be held indefinitely unless such HHEG Shares are resold in accordance with the provisions of Regulation S, are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration is available. Each HGSL Shareholder understands and is able to bear any economic risks associated with such investment in the HHEG Shares. Each HGSL Shareholder has had full access to all the information he/it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the HHEG Shares to be acquired under this Agreement. Each HGSL Shareholder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from HHEG’s directors regarding HHEG and to obtain additional information (to the extent HHEG’s directors possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to such shareholder or to which such shareholder had access. Each HGSL Shareholder is at the time of the offer and execution of this Agreement, domiciled outside the United States (a “Non-U.S. Shareholder”) and/or is an “accredited investor” (as such term is defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act). Each HGSL Shareholder understands that HHEG is under no obligation to register the HHEG Shares under the Securities Act, or to assist such HGSL Shareholder in complying with the Securities Act or the securities laws of any state of the United States or of any foreign jurisdiction.

 

b. No Non-U.S. Shareholder, nor any affiliate of any Non-U.S. Shareholder, nor any person acting on behalf of any Non-U.S. Shareholder or on behalf of any such affiliate, has engaged or will engage in any activity undertaken for the purpose of, or that reasonably could be expected to have the effect of, conditioning the markets in the United States for the HHEG Shares, including, but not limited to, effecting any sale or short sale of securities through any Non-U.S. Shareholder or any affiliate of any Non-U.S. Shareholder prior to the expiration of any restricted period contained in Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act (any such activity being defined herein as a “Directed Selling Effort”). To the best knowledge of the Non-U.S. Shareholders, this Agreement and the transactions contemplated herein are not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration provisions of the Securities Act, and the HHEG Shares are being acquired for investment purposes by the Non-U.S. Shareholder. The Non-U.S. Shareholders agree that all offers and sales of HHEG Shares from the date hereof and through the expiration of the any restricted period set forth in Rule 903 of Regulation S (as the same may be amended from time to time hereafter) shall not be made to U.S. Persons or for the account or benefit of U.S. Persons and shall otherwise be made in compliance with the provisions of Regulation S and any other applicable provisions of the Securities Act. Neither any Non-U.S. Shareholder nor the representatives of any Non-U.S. Shareholder have conducted any Directed Selling Effort as that term is used and defined in Rule 902 of Regulation S and no Non-U.S. Shareholder nor any representative of any Non-U.S. Shareholder will engage in any such Directed Selling Effort within the United States through the expiration of any restricted period set forth in Rule 903 of Regulation S.

 

Section 4.06 Not a Broker-Dealer . Each of the HGSL Shareholders represents that he/it is not a registered representative under the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), a member of FINRA or associated or Affiliated (as defined below) with any member of FINRA, nor a broker-dealer registered with the SEC under the Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”) or engaged in a business that would require it to be so registered, nor is he/it an Affiliate of a broker-dealer or any Person engaged in a business that would require him/it to be registered as a broker-dealer. In the event any HGSL Shareholder is a member of FINRA, or associated or Affiliated with a member of FINRA, such HGSL Shareholder agrees, if requested by FINRA, to sign a lock-up, the form of which shall be satisfactory to FINRA with respect to the HHEG Shares. “Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person: (i) if such Person is an individual, the spouse of that Person and, if deceased or disabled, his heirs, executors or legal representatives, if applicable, or any trusts for the benefit of such individual or such individual’s spouse and/or lineal descendants, or (ii) otherwise, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, the Person specified. As used in this definition, “control” shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or by contract or other written instrument. “Person” shall mean an individual, entity, corporation, partnership, association, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, joint-stock company, trust or unincorporated organization.

 

7
 

 

Section 4.07 Brokers’ Fees . Each HGSL Shareholder represents that he/it has no liability to pay any fees or commissions or other consideration to any broker, finder or agent with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

Section 4.08 Disclosure . This Agreement, the schedules hereto and any certificate attached hereto or delivered in accordance with the terms hereby by or on behalf of HGSL or an HGSL Shareholder in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, when taken together, do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit any material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein and/or therein not misleading.

 

Section 4.9 Not an Underwriter . Each of the HGSL Shareholders represents that he/it is not an underwriter of HHEG Shares, nor is he/it an affiliate of an underwriter of HHEG Shares.

 

Section 4.10 No Advice from HHEG . Each HGSL Shareholder acknowledges that he/it has received, and fully and carefully reviewed and understands, copies of HHEG’s filings with the SEC periodically (the “SEC Filings”), either in hard copy or electronically through the SEC’s EDGAR system at http://www.sec.gov. Each HGSL Shareholder also acknowledges that he/it has had the opportunity to review this Agreement, the exhibits hereto and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement with his/its own legal counsel and investment and tax advisors. Except for any statements or representations of HHEG made in this Agreement, each HGSL Shareholder is relying solely on such counsel and advisors and not on any statements or representations of HHEG or any of its representatives or agents for legal, tax or investment advice with respect to this investment, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the securities laws of any jurisdiction. Each HGSL Shareholder has consulted, to the extent deemed appropriate by him/it, with his/its own advisers as to the financial, tax, legal and related matters concerning an investment in the HHEG Shares and on that basis believes that his/its investment in the HHEG Shares is suitable and appropriate for him/it.

 

Section 4.11 Regulation S Exemption . Each HGSL Shareholder understands that the HHEG Shares are being offered and sold to him/it in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of United States federal and state securities laws under Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act, as amended, and that HHEG is relying upon the truth and accuracy of the representations, warranties, agreements, acknowledgments and understandings of each HGSL Shareholder set forth herein in order to determine the applicability of such exemptions and the suitability of each HGSL Shareholder to acquire HHEG Shares. In this regard, each HGSL Shareholder represents, warrants and agrees that:

 

8
 

 

(i) He/it is not a U.S. Person or an affiliate (as defined in Rule 501(b) under the Securities Act) of HHEG and he/it is not acquiring HHEG Shares for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person. A “U.S. Person” means any one of the following:

 

(A) any natural person resident in the United States of America;

 

(B) any partnership, limited liability company, corporation or other entity organized or incorporated under the laws of the United States of America;

 

(C) any estate of which any executor or administrator is a U.S. Person;

 

(D) any trust of which any trustee is a U.S. Person;

 

(E) any agency or branch of a foreign entity located in the United States of America;

 

(F) any non-discretionary account or similar account (other than an estate or trust) held by a dealer or other fiduciary for the benefit or account of a U.S. Person;

 

(G) any discretionary account or similar account (other than an estate or trust) held by a dealer or other fiduciary organized, incorporated or (if an individual) resident in the United States of America; and

 

(H) any partnership, company, corporation or other entity if:

 

(1) organized or incorporated under the laws of any foreign jurisdiction; and

 

(2) formed by a U.S. Person principally for the purpose of investing in securities not registered under the Securities Act, unless it is organized or incorporated, and owned, by accredited HGHK Shareholders (as defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act) who are not natural persons, estates or trusts.

 

(ii) At the time of the origination of contact concerning this Agreement and the date of the execution and delivery of this Agreement, each HGSL Shareholder was outside of the United States.

 

(iii) He/it will not, during the period commencing on the date of issuance of the HHEG Shares and ending on the six-month anniversary of such date, or such shorter period as may be permitted by Regulation S or other applicable securities law (the “Restricted Period”), offer, sell, pledge or otherwise transfer HHEG Shares in the United States, or to a U.S. Person for the account or for the benefit of a U.S. Person, or otherwise in a manner that is not in compliance with Regulation S.

 

9
 

 

(iv) Each HGSL Shareholder will, after expiration of the Restricted Period, offer, sell, pledge or otherwise transfer HHEG Shares only pursuant to registration under the Securities Act or an available exemption therefrom and in accordance with all applicable state and foreign securities laws.

 

(v) He/it was not in the United States engaged in, and prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period will not engage in, any short selling of or any hedging transaction with respect to HHEG Shares, including without limitation, any put, call or other option transaction, option writing or equity swap.

 

(vi) Neither the HGSL Shareholder, nor any person acting on his/its behalf, has engaged, nor will engage, in any directed selling efforts to a U.S. Person with respect to HHEG Shares and the HGSL Shareholder, and any person acting on his/its behalf, have complied and will comply with the “offering restrictions” requirements of Regulation S under the Securities Act.

 

(vii) The transactions contemplated by this Agreement have not been pre-arranged with a buyer located in the United States or with a U.S. Person, and are not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 

(viii) Neither the HGSL Shareholder nor any person acting on his/its behalf, has undertaken or carried out any activity for the purpose of, or that could reasonably be expected to have the effect of, conditioning the market in the United States, its territories or possessions, for any of the HHEG Shares. Each HGSL Shareholder agrees not to cause any advertisement of HHEG Shares to be published in any newspaper or periodical or posted in any public place and not to issue any circular relating to HHEG Shares, except such advertisements that include the statements required by Regulation S under the Securities Act, and only offshore and not in the U.S. or its territories, and only in compliance with any local applicable securities laws.

 

Section 4.12 No Advertisements. The HGSL Shareholder is not purchasing HHEG Shares as a result of or subsequent to any advertisement, article, notice or other communication published in any newspaper, magazine or similar media or broadcast over television or radio or via the Internet, or presented at any seminar or meeting, and it is not aware of any public advertisement or general solicitation in respect of HHEG or its securities.

 

Section 4.13 Legend . Each HGSL Shareholder acknowledges and agrees that the HHEG Shares shall bear a restricted legend (the “Legend”), as set forth above in Section 3.14, prohibiting the offer, sale, pledge or transfer of the securities, except (i) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, (ii) in accordance with the applicable provisions of Regulation S, promulgated under the Securities Act, (iii) pursuant to an exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act (if available), and (iv) pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act or for estate planning purposes (subject to any escrow restrictions).

 

10
 

 

Section 4.14 Economic Considerations . The HGSL Shareholder is not relying on HHEG, or its affiliates or agents with respect to economic considerations involved in this investment. Each HGSL Shareholder has relied solely on his/its own advisors.

 

Section 4.15 Compliance with Laws . Any resale of HHEG Shares during the “distribution compliance period” as defined in Rule 902(f) to Regulation S shall only be made in compliance with exemptions from registration afforded by Regulation S. Further, any such sale of HHEG Shares in any jurisdiction outside of the United States will be made in compliance with the securities laws of such jurisdiction. The HGSL Shareholders will not offer to sell or sell HHEG Shares in any jurisdiction unless they obtain all required consents, if any. Each HGSL Shareholder acknowledges that he/it is familiar with Rule 144 (“Rule 144”) under the Securities Act and has been advised that Rule 144 permits resales only under certain circumstances. Each HGSL Shareholder understands that to the extent that Rule 144 is not available, he/it will be unable to sell any HHEG Shares without either registration under the Securities Act or the existence of another exemption from such registration requirement.

 

Section 4.16 Receipt of Information . Each HGSL Shareholder has received all documents, records, books and other information pertaining to his/its investment in HHEG that has been requested by him/it.

 

Section 4.17 Information Available . Each HGSL Shareholder acknowledges he/it has availed himself/itself of full access to HHEG’s public reports filed with the SEC, which reports can be retrieved from commercial document retrieval services and at the website maintained by the SEC at http://www.sec.gov .

 

Section 4.18 No Reliance . Other than as set forth herein, the HGSL Shareholder is not relying upon any other information, representation or warranty by HHEG or any officer, director, stockholder, agent or representative of HHEG in determining to invest in HHEG Shares. Each HGSL Shareholder has consulted, to the extent deemed appropriate by him/it, with his/its own advisers as to the financial, tax, legal and related matters concerning an investment in HHEG Shares and on that basis believes that the investment in HHEG Shares is suitable and appropriate for him/it.

 

Section 4.19 No Governmental Review . Each HGSL Shareholder is aware that no federal or state agency has (i) made any finding or determination as to the fairness of this investment, (ii) made any recommendation or endorsement of HHEG Shares or HHEG, or (iii) guaranteed or insured any investment in HHEG Shares or any investment made by HHEG.

 

Section 4.20 Potential Loss of Investment . Each HGSL Shareholder understands that an investment in HHEG Shares is a speculative investment which involves a high degree of risk and the potential loss of his/its entire investment. Each HGSL Shareholder has considered carefully and understands the risks associated with an investment in HHEG Shares as set forth in HHEG’s SEC Filings.

 

11
 

 

Section 4.21 Financial Statements .

 

(a) On or before the Closing Date, HHEG shall have been furnished with: (i) the audited consolidated balance sheets of HGSL as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 and the related audited consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 together with the notes to such statements and the opinion of Pan-China Singapore PAC, independent certified public accountants (the “HGSL Financial Statements”), and (ii) the audited balance sheets of ZDSC as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 and the related audited statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 together with the notes to such statements and the opinion of Pan-China Singapore PAC, independent certified public accountants (the “ZDSC Financial Statements”).

 

(b) Each set of financial statements (including, in each case, any related notes thereto) was prepared in accordance with US GAAP (“GAAP”), applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved (except as may be indicated in the notes thereto) and each fairly presents in all material respects the financial position of HGSL at the respective dates thereof and the results of its operations and cash flows for the periods indicated, except that the unaudited interim financial statements were or are subject to normal adjustments which were not or are not expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c) As of the date of all balance sheets included in each set of financial statements, except as and to the extent reflected or reserved against therein, HGSL had no liabilities or obligations (absolute or contingent) which should be reflected in the balance sheets or the notes thereto prepared in accordance with GAAP, and all assets reflected therein are properly reported and present fairly in all material respects the value of the assets of HGSL, in accordance with GAAP. All statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows included in the HGSL financial statements reflect fairly in all material respects the information required to be set forth therein by GAAP.

 

Section 4.22 Survival . Each of the representations and warranties set forth in this Article IV shall be deemed represented and made by HGSL and each HGSL Shareholder at the Closing as if made at such time.

 

ARTICLE V
COVENANTS

 

Section 5.01 Certain Changes and Conduct of Business .

 

a. From and after the date of this Agreement and until the Closing Date, HHEG and HGSL shall conduct their businesses solely in the ordinary course consistent with past practices and in a manner consistent with all representations, warranties or covenants contained herein, and without the prior written consent of the other party, neither HHEG nor HGSL will, except as required or permitted pursuant to the terms hereof:

 

  i. make any material change in the conduct of its businesses and/or operations or enter into any transaction other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices;

 

12
 

 

  ii. make any change in its Articles of Association or Memorandum of Association, issue any additional shares of capital stock or equity securities or grant any option, warrant or right to acquire any capital stock or equity securities or issue any security convertible into or exchangeable for its capital stock or alter in any material term of any of its outstanding securities or make any change in its outstanding shares of capital stock or its capitalization, whether by reason of a reclassification, recapitalization, stock split or combination, exchange or readjustment of shares, stock dividend or otherwise;

 

  iii. A. incur, assume or guarantee any indebtedness for borrowed money, issue any notes, bonds, debentures or other corporate securities or grant any option, warrant or right to purchase any thereof, except pursuant to transactions in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices; or
       
    B. issue any securities convertible or exchangeable for debt or equity securities;

 

  iv. make any sale, assignment, transfer, abandonment or other conveyance of any of its assets or any part thereof, except pursuant to transactions in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;
     
  v. subject any of its assets, or any part thereof, to any lien or suffer such to be imposed other than such liens as may arise in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices by operation of law which will not have a material adverse effect on its business;
     
  vi. acquire any assets, raw materials or properties, or enter into any other transaction, other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices;
     
  vii. enter into any new (or amend any existing) employee benefit plan, program or arrangement or any new (or amend any existing) employment, severance or consulting agreement, grant any general increase in the compensation of officers or employees (including any such increase pursuant to any bonus, pension, profit-sharing or other plan or commitment) or grant any increase in the compensation payable or to become payable to any employee, except in accordance with pre-existing contractual provisions or consistent with past practices;
     
  viii. make or commit to make any material capital expenditures;

 

13
 

 

  ix. pay, loan or advance any amount to, or sell, transfer or lease any properties or assets to, or enter into any agreement or arrangement with, any of its affiliates;
     
  x. guarantee any indebtedness for borrowed money or any other obligation of any other person;
     
  xi. fail to keep in full force and effect insurance comparable in amount and scope to coverage maintained by it (or on behalf of it) on the date hereof;
     
  xii. take any other action that would cause any of the representations and warranties made by it in this Agreement not to remain true and correct in all material respects;
     
  xiii. make any material loan, advance or capital contribution to or investment in any person;
     
  xiv. make any material change in any method of accounting or accounting principle, method, estimate or practice;
     
  xv. settle, release or forgive any claim or litigation or waive any right; or
     
  xvi. commit itself to do any of the foregoing.

 

Section 5.02 Access to Properties and Records . HGSL shall afford to HHEG’s accountants, counsel and authorized representatives, and HHEG shall afford to HGSL’s accountants, counsel and authorized representatives full access during normal business hours throughout the period prior to the Closing Date (or the earlier termination of this Agreement) to all of such party’s properties, books, contracts, commitments and records and, during such period, shall furnish promptly to the requesting party all other information concerning the other party’s business, properties and personnel as the requesting party may reasonably request, provided that no investigation or receipt of information pursuant to this Section 5.02 shall affect any representation or warranty of or the conditions to the obligations of any party.

 

Section 5.03 Negotiations . From and after the date hereof until the earlier of the Closing or the termination of this Agreement, no party to this Agreement nor its officers or directors (subject to such director’s fiduciary duties) nor anyone acting on behalf of any party or other persons shall, directly or indirectly, encourage, solicit, engage in discussions or negotiations with or provide any information to, any person, firm or other entity or group concerning any merger, sale of substantial assets, purchase or sale of shares of capital stock or similar transaction involving any party. A party shall promptly communicate to any other party any inquiries or communications concerning any such transaction which they may receive or of which they may become aware.

 

14
 

 

Section 5.04 Consents and Approvals . The parties shall:

 

  i. use their reasonable commercial efforts to obtain all necessary consents, waivers, authorizations and approvals of all governmental and regulatory authorities, domestic and foreign, and of all other persons, firms or corporations required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by them of this Agreement; and
     
  ii. diligently assist and cooperate with each other party in preparing and filing all documents required to be submitted by a party to any governmental or regulatory authority, domestic or foreign, in connection with such transactions and in obtaining any governmental consents, waivers, authorizations or approvals which may be required to be obtained connection in with such transactions.

 

Section 5.05 Public Announcement . Unless otherwise required by applicable law, the parties hereto shall consult with each other before issuing any press release or otherwise making any public statements with respect to this Agreement and shall not issue any such press release or make any such public statement prior to such consultation.

 

Section 5.06 Stock Issuance . From and after the date of this Agreement until the Closing Date, neither HHEG nor HGSL shall issue any additional shares of its capital stock.

 

ARTICLE VI

CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF HHEG

 

The obligations of HHEG to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are subject to the fulfillment, at or before the Closing Date, of the following conditions, any one or more of which may be waived by HHEG in its sole discretion:

 

Section 6.01 Representations and Warranties of HGSL and the HGSL Shareholders. All representations and warranties made by HGSL and the HGSL Shareholders in this Agreement shall be true and correct on and as of the Closing Date as if again made by them as of such date.

 

Section 6.02 Agreements and Covenants . HGSL and the HGSL Shareholders shall have performed and complied in all material respects to all agreements and covenants required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it on or prior to the Closing Date.

 

Section 6.03 Consents and Approvals . Consents, waivers, authorizations and approvals of any governmental or regulatory authority, domestic or foreign, and of any other person, firm or corporation, required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date.

 

15
 

 

Section 6.04 No Violation of Orders . No preliminary or permanent injunction or other order issued by any court or governmental or regulatory authority, domestic or foreign, nor any statute, rule, regulation, decree or executive order promulgated or enacted by any government or governmental or regulatory authority, which declares this Agreement invalid in any respect or prevents the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, or which materially and adversely affects the assets, properties, operations, prospects, net income or financial condition of HGSL shall be in effect; and no action or proceeding before any court or governmental or regulatory authority, domestic or foreign, shall have been instituted or threatened by any government or governmental or regulatory authority, domestic or foreign, or by any other person or entity which seeks to prevent or delay the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or which challenges the validity or enforceability of this Agreement.

 

Section 6.05 Due Diligence Review . HHEG shall have completed its due diligence review of HGSL and shall be reasonably satisfied with the results of such review.

 

Section 6.06 Completion of Audits . Audits of HGSL, HGHK, HGC, HGSZ, SHSEC and ZSDC for the periods required for the filing of the Form 6-K shall have been completed.

 

ARTICLE VII

CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF HGSL

AND THE HGSL SHAREHOLDERS

 

The obligations of HGSL and the HGSL Shareholders to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are subject to the fulfillment, at or before the Closing Date, of the following conditions, any one or more of which may be waived by HGSL in its sole discretion:

 

Section 7.01 Representations and Warranties of HHEG. All representations and warranties made by HHEG in this Agreement shall be true and correct on and as of the Closing Date as if again made by HHEG as of such date.

 

Section 7.02 Agreements and Covenants . HHEG shall have performed and complied in all material respects to all agreements and covenants required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it on or prior to the Closing Date.

 

Section 7.03 Consents and Approvals . Consents, waivers, authorizations and approvals of any governmental or regulatory authority, domestic or foreign, and of any other person, firm or corporation, required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date.

 

Section 7.04 No Violation of Orders . No preliminary or permanent injunction or other order issued by any court or governmental or regulatory authority, domestic or foreign, nor any statute, rule, regulation, decree or executive order promulgated or enacted by any government or governmental or regulatory authority, which declares this Agreement invalid in any respect or prevents the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, or which materially and adversely affects the assets, properties, operations, prospects, net income or financial condition of HHEG shall be in effect; and no action or proceeding before any court or governmental or regulatory authority, domestic or foreign, shall have been instituted or threatened by any government or governmental or regulatory authority, domestic or foreign, or by any other person, or entity which seeks to prevent or delay the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or which challenges the validity or enforceability of this Agreement.

 

16
 

 

Section 7.05 Resignation of Sole Officer and Director . The sole officer of HHEG shall have submitted his resignation as an officer and as a director of HHEG, effective immediately after the Closing. It is understood that the vacancy on the Board of Directors created by said resignation shall be filled by the person or persons nominated by the HGSL Shareholders. It is further understood that Mr. Zhongpeng Chen shall remain as a director of the Company after the Closing

 

ARTICLE VIII

TERMINATION AND ABANDONMENT

 

Section 8.01 Methods of Termination . This Agreement may be terminated, and the transactions contemplated hereby may be abandoned at any time before the Closing:

 

a. By the mutual written consent of HHEG, HGSL and each of the HGSL Shareholders.

 

b. By the HGSL Shareholders, upon a material breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement on the part of HHEG set forth in this Agreement;

 

c. By HHEG upon a material breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement on the part of HGSL or any of the HGSL Shareholders set forth in this Agreement;

 

d. By any of HGSL, all of the HGSL Shareholders or HHEG, if the Closing shall not have been consummated before sixty (60) days after the date hereof.

 

e. By any of HGSL, all of the HGSL Shareholders or HHEG if a court of competent jurisdiction or governmental, regulatory or administrative agency or commission shall have issued an order, decree or ruling or taken any other action (which order, decree or ruling the parties hereto shall use its best efforts to lift), which permanently restrains, enjoins or otherwise prohibits the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

Section 8.02 Procedure Upon Termination . In the event of termination and abandonment of this Agreement by any party pursuant to Section 8.01, written notice thereof shall forthwith be given to the other parties and this Agreement shall terminate and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be abandoned, without further action. If this Agreement is terminated as provided herein, no party to this Agreement shall have any liability or further obligation to any other party to this Agreement; provided, however, that no termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Article VIII shall relieve any party of liability for a breach of any provision of this Agreement occurring before such termination.

 

17
 

 

ARTICLE IX
MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 9.01 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in all respects by the internal laws of the Cayman Islands (except for the proper application of the United States federal securities laws), without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the Seychelles, the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, the Peoples Republic of China or any other jurisdictions) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdictions other than the Cayman Islands.

 

Section 9.02 Notices, Etc. Unless otherwise specified within a provision of this Agreement all notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (i) upon receipt, when delivered personally; (ii) upon receipt, when sent by email or facsimile (provided confirmation of transmission is electronically or mechanically generated and kept on file by the sending party); (iii) ten business days after deposit with the Post Office in the Cayman Islands, the Seychelles, Hong Kong or the PRC, as applicable, when sent by registered or certified mail; or (iv) one business day after deposit with a recognized overnight delivery service, in each case properly addressed to the party to receive the same. The addresses, email addresses and facsimile numbers for such communications shall be:

 

If to HHEG:

 

Huahui Education Group Limited

13 th Floor, Building B1, Wisdom Plaza

Qiaoxiang Road, Nanshan District

Shenzhen, Guangdong Province, China 518000

Attention: Mr. Zihua Wu

Email: zhwu1013@gmail.com

 

With a copy to:

 

Schlueter & Associates, P.C.

5290 DTC Parkway, Suite 150

Greenwood Village, Colorado 80111

Attention: Henry F. Schlueter, Esq.

Email: hfs@schlueterintl.com

Facsimile: +1-303-648-5663

 

If to HGSL:

 

Huahui Group Stock Limited

13 th Floor, Building B1, Wisdom Plaza

Qiaoxiang Road, Nanshan District

Shenzhen, Guangdong Province, China 518000

Attention: Mr. Junze Zhang

Email: z4_075@163.com

 

18
 

 

If to Junze Zhang

 

Mr. Junze Zhang

13 th Floor, Building B1, Wisdom Plaza

Qiaoxiang Road, Nanshan District

Shenzhen, Guangdong Province, China 518000

Attention: Mr. Junze Zhang

Email: 2750824344@qq.com

 

If to Feier Co.,Limited:

 

Feier Co., Limited

13 th Floor, Building B1, Wisdom Plaza

Qiaoxiang Road, Nanshan District

Shenzhen, Guangdong Province, China 518000

Attention: Mr. Guiting Rao

Email:503243068@qq.com

 

If to Meisi Co., Limited:

 

Meisi Co., Limited

13 th Floor, Building B1, Wisdom Plaza

Qiaoxiang Road, Nanshan District

Shenzhen, Guangdong Province, China 518000

Attention: Mr. Yuze Zhong

Email:xuweiqing997@163.com

 

Section 9.03 Amendments and Waivers . No amendment of any provision of this Agreement shall be valid unless the same shall be in writing and signed by all of the parties hereto. No waiver by any party of any default, misrepresentation or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder, whether intentional or not, shall be deemed to extend to any prior or subsequent default, misrepresentation or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder or affect in any way any rights arising by virtue of any prior or subsequent such occurrence.

 

Section 9.04 Expenses . Each party shall be responsible for their own costs and expenses.

 

Section 9.05 Section and Other Headings . The section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

Section 9.06 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

19
 

 

Section 9.07 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held by final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision shall be severed from the remainder of this Agreement, and the remainder of this Agreement shall be enforced. In addition, the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision shall be deemed to be automatically modified, and, as so modified, to be included in this Agreement, such modification being made to the minimum extent necessary to render the provision valid, legal and enforceable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, if the severed or modified provision concerns all or a portion of the essential consideration to be delivered under this Agreement by one party to the other, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall also be modified to the extent necessary to equitably adjust the parties’ respective rights and obligations hereunder.

 

Section 9.08 Telecopy Execution and Delivery . A facsimile, telecopy, email or other reproduction of this Agreement may be executed by one or more parties hereto, and an executed copy of this Agreement may be delivered by one or more parties hereto by facsimile transmission, by e-mail delivery of a “.pdf” format data file or similar electronic transmission device pursuant to which the signature of or on behalf of such party can be seen, and such execution and delivery shall be considered valid, binding and effective for all purposes. At the request of any party hereto, all parties hereto agree to execute an original of this Agreement as well as any facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction hereof.

 

Section 9.09 Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof. All proposals, negotiations and representations (if any) made prior, and with reference to the subject matter of this Agreement, are merged herein. This Agreement has been negotiated by the parties and their respective counsel and will be interpreted fairly in accordance with its terms and without any strict construction in favor of or against any party. Neither HHEG nor HGSL nor any HGSL Shareholder shall be bound by any oral agreement or representation, irrespective of when made.

 

Section 9.10 Survival of Representations, Warranties and Covenants . All of the representations and warranties made herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, any investigation by or on behalf of HGSL or any HGSL Shareholder or acceptance of HHEG Shares and payment therefor and shall survive until such time as HHEG Shares have been sold or redeemed in full in cash. All covenants and indemnities made herein shall survive in perpetuity, unless otherwise provided in this Agreement.

 

Section 9.11 Remedies Cumulative . No failure or delay on the part of HHEG, HGSL or any HGSL Shareholder in exercising any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. The remedies provided for herein are cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies that may be available to HHEG, HGSL or any HGSL Shareholder at law, in equity or otherwise.

 

Section 9.12 Further Assurances . Each of the parties shall execute such documents and perform such further acts (including, without limitation, obtaining any consents, exemptions, authorizations or other actions by, or giving any notices to, or making any filings with, any governmental authority) as may be reasonably required or desirable to carry out or to perform the provisions of this Agreement.

 

20
 

 

Section 9.13 Disputes . Any dispute, controversy, difference or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, including the existence, validity, interpretation, performance, breach or termination thereof or any dispute regarding non-contractual obligations arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be referred to and finally resolved by arbitration administered by the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre (“HKIAC”) under the UNCITRAL Arbitration Rules in force when the notice of arbitration is submitted, as modified by the HKIAC Procedures for Administration of International Arbitration. The HKIAC shall administer any arbitration, which shall also be the appointing authority. The place of arbitration shall be in Hong Kong at the HKIAC, and the law of this arbitration clause shall be the law of Hong Kong. All matters relating to the Agreement shall be determined under Cayman law as provided above in Section 9.01. The number of arbitrators shall be one, and the arbitration proceedings shall be conducted in the English language. The parties to this Agreement expressly agree that the arbitrator shall award costs and attorneys’ fees in connection with any such arbitration proceeding in accordance with the provisions of the UNCITRAL Arbitration Rules or as the arbitrator shall determine in his or her sole and absolute discretion.

 

Section 9.14 Disclosure and Waiver of Conflicts . The parties acknowledge and agree that: (i) representatives of Schlueter & Associates, P.C., the attorneys that prepared this Agreement (the “Attorney”), have acted as legal counsel to HHEG and to other entities that are either now or have been in the past affiliated with HHEG and its shareholders, officers and directors, (ii) HGSL and the HGSL Shareholders acknowledge that they have been advised by the Attorney that HGSL and each HGSL Shareholder should have their own legal counsel to advise them with respect to this Agreement and the transactions that are contemplated by this Agreement, (iii) HGSL and each HGSL Shareholder has decided even after being advised by the Attorney that they should each have their own separate legal counsel to not seek their own separate legal counsel, and (iv) HGSL and each HGSL Shareholder understands that the Attorney is not representing HGSL and the HGSL Shareholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, HHEG desires the Attorney to represent it, and the officers and directors of HHEG do hereby forever waive any claim that the Attorney’s representation of HHEG or affiliates of HHEG in the past or at present constitutes a conflict of interest in the preparation of this Agreement and legal representation of HHEG in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, HGSL and each HGSL Shareholder hereby forever waives any claim that they may now or may ever have against Attorney that Attorney violated ethical considerations relating to “conflict of interest” in connection with Attorney’s representation of HHEG in the preparation of this Agreement and legal representation of HHEG in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

Section 9.15 Public Announcements . HHEG shall promptly, but no later than four (4) business days following the effective date of this Agreement, issue a press release disclosing the transactions contemplated hereby. HHEG shall also file with the SEC a Form 6-K describing the material terms of the transactions contemplated hereby as soon as practicable following the Closing Date but in no event more than four (4) business days following the Closing Date. Prior to the Closing Date, HHEG, HGSL and the HGSL Shareholders shall consult with each other in issuing the Form 6-K, the press release and any other press releases or otherwise making public statements or filings and other communications with the SEC or any regulatory agency or stock market or trading facility with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and no party shall issue any such press release or otherwise make any such public statement, filings or other communications without the prior written consent of the other parties, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, except that no prior consent shall be required if such disclosure is required by law, in which case the disclosing party shall provide the other party with prior notice of no less than three (3) calendar days, of such public statement, filing or other communication and shall incorporate into such public statement, filing or other communication the reasonable comments of the other party.

 

SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS

 

21
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

HUAHUI EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED  
     
By: /s/ WU Zihua  
Name: WU Zihua  
Title: President  
     
HUAHUI GROUP STOCK LTD  
     
By: /s/ ZHANG Junze  
Name: ZHANG Junze  
Title: President  
     
ZHANG JUNZE  
     
/s/ ZHANG Junze  
     
FEIER CO., LIMITED  
     
By: /s/ RAO Guiting  
Name: RAO Guiting  
Title: President  
     
MEISI CO., LIMITED  
     
By: /s/ ZHONG Yuze  
Name: ZHONG Yuze  
Title: President  

 

22
 

 

IN THE MATTER OF

 

THE COMPANIES LAW (AS AMENDED)

 

AND

 

IN THE MATTER

 

OF

 

HUAHUI EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

 

AFFIDAVIT

 

I, [CaymanSignatory], of George Town, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands, MAKE OATH AND SAY as follows:

 

1. WNL Limited is a Subscriber of HUAHUI EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED, a company applying for registration under the Companies Law (as amended).
   
2. The operation of the company will be conducted mainly outside the Cayman Islands.
   
3. I make this Affidavit pursuant to Section 165 of the Companies Law (as amended), in support of the application of the company to be registered as an Exempted Company.

 

SWORN and DECLARED before me at George Town, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands on 13 December 2018 )  
)  
)  
)  
) [CaymanSignatory]
) as authorised signatory for and on behalf of
) WNL Limited
Notary Public    

 

 
 

 

 

 

THE COMPANIES LAW (2018 Revision)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

OF

HUAHUI EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

 

December 13, 2018

 

1. The name of the Company is HUAHUI EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED.

 

2. The registered office of the Company shall be at the offices of Walkers Corporate Limited, Cayman Corporate Centre, 27 Hospital Road, George Town, Grand Cayman KY1-9008, Cayman Islands, or at such other place as the Directors may from time to time decide.

 

3. The objects for which the Company is established are unrestricted and the Company shall have full power and authority to carry out any object not prohibited by the Companies Law (2018 Revision) or as the same may be revised from time to time, or any other law of the Cayman Islands.

 

4. The liability of each Member is limited to the amount from time to time unpaid on such Member’s shares.

 

5. The authorized share capital of the Company is US$50,000 divided into 500,000,000 shares of a nominal or par value of US$0.0001 each. The Company has the power to redeem or purchase any of its shares and to increase or reduce the said capital subject to the provisions of the Companies Law (2018 Revision) and the Articles of Association and to issue any part of its capital, whether original, redeemed or increased with or without any preference, priority or special privilege or subject to any postponement of rights or to any conditions or restrictions and so that unless the conditions of issue shall otherwise expressly declare every issue of shares whether declared to be preference or otherwise shall be subject to the powers hereinbefore contained.

 

6. The Company has the power to register by way of continuation as a body corporate limited by shares under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands and to be deregistered in the Cayman Islands.

 

7. Capitalized terms that are not defined in this Memorandum of Association bear the same meaning as those given in the Articles of Association of the Company.

 

2
 

 

 

 

The undersigned, whose name, address and description are set out below, wishes the Company to be incorporated as a company in the Cayman Islands in accordance with this Memorandum of Association, and agrees to take the number of shares in the capital of the Company as set out opposite the undersigned’s name.

 

NAME, ADDRESS AND DESCRIPTION

OF SUBSCRIBER

  NUMBER OF SHARES TAKEN BY SUBSCRIBER
     
WNL Limited, 190 Elgin Avenue,
George Town, Grand Cayman KY1-
9001, Cayman Islands
  ONE SHARE
     /s/ Craig McDermaid
    Craig McDermaid
    as Authorised Signatory of WNL Limited
     
    Dated: 13 December 2018

 

/s/ Stacy Bounds    
Signature of Witness    
     
Name: Stacy Bounds                                                
       
Address: 190 Elgin Avenue, George Town, Grand Cayman KY1-9001, Cayman Islands    
       
Occupation: Secretary    

 

3
 

 

 

 

THE COMPANIES LAW (2018 Revision)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

HUAHUI EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED

 

December 13, 2018

 

INTERPRETATION

 

1. In these Articles, Table A in the Schedule in the Companies Law does not apply and unless otherwise defined, the defined terms shall have the meanings assigned to them as follows:

 

Articles

these Articles of Association of the Company as altered or added to, from time to time;
   

“Board” or “Board of
Directors”

the board of Directors for the time being of the Company;
   
“Business Day” a day (excluding Saturdays or Sundays), on which banks in Hong Kong, and New York are open for general banking business throughout their normal business hours;
   
Chairman the Chairman appointed pursuant to Article 81;
   
Commission Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States of America or any other federal agency for the time being administering the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Securities Act”) or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”);
   
Companies Law the Companies Law (2018 Revision) of the Cayman Islands and any statutory amendment or re-enactment thereof. Where any provision of the Companies Law is referred to, the reference is to that provision as amended by any law for the time being in force;
   
Company HUAHUI EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED., a Cayman Islands company limited by shares;

 

 
 

 

 

 

Company’s
Website

the website of the Company, if any, the address or domain name of which has been notified to Members;

   
Designated Stock Exchange any of the markets of The Nasdaq Stock Market, The New York Stock Exchange, the NYSE American or any other internationally recognized stock exchange where the Company’s securities are traded;
   
Directors the directors of the Company for the time being, or as the case may be, the Directors assembled as a Board or as a committee thereof;
   
electronic the meaning given to it in the Electronic Transactions Law (2003 Revision) of the Cayman Islands and any amendment thereto or re-enactments thereof for the time being in force and includes every other law incorporated therewith or substituted therefor;
   
electronic
communication
electronic posting to the Company’s Website, transmission to any number, address or internet website or other electronic delivery methods as otherwise decided and approved by not less than two-thirds of the vote of the Board;
   
in writing includes writing, printing, lithograph, photograph, type-writing and every other mode of representing words or figures in a legible and non-transitory form and, only where used in connection with a notice served by the Company on Members or other persons entitled to receive notices hereunder, shall also include a record maintained in an electronic medium which is accessible in visible form so as to be useable for subsequent reference;
   
Member ” or “ Shareholder a person who is registered as the holder of Shares in the Register of Members;
   
Memorandum of Association the Memorandum of Association of the Company, as amended and re-stated from time to time;
   
month calendar month;

 

2
 

 

 

 

Ordinary
Resolution
a resolution:
   
  (a) passed by a simple majority of votes cast by such Members as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, in the case of any Member being an organization, by its duly authorized representative or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting of the Company; or
   
  (b) approved in writing by those Members holding a simple majority of all votes entitled to be cast by the Members entitled to vote at a general or special meeting of the Company in one or more instruments each signed by one or more of the Members and the effective date of the resolution so adopted shall be the date on which the instrument, or the last of such instruments if more than one, is executed;
   
paid up paid up as to the par value and any premium payable in respect of the issue of any shares and includes credited as paid up;
   
“Person” an individual, corporation, joint venture, enterprise, partnership, trust, unincorporated association, limited liability company, government or any department or agency thereof, or any other entity (whether or not having separate legal personality).
   
Register of
Members
the register to be kept by the Company in accordance with the Companies Law;
   
seal the Common Seal of the Company (if adopted) including any facsimile thereof;

 

Securities Act the Securities Act of 1933, as amended of the United States of America, or any similar federal statute and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time;
   
share any share in the capital of the Company and includes a fraction of a share;
   
signed includes a signature or representation of a signature affixed by mechanical means or an electronic symbol or process attached to or logically associated with an electronic communication and executed or adopted by a person with the intent to sign the electronic communication;

 

3
 

 

 

 

Special
Resolution
a special resolution of the Company passed in accordance with the Companies Law, being a resolution:
   
  (a) passed by a majority of not less than two-thirds of such Members as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting of the Company of which notice specifying the intention to propose the resolution as a special resolution has been duly given and where a poll is taken regard shall be had in computing a majority to the number of votes to which each Member is entitled; or
   
  (b) approved in writing by all of the Members entitled to vote at a general or special meeting of the Company in one or more instruments each signed by one or more of the Members and the effective date of the special resolution so adopted shall be the date on which the instrument or the last of such instruments, if more than one, is executed;
   
Statutes the Companies Law and every other laws and regulations of the Cayman Islands for the time being in force concerning companies and affecting the Company;
   
year calendar year.

 

2. In these Articles, save where the context requires otherwise:
     
  (a) words importing the singular number shall include the plural number and vice versa;
     
  (b) words importing the masculine gender only shall include the feminine gender;
     
  (c) words importing persons only shall include companies or associations or bodies of persons, whether corporate or not;
     
  (d) “MAY” shall be construed as permissive and “SHALL” shall be construed as imperative;
     
  (e) a reference to a dollar or dollars (or $) is a reference to dollars of the United States;
     
  (f) references to a statutory enactment shall include reference to any amendment or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force;

 

4
 

 

 

 

  (g) any phrase introduced by the terms “including,” “include,” “in particular” or any similar expression shall be construed as illustrative and shall not limit the sense of the words preceding those terms; and
     
  (h) Section 8 of the Electronic Transactions Law (2003 Revision) shall not apply.

 

3. Subject to the last two preceding Articles, any words defined in the Companies Law shall, if not inconsistent with the subject or context, bear the same meaning in these Articles.

 

PRELIMINARY

 

4. The business of the Company may be conducted as the Directors see fit.
   
5. The registered office of the Company shall be at such address in the Cayman Islands as the Directors shall from time to time determine. The Company may in addition establish and maintain such other offices and places of business and agencies in such places as the Directors may from time to time determine.

 

ISSUE OF SHARES

 

6. Subject to the provisions, if any, in the Memorandum of Association, these Articles and to any direction that may be given by the Company in a general meeting, the Directors may, in their absolute discretion and without approval of the existing Members, issue shares, grant rights over existing shares or issue other securities in one or more series as they deem necessary and appropriate and determine designations, powers, preferences, privileges and other rights, including dividend rights, conversion rights, terms of redemption and liquidation preferences, any or all of which may be greater than the powers and rights associated with the shares held by existing Members, at such times and on such other terms as they think proper. The Company shall not issue shares in bearer form.
   
7. The Directors may provide, out of the unissued shares, for series of preferred shares. Before any preferred shares of any such series are issued, the Directors shall fix, by resolution or resolutions, the following provisions of the preferred shares thereof:

 

  (a) the designation of such series, the number of preferred shares to constitute such series and the subscription price thereof if different from the par value thereof;
     
  (b) whether the shares of such series shall have voting rights, in addition to any voting rights provided by law, and, if so, the terms of such voting rights, which may be general or limited;

 

5
 

 

 

 

  (c) the dividends, if any, payable on such series, whether any such dividends shall be cumulative, and, if so, from what dates, the conditions and dates upon which such dividends shall be payable, the preference or relation which such dividends shall bear to the dividends payable on any shares of any other class or any other series of preferred shares;
     
  (d) whether the preferred shares of such series shall be subject to redemption by the Company, and, if so, the times, prices and other conditions of such redemption;
     
  (e) the amount or amounts payable upon preferred shares of such series upon, and the rights of the holders of such series in, a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up, or upon any distribution of the assets, of the Company;
     
  (f) whether the preferred shares of such series shall be subject to the operation of a retirement or sinking fund and, if so, the extent to and manner in which any such retirement or sinking fund shall be applied to the purchase or redemption of the preferred shares of such series for retirement or other corporate purposes and the terms and provisions relative to the operation thereof;
     
  (g) whether the preferred shares of such series shall be convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of any other class or any other series of preferred shares or any other securities and, if so, the price or prices or the rate or rates of conversion or exchange and the method, if any, of adjusting the same, and any other terms and conditions of conversion or exchange;
     
  (h) the limitations and restrictions, if any, to be effective while any preferred shares of such series are outstanding upon the payment of dividends or the making of other distributions on, and upon the purchase, redemption or other acquisition by the Company of, the existing shares or shares of any other class of shares or any other series of preferred shares;
     
  (i) the conditions or restrictions, if any, upon the creation of indebtedness of the Company or upon the issue of any additional shares, including additional shares of such series or of any other class of shares or any other series of preferred shares; and
     
  (j) any other powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights, and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof.

 

Without limiting the foregoing and subject to Article 81, the voting powers of any series of preferred shares may include the right, in the circumstances specified in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of such preferred shares, to elect one or more Directors who shall serve for such term and have such voting powers as shall be stated in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of such preferred shares. The term of office and voting powers of any Director elected in the manner provided in the immediately preceding sentence of this Article 7 may be greater than or less than those of any other Director or class of Directors.

 

6
 

 

 

 

8. The powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of each series of preferred shares, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding. All shares of any one series of preferred shares shall be identical in all respects with all other shares of such series, except that shares of any one series issued at different times may differ as to the dates from which dividends thereon shall be cumulative.

 

REGISTER OF MEMBERS AND SHARE CERTIFICATES

 

9. The Company shall maintain a register of its Members and a Member shall only be entitled to a share certificate if the Directors resolve that share certificates shall be issued. Share certificates (if any) shall specify the share or shares held by that person and the amount paid up thereon, provided that in respect of a share or shares held jointly by several persons the Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate, and delivery of a certificate for a share to one of several joint holders shall be sufficient delivery to all. All certificates for shares shall be delivered personally or sent through the post addressed to the Member entitled thereto at the Member’s registered address as appearing in the Register of Members.
   
10. All share certificates shall bear legends required under the applicable laws, including the Securities Act.
   
11. Any two or more certificates representing shares of any one class held by any Member may at the Member’s request be cancelled and a single new certificate for such shares issued in lieu on payment (if the Directors shall so require) of US$1.00 or such smaller sum as the Directors shall determine.
   
12. If a share certificate shall be damaged or defaced or alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, a new certificate representing the same shares may be issued to the relevant Member upon request subject to delivery up of the old certificate or (if alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed) compliance with such conditions as to evidence and indemnity and the payment of out-of-pocket expenses of the Company in connection with the request as the Directors may think fit.
   
13. In the event that shares are held jointly by several persons, any request may be made by any one of the joint holders and if so made shall be binding on all of the joint holders.

 

7
 

 

 

 

TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

14. (a) Shares are transferable subject to the approval of the Board or the written consent of a Director authorized by the Board in writing to approve share transfers and the Board may, in its sole discretion, decline to register any transfer of any share which is not fully paid up or on which the Company has a lien, or which is not in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or other US federal and state securities laws.
     
  (b) The Directors may also decline to register any transfer of any share unless:

 

  (i) the instrument of transfer is lodged with the Company, accompanied by the certificate for the shares to which it relates and such other evidence as the Board may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer;
     
  (ii) the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of shares;
     
  (iii) the instrument of transfer is properly stamped, if required;
     
  (iv) in the case of a transfer to joint holders, the number of joint holders to whom the share is to be transferred does not exceed four;
     
  (v) the shares conceded are free of any lien in favor of the Company; or
     
  (vi) a fee of such maximum sum as the Designated Stock Exchange may determine to be payable, or such lesser sum as the Board may from time to time require, is paid to the Company in respect thereof.

 

  (c) If the Directors refuse to register a transfer they shall, within two months after the date on which the instrument of transfer was lodged, send to each of the transferor and the transferee notice of such refusal.

 

15. The registration of transfers may, on 14 days’ notice being given by advertisement in such one or more newspapers or by electronic means, be suspended and the register closed at such times and for such periods as the Board may from time to time determine, provided, however, that the registration of transfers shall not be suspended nor the register closed for more than 30 days in any year.
   
16. The instrument of transfer of any share shall be in writing and executed by or on behalf of the transferor (and if the Directors so require, signed by the transferee). The transferor shall be deemed to remain a holder of the share until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register of Members.

 

8
 

 

 

 

17. All instruments of transfer that shall be registered shall be retained by the Company.

 

REDEMPTION AND PURCHASE OF OWN SHARES

 

18. Subject to the provisions of the Statutes and these Articles, the Company may:

 

  (a) issue shares on terms that they are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed at the option of the Company or the Member and the redemption of shares shall be effected on such terms and in such manner as the Board may, before the issue of such shares, determine;
     
  (b) purchase its own shares (including any redeemable shares) provided that the Members shall have approved the manner of purchase by Ordinary Resolution or the manner of purchase is in accordance with Articles 19 and 20 (this authorization is in accordance with section 37(2) of the Statutes or any modification or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force); and
     
  (c) the Company may make a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of its own shares in any manner permitted by the Statutes, including out of capital.

 

19. Purchase of shares listed on the Designated Stock Exchange: the Company is authorized to purchase any share listed on the Designated Stock Exchange in accordance with the following manner of purchase:

 

  (a) the maximum number of shares that may be repurchased shall be equal to the number of issued and outstanding shares less one share; and
     
  (b) the repurchase shall be at such time, at such price and on such other terms as determined and agreed by the Board in their sole discretion provided however that:

 

  (i) such repurchase transactions shall be in accordance with the relevant code, rules and regulations applicable to the listing of the shares on the Designated Stock Exchange; and
     
  (ii) at the time of the repurchase, the Company is able to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of its business.

 

9
 

 

 

 

20. Purchase of shares not listed on the Designated Stock Exchange: the Company is authorized to purchase any shares not listed on the Designated Stock Exchange in accordance with the following manner of purchase:

 

  (a) the Company shall serve a repurchase notice in a form approved by the Board on the Member from whom the shares are to be repurchased at least two Business Days prior to the date specified in the notice as being the repurchase date;
     
  (b) the price for the shares being repurchased shall be such price agreed between the Board and the applicable Member;
     
  (c) the date of repurchase shall be the date specified in the repurchase notice; and
     
  (d) the repurchase shall be on such other terms as specified in the repurchase notice as determined and agreed by the Board and the applicable Member in their sole discretion.

 

21. The redemption or purchase of any share shall not be deemed to give rise to the redemption or purchase of any other share and the Company is not obligated to purchase any other share other than as may be required pursuant to applicable law and any other contractual obligations of the Company.
   
22. The holder of the shares being purchased shall be bound to deliver up to the Company the certificate(s) (if any) thereof for cancellation and thereupon the Company shall pay to him the purchase or redemption monies or consideration in respect thereof.

 

VARIATION OF RIGHTS ATTACHING TO SHARES

 

23. If at any time the share capital is divided into different classes or series of shares, the rights attaching to any class or series (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class or series) may, subject to these Articles, be varied or abrogated with the consent in writing of the holders of a majority of not less than two-thirds of the issued shares of that class or series or with the sanction of a Special Resolution passed at a general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class or series.
   
24. The provisions of these Articles relating to general meetings shall apply to every such general meeting of the holders of one class or series of shares except the following:

 

  (a) separate general meetings of the holders of a class or series of shares may be called only by (i) the Chairman of the Board, or (ii) a majority of the entire Board of Directors (unless otherwise specifically provided by the terms of issue of the shares of such class or series). Nothing in this Article 24 or Article 23 shall be deemed to give any Member or Members the right to call a class or series meeting.

 

10
 

 

 

 

  (b) the necessary quorum shall be one or more persons holding or representing by proxy at least one-third of the issued shares of the class or series and any holder of shares of the class or series present in person or by proxy may demand a poll.

 

25. The rights conferred upon the holders of the shares of any class or series shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class or series, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking in priority thereto or pari passu therewith.

 

COMMISSION ON SALE OF SHARES

 

26. The Company may in so far as the Statutes from time to time permit pay a commission to any person in consideration of his subscribing or agreeing to subscribe whether absolutely or conditionally for any shares of the Company. Such commissions may be satisfied by the payment of cash or the lodgement of fully or partly paid-up shares or partly in one way and partly in the other. The Company may also on any issue of shares pay such brokerage as may be lawful.

 

NON-RECOGNITION OF TRUSTS

 

27. No person shall be recognized by the Company as holding any share upon any trust and the Company shall not be bound by or be compelled in any way to recognize (even when having notice thereof) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any share, or any interest in any fractional part of a share, or (except only as is otherwise provided by these Articles or the Statutes) any other rights in respect of any share except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the registered holder, provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall be entitled to recognise any such interests as shall be determined by the Directors.

 

LIEN ON SHARES

 

28. The Company shall have a first and paramount lien and charge on all shares (whether fully paid-up or not) registered in the name of a Member (whether solely or jointly with others) for all debts, liabilities or engagements to or with the Company (whether presently payable or not) by such Member or his estate, either alone or jointly with any other person, whether a Member or not, but the Directors may at any time declare any share to be wholly or in part exempt from the provisions of this Article. The registration of a transfer of any such share shall operate as a waiver of the Company’s lien (if any) thereon. The Company’s lien (if any) on a share shall extend to all dividends or other monies payable in respect thereof.

 

11
 

 

 

 

29. The Company may sell, in such manner as the Directors think fit, any shares on which the Company has a lien, but no sale shall be made unless some sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable nor until the expiration of 14 calendar days after a notice in writing, stating and demanding payment of such part of the amount in respect of which the lien exists as is presently payable, has been given to the registered holder for the time being of the share, or the persons entitled thereto by reason of his death or bankruptcy.
   
30. For giving effect to any such sale the Directors may authorize some person to transfer the shares sold to the purchaser thereof. The purchaser shall be registered as the holder of the shares comprised in any such transfer and he shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the sale.
   
31. The proceeds of the sale shall be received by the Company and applied in payment of such part of the amount in respect of which the lien exists as is presently payable, and the residue shall (subject to a like lien for sums not presently payable as existed upon the shares prior to the sale) be paid to the person entitled to the shares at the date of the sale.

 

CALLS ON SHARES

 

32. Subject to the terms of allotment, the Directors may from time to time make calls upon the Members in respect of any money unpaid on their shares, and each Member shall (subject to receiving at least 14 calendar days notice specifying the time or times of payment) pay to the Company at the time or times so specified the amount called on his shares. A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Directors authorizing such call was passed.
   
33. The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay calls in respect thereof.
   
34. If a sum called in respect of a share is not paid before or on the day appointed for payment thereof, the person from whom the sum is due shall pay interest upon the sum at the rate of eight percent per annum from the day appointed for the payment thereof to the time of the actual payment, but the Directors shall be at liberty to waive payment of that interest wholly or in part.
   
 35. The provisions of these Articles as to the liability of joint holders and as to payment of interest shall apply in the case of non-payment of any sum which, by the terms of issue of a share, becomes payable at a fixed time, whether on account of the amount of the share, or by way of premium, as if the same had become payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

 

12
 

 

 

 

36. The Directors may make arrangements on the issue of shares for a difference between the Members, or the particular shares, in the amount of calls to be paid and in the times of payment.
   
37. The Directors may, if they think fit, receive from any Member willing to advance the same all or any part of the monies uncalled and unpaid upon any shares held by him, and upon all or any of the monies so advanced may (until the same would, but for such advance, become presently payable) pay interest at such rate (not exceeding without the sanction of an Ordinary Resolution, eight percent per annum) as may be agreed upon between the Member paying the sum in advance and the Directors. No such sum paid in advance of calls shall entitle the Member paying such sum to any portion of a dividend declared in respect of any period prior to the date upon which such sum would, but for such payment, become presently payable.

 

FORFEITURE OF SHARES

 

38. If a Member fails to pay any call or installment of a call on the day appointed for payment thereof, the Directors may, at any time thereafter during such time as any part of such call or installment remains unpaid, serve a notice on him requiring payment of such amount of the call or installment as is unpaid, together with any interest which may have accrued.
   
39. The notice shall name a further day (not earlier than the expiration of 14 calendar days from the date of the notice) on or before which the payment required by the notice is to be made, and shall state that in the event of non-payment at or before the time appointed the shares in respect of which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.
   
40. If the requirements of any such notice as aforesaid are not complied with, any share in respect of which the notice has been given may at any time thereafter, before the payment required by notice has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Directors to that effect.
   
41. A forfeited share may be sold or otherwise disposed of on such terms and in such manner as the Directors think fit, and at any time before a sale or disposition the forfeiture may be cancelled on such terms as the Directors think fit.
   
42. A person whose shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a Member in respect of the forfeited shares, but shall, notwithstanding, remain liable to pay to the Company all monies which at the date of forfeiture were payable by him to the Company in respect of the shares, but his liability shall cease if and when the Company receives payment in full of the fully paid up amount of the shares.

 

13
 

 

 

 

43. A certificate in writing under the hand of a Director of the Company, which certifies that a share has been forfeited on a date stated in the certificate, shall be conclusive evidence of the facts therein stated as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the share. The Company may receive the consideration, if any, given for the share or any sale or disposition thereof and may execute a transfer of the share in favor of the person to whom the share is sold or disposed of and he shall thereupon be registered as the holder of the share, and shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, if any, nor shall his title to the share be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the forfeiture, sale or disposal of the share.
   
44. The provisions of these Articles as to forfeiture shall apply in the case of non-payment of any sum which by the terms of issue of a share becomes due and payable, whether on account of the amount of the share, or by way of premium, as if the same had been payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

 

REGISTRATION OF EMPOWERING INSTRUMENTS

 

45. The Company shall be entitled to charge a fee not exceeding one dollar (US$1.00) on the registration of every probate, letters of administration, certificate of death or marriage, power of attorney, notice in lieu of distringas or other instrument.

 

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

 

46. The legal personal representative of a deceased sole holder of a share shall be the only person recognized by the Company as having any title to the share. In the case of a share registered in the name of two or more holders, the survivors or survivor, or the legal personal representatives of the deceased survivor, shall be the only person recognized by the Company as having any title to the share.
   
 47. Any person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member shall upon such evidence being produced as may from time to time be properly required by the Directors, have the right either to be registered as a Member in respect of the share or, instead of being registered himself, to make such transfer of the share as the deceased or bankrupt person could have made. If the person so becoming entitled shall elect to be registered himself as holder he shall deliver or send to the Company a notice in writing signed by him stating that he so elects.

 

14
 

 

 

 

48. A person becoming entitled to a share by reason of the death or bankruptcy of the holder shall be entitled to the same dividends and other advantages to which he would be entitled if he were the registered holder of the share, except that he shall not, before being registered as a Member in respect of the share, be entitled in respect of it to exercise any right conferred by membership in relation to meetings of the Company, provided however, that the Directors may at any time give notice requiring any such person to elect either to be registered himself or to transfer the share, and if the notice is not complied with within 90 calendar days, the Directors may thereafter withhold payment of all dividends, bonuses or other monies payable in respect of the share until the requirements of the notice have been complied with.

 

ALTERATION OF CAPITAL

 

49. The Company may by Ordinary Resolution:

 

  (a) increase the share capital by such sum, to be divided into shares of such classes and amount, as the resolution shall prescribe;
     
  (b) consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into shares of larger amount than its existing shares;
     
  (c) sub-divide its existing shares or any of them into shares of a smaller amount provided that in the subdivision the proportion between the amount paid and the amount, if any, unpaid on each reduced share shall be the same as it was in case of the share from which the reduced share is derived;
     
  (d) cancel any shares which, at the date of the passing of the resolution, have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person and diminish the amount of its share capital by the amount of the shares so cancelled.

 

50. Subject to the provisions of the Statutes and these Articles as regards to the matters to be dealt with by Ordinary Resolution, the Company may by Special Resolution reduce its share capital and any capital redemption reserve in any manner authorized by law.
   
51. All new shares created hereunder shall be subject to the same provisions with reference to the payment of calls, liens, transfer, transmission, forfeiture and otherwise as the shares in the original share capital.

 

15
 

 

 

 

CLOSING REGISTER OF MEMBERS OR FIXING RECORD DATE

 

52. For the purpose of determining those Members that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at any meeting of Members or any adjournment thereof, or those Members that are entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination as to who is a Member for any other purpose, the Directors may provide that the Register of Members shall be closed for transfers for a stated period but not to exceed in any case 30 calendar days. If the Register of Members shall be so closed for the purpose of determining those Members that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at a meeting of Members such register shall be so closed for at least 10 calendar days immediately preceding such meeting and the record date for such determination shall be the date of the closure of the Register of Members.
   
53. In lieu of or apart from closing the Register of Members, the Directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination of those Members that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at a meeting of the Members and for the purpose of determining those Members that are entitled to receive payment of any dividend, the Directors may, at or within 90 calendar days prior to the date of declaration of such dividend fix a subsequent date as the record date of such determination.
   
54. If the Register of Members is not so closed and no record date is fixed for the determination of those Members entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at a meeting of Members or those Members that are entitled to receive payment of a dividend, the date on which notice of the meeting is posted or the date on which the resolution of the Directors declaring such dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of Members. When a determination of those Members that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at a meeting of Members has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof.

 

GENERAL MEETINGS

 

55. All general meetings of the Company other than annual general meetings shall be called extraordinary general meetings.

 

56. (a) The Company may hold an annual general meeting and shall specify the meeting as such in the notices calling it. The annual general meeting shall be held at such time and place as the Directors shall determine.
     
  (b) At these meetings the report of the Directors (if any) shall be presented.

 

57. (a) The Directors may call general meetings, and they shall on a Members requisition forthwith proceed to convene an extraordinary general meeting of the Company.

 

16
 

 

 

 

  (b) A Members requisition is a requisition of Members of the Company holding at the date of deposit of the requisition not less than one-third of the share capital of the Company as at that date carries the right of voting at general meetings of the Company.
     
  (c) The requisition must state the objects of the meeting and must be signed by the requisitionists and deposited at the principal place of business of the Company (with a copy forwarded to the registered office), and may consist of several documents in like form each signed by one or more requisitionists.
     
  (d) If the Directors do not within 21 calendar days from the date of the deposit of the requisition duly proceed to convene a general meeting to be held within a further 21 calendar days, the requisitionists, or any of them representing more than one half of the total voting rights of all of them, may themselves convene a general meeting, but any meeting so convened shall not be held after the expiration of three months after the expiration of the second said 21 calendar days.
     
  (e) A general meeting convened as aforesaid by requisitionists shall be convened in the same manner as nearly as possible as that in which general meetings are to be convened by Directors.

 

NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS

 

58. At least seven calendar days’ notice shall be given for any general meeting. Every notice shall be exclusive of the day on which it is given or deemed to be given and of the day for which it is given and shall specify the place, the day and the hour of the meeting and the general nature of the business and shall be given in the manner hereinafter mentioned or in such other manner if any as may be prescribed by the Company, provided that a general meeting of the Company shall, whether or not the notice specified in this regulation has been given and whether or not the provisions of these Articles regarding general meetings have been complied with, be deemed to have been duly convened if it is so agreed:

 

  (a) in the case of an annual general meeting by all the Members (or their proxies) entitled to attend and vote thereat; and
     
  (b) in the case of an extraordinary general meeting by a majority of the Members (or their proxies) having a right to attend and vote at the meeting, being a majority together holding not less than sixty percent in par value of the shares giving that right.

 

59. The accidental omission to give notice of a meeting to or the non-receipt of a notice of a meeting by any Member shall not invalidate the proceedings at any meeting.

 

17
 

 

 

 

PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

 

60. No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum of Members is present at the time when the meeting proceeds to business. One or more Members holding not less than an aggregate of one-third of all voting share capital of the Company in issue present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote shall be a quorum for all purposes.
   
61. If provided for by the Company, a person may participate at a general meeting by conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all the persons participating in the meeting can communicate with each other. Participation by a person in a general meeting in this manner is treated as presence in person at that meeting.
   
62. If within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the requisition of Members, shall be dissolved. In any other case it shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week, at the same time and place, and if at the adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting, the meeting shall be dissolved.
   
63. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside as chairman at every general meeting of the Company.
   
64. If at any meeting the Chairman of the Board of Directors is not present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting or is unwilling to act as chairman, the Directors present shall elect one of their members to be chairman of the meeting, or, if no Director is so elected and willing to be chairman of the meeting, the Members present shall choose a chairman of the meeting.

 

18
 

 

 

 

65. The chairman may with the consent of any meeting at which a quorum is present (and shall if so directed by the meeting) adjourn a meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place. When a meeting is adjourned for 10 calendar days or more, not less than 7 Business Days’ notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting. Save as aforesaid it shall not be necessary to give any notice of an adjournment or of the business to be transacted at an adjourned meeting.
   
66. At any general meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a show of hands, unless a poll is (before or on the declaration of the result of the show of hands) demanded by one or more Members present in person or by proxy entitled to vote and who together hold not less than 10 percent of the paid up voting share capital of the Company, and unless a poll is so demanded, a declaration by the chairman that a resolution has, on a show of hands, been carried, or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or lost, and an entry to that effect in the book of the proceedings of the Company, shall be conclusive evidence of the fact, without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of, or against, that resolution.
   
67. If a poll is duly demanded it shall be taken in such manner as the chairman directs, and the result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded. The demand for a poll may be withdrawn.
   
68. In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, the chairman of the meeting at which the show of hands takes place or at which the poll is demanded, shall be entitled to a second or casting vote.
   
69. A poll demanded on the election of a chairman or on a question of adjournment shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken at such time as the chairman of the meeting directs.

 

VOTES OF MEMBERS

 

70. Subject to any rights and restrictions for the time being attached to any class or classes of shares, every Member present in person and every person representing a Member by proxy at a general meeting of the Company shall have one vote for each share registered in his name in the Register of Members.
   
71. In the case of joint holders the vote of the senior who tenders a vote whether in person or by proxy shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the joint holders and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register of Members.
   
72. A Member of unsound mind, or in respect of whom an order has been made by any court having jurisdiction in lunacy, may vote, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, by his committee, or other person in the nature of a committee appointed by that court, and any such committee or other person, may on a poll, vote by proxy.
   
73. No Member shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting unless all calls or other sums presently payable by him in respect of shares in the Company have been paid.

 

19
 

 

 

 

74. On a poll, votes may be given either personally or by proxy.
   
75. The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing under the hand of the appointor or of his attorney duly authorized in writing or, if the appointor is a corporation, either under seal or under the hand of an officer or attorney duly authorized. A proxy need not be a Member of the Company.
   
76. An instrument appointing a proxy may be in any usual or common form or such other form as the Directors may approve. The instrument appointing a proxy shall be deemed to confer authority to demand or join in demanding a poll.
   
77. The instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited at the registered office or at such other place as is specified for that purpose in the notice convening the meeting, or in any instrument of proxy sent out by the Company:

 

  (a) not less than 48 hours before the time for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the person named in the instrument proposes to vote; or
     
  (b) in the case of a poll taken more than 48 hours after it is demanded, be deposited as aforesaid after the poll has been demanded and not less than 24 hours before the time appointed for the taking of the poll; or
     
  (c) where the poll is not taken forthwith but is taken not more than 48 hours after it was demanded, be delivered at the meeting at which the poll was demanded to the chairman or to the secretary or to any Director; provided that the Directors may in the notice convening the meeting, or in an instrument of proxy sent out by the Company, direct that the instrument appointing a proxy may be deposited (no later than the time for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting) at the registered office or at such other place as is specified for that purpose in the notice convening the meeting, or in any instrument of proxy sent out by the Company. The chairman may in any event at his discretion direct that an instrument of proxy shall be invalid

 

78. Votes given in accordance with the terms of an instrument of proxy shall be valid notwithstanding the previous death or insanity of the principal or revocation of the proxy or of the authority under which the proxy was executed, or the transfer of the share in respect of which the proxy is given unless notice in writing of such death, insanity, revocation or transfer was received by the Company before the commencement of the general meeting, or adjourned meeting at which it is sought to use the proxy.

 

20
 

 

 

 

CORPORATIONS ACTING BY REPRESENTATIVES AT MEETING

 

79. Any corporation which is a Member may by resolution of its directors or other governing body authorize such person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or of any class of Members, and the person so authorized shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which he represents as that corporation could exercise if it were an individual Member.

 

CLEARING HOUSES

 

80. If a clearing house (or its nominee) is a Member of the Company it may, by resolution of its directors or other governing body or by power of attorney, authorize such person or persons as it thinks fit to act as its representative or representatives at any general meeting of the Company or at any general meeting of any class of Members of the Company provided that, if more than one person is so authorized, the authorization shall specify the number and class of shares in respect of which each such person is so authorized. A person so authorized pursuant to this provision shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the clearing house (or its nominee) which he represents as that clearing house (or its nominee) could exercise if it were an individual Member of the Company holding the number and class of shares specified in such authorization.

 

DIRECTORS

 

81. (a) Unless otherwise determined by the Company in general meeting, the number of Directors shall not be less than one or more than ten Directors. The Directors shall be elected or appointed in the first place by the subscribers to the Memorandum of Association or by a majority of them and thereafter by the Members at general meeting.

 

  (b) Each Director shall hold office until the expiration of his term and until his successor shall have been elected and qualified.
     
   (c) The Board of Directors shall have a Chairman (the “Chairman”) elected and appointed by a majority of the Directors then in office. The Directors may also elect a Co-Chairman or a Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors (the “Co-Chairman”). The Chairman shall preside as chairman at every meeting of the Board of Directors. To the extent the Chairman is not present at a meeting of the Board of Directors, the Co-Chairman, or in his absence, the attending Directors may choose one Director to be the chairman of the meeting. The Chairman’s voting right as to the matters to be decided by the Board of Directors shall be the same as other Directors.

 

21
 

 

 

 

  (d) The Company may by Ordinary Resolution elect any person to be a Director either to fill a casual vacancy on the Board or as an addition to the existing Board.
     
  (e) The Directors by the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the remaining Directors present and voting at a Board meeting, or the sole remaining Director, shall have the power from time to time and at any time to appoint any person to serve as a Director to fill a casual vacancy on the Board or as an addition to the existing Board, subject to the Company’s compliance with director nomination procedures required under applicable corporate governance rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, as long as the Company’s securities are traded on the Designated Stock Exchange.

 

82. Subject to Article 81, a Director may be removed from office by Ordinary Resolution at any time before the expiration of his term.
   
83. A vacancy on the Board created by the removal of a Director under the provisions of Article 82 above may be filled by the election or appointment by Ordinary Resolution at the meeting at which such Director is removed or by the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the remaining Directors present and voting at a Board meeting.
   
84. The Board may, from time to time, and except as required by applicable law or the listing rules of the Designated Stock Exchange where the Company’s securities are traded, adopt, institute, amend, modify or revoke the corporate governance policies or initiatives, which shall be intended to set forth the policies of the Company and the Board on various corporate governance related matters as the Board shall determine by resolution from time to time.
   
85. A Director shall not be required to hold any shares in the Company by way of qualification. A Director who is not a Member of the Company shall nevertheless be entitled to receive notice of and to attend and speak at general meetings of the Company and all classes of shares of the Company.

 

DIRECTORS’ FEES AND EXPENSES

 

86. The Directors may receive such remuneration as the Board may from time to time determine. The Directors may be entitled to be repaid all travelling, hotel and incidental expenses reasonably incurred or expected to be incurred by him in attending meetings of the Board or committees of the Board or general meetings or separate meetings of any class of shares or of debentures of the Company or otherwise in connection with the discharge of his duties as a Director.

 

22
 

 

 

 

87. Any Director who, by request, goes or resides abroad for any purpose of the Company or who performs services which in the opinion of the Board go beyond the ordinary duties of a Director may be paid such extra remuneration (whether by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise) as the Board may determine and such extra remuneration shall be in addition to or in substitution for any ordinary remuneration provided for by or pursuant to any other Article.

 

ALTERNATE DIRECTOR

 

88. Any Director may in writing appoint another person to be his alternate to act in his place at any meeting of the Directors at which he is unable to be present. Every such alternate shall be entitled to notice of meetings of the Directors and to attend and vote thereat as a Director when the person appointing him is not personally present and, where he is a Director, to have a separate vote on behalf of the Director he is representing in addition to his own vote. A Director may at any time in writing revoke the appointment of an alternate appointed by him. Such alternate shall be deemed for all purposes to be a Director and shall not be deemed to be the agent of the Director appointing him. An alternate Director shall cease to be an alternate Director if his appointor ceases to be a Director.
   
89. Any Director may appoint any person, whether or not a Director, to be the proxy of that Director to attend and vote on his behalf, in accordance with instructions given by that Director, or in the absence of such instructions at the discretion of the proxy, at a meeting or meetings of the Directors which that Director is unable to attend personally. The instrument appointing the proxy shall be in writing under the hand of the appointing Director and shall be in any usual or common form or such other form as the Directors may approve, and must be lodged with the chairman of the meeting at which such proxy is to be used, or first used, prior to the commencement of the meeting.

 

POWERS AND DUTIES OF DIRECTORS

 

90. Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, these Articles and to any resolutions made in a general meeting, the business of the Company shall be managed by the Directors, who may pay all expenses incurred in setting up and registering the Company and may exercise all powers of the Company. No resolution made by the Company in a general meeting shall invalidate any prior act of the Directors that would have been valid if that resolution had not been made.

 

23
 

 

 

 

91. Subject to these Articles, the Directors may from time to time appoint any person, whether or not a Director of the Company, to hold such office in the Company as the Directors may think necessary for the administration of the Company, including without prejudice to the foregoing generality, the office of the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Technology Officer, Chief Financial Officer, one or more Vice Presidents, Manager or Controller, and for such term and at such remuneration (whether by way of salary or commission or participation in profits or partly in one way and partly in another), and with such powers and duties as the Directors may think fit. The Directors may also appoint one or more of their body (but not an alternate Director) to the office of Managing Director upon like terms, but any such appointment shall ipso facto determine if any Managing Director ceases from any cause to be a Director, or if the Company by Ordinary Resolution resolves that his tenure of office be terminated.
   
92. The Directors may delegate any of their powers to committees consisting of such member or members of their body as they think fit; any committee so formed shall in the exercise of the powers so delegated conform to any regulations that may be imposed on it by the Directors.
   
93. The Directors may from time to time and at any time by power of attorney appoint any company, firm or person or body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Directors, to be the attorney or attorneys of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretion (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Directors under these Articles) and for such period and subject to such conditions as they may think fit, and any such power of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorney as the Directors may think fit, and may also authorize any such attorney to delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretion vested in him.
   
94. The Directors may from time to time provide for the management of the affairs of the Company in such manner as they shall think fit and the provisions contained in the following paragraphs shall be without prejudice to the general powers conferred by this paragraph.
   
95. The Directors from time to time and at any time may establish any committees, local boards or agencies for managing any of the affairs of the Company and may appoint any persons to be members of such committees or local boards and may appoint any managers or agents of the Company and may fix the remuneration of any of the aforesaid.

 

24
 

 

 

 

96. The Directors from time to time and at any time may delegate to any such committee, local board, manager or agent any of the powers, authorities and discretions for the time being vested in the Directors and may authorize the members for the time being of any such local board, or any of them to fill up any vacancies therein and to act notwithstanding vacancies and any such appointment or delegation may be made on such terms and subject to such conditions as the Directors may think fit and the Directors may at any time remove any person so appointed and may annul or vary any such delegation, but no person dealing in good faith and without notice of any such annulment or variation shall be affected thereby.
   
97. Any such delegates as aforesaid may be authorized by the Directors to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities, and discretions for the time being vested to them.
   
98. The Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and uncalled capital or any part thereof, to issue debentures, debenture stock and other securities whenever money is borrowed or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

 

DISQUALIFICATION OF DIRECTORS

 

99. Notwithstanding anything in these Articles, the office of Director shall be vacated, if the Director:

 

  (a) dies, becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors;
     
  (b) is found to be or becomes of unsound mind;
     
  (c) resigns his office by notice in writing to the Company; or
     
  (d) shall be removed from office pursuant to Articles 81 or 82 or the Statutes.

 

PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

 

100. The Directors may meet together (whether within or outside the Cayman Islands) for the dispatch of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate their meetings and proceedings as they think fit.

 

25
 

 

 

 

101. A Board meeting may be called by a Director by giving notice in writing to the Board specifying a date, time and agenda for such meeting. The Board shall upon receipt of such notice give a copy of such notice of such meeting to all Directors and their respective alternates (if any).
   
102. (a) At least one (1) Business Day notice shall be given to all Directors and their respective alternates (if any) for a Board meeting, provided that such notice period may be reduced or waived with the consent of all the Directors or their respective alternates (if any).

 

  (b) An agenda identifying in reasonable detail the issues to be considered by the Directors at any such meeting and copies (in printed or electronic form) of any relevant papers to be discussed at the meeting together with all relevant information shall be provided to and received by all Directors and their alternates (if any) at least one (1) Business Day prior to the date for such meeting. The agenda for each meeting shall include any matter submitted to the Company by any Director at least one (1) Business Day prior to the date for such meeting.
     
  (c) Unless approved by all Directors (whether or not present or represented at such meeting), matters not set out in the agenda need not be considered at a Board meeting.

 

103. A Director or Directors may participate in any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee appointed by the Board of Directors of which such Director or Directors are members, by means of conference telephone, video conference or similar communication equipment by way of which all persons participating in such meeting can hear each other and such participation shall be deemed to constitute presence in person at the meeting.
   
104. The quorum necessary for the transaction of the business of the Directors may be fixed by the Directors and unless so fixed shall be a majority of the Directors then in office, provided that a Director and his appointed alternate Director shall be considered only one person for this purpose .
   
105. If a quorum is not present at a Board meeting within thirty (30) minutes following the time appointed for such Board meeting, the relevant meeting shall be adjourned for a period of at least three (3) Business Days and the presence of any three (3) Directors shall constitute a quorum at such adjourned meeting. A meeting of the Directors at which a quorum is present when the meeting proceeds to business shall be competent to exercise all powers and discretions for the time being exercisable by the Directors.
   
106. Questions arising at any meeting of the Directors shall be decided by a majority of votes and each Director shall be entitled to one (1) vote in deciding matters deliberated at any meeting of the Directors.

 

26
 

 

 

 

107. A Director who is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in a contract or proposed contract with the Company shall declare the nature of his interest at a meeting of the Directors. A general notice given to the Directors by any Director to the effect that he is a member of any specified company or firm and is to be regarded as interested in any contract which may thereafter be made with that company or firm shall be deemed a sufficient declaration of interest in regard to any contract so made. A Director may vote in respect of any contract or proposed contract or arrangement notwithstanding that he may be interested therein and if he does so his vote shall be counted and he may be counted in the quorum at any meeting of the Directors at which any such contract or proposed contract or arrangement shall come before the meeting for consideration.
   
108. A Director may hold any other office or place of profit under the Company (other than the office of auditor) in conjunction with his office of Director for such period and on such terms (as to remuneration and otherwise) as the Directors may determine and no Director or intending Director shall be disqualified by his office from contracting with the Company either with regard to his tenure of any such other office or place of profit or as vendor, purchaser or otherwise, nor shall any such contract or arrangement entered into by or on behalf of the Company in which any Director is in any way interested, be liable to be avoided, nor shall any Director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company for any profit realized by any such contract or arrangement by reason of such Director holding that office or of the fiduciary relation thereby established. A Director, notwithstanding his interest, may be counted in the quorum present at any meeting whereat he or any other Director is appointed to hold any such office or place of profit under the Company or whereat the terms of any such appointment are arranged and he may vote on any such appointment or arrangement.
   
109. Any Director may act by himself or his firm in a professional capacity for the Company, and he or his firm shall be entitled to remuneration for professional services as if he were not a Director; provided that nothing herein contained shall authorize a Director or his firm to act as auditor to the Company.
   
110. The Directors shall cause minutes to be made in books or loose-leaf folders provided for the purpose of recording:

 

  (a) all appointments of officers made by the Directors;
     
  (b) the names of the Directors present at each meeting of the Directors and of any committee of the Directors; and
     
  (c) all resolutions and proceedings at all meetings of the Company, and of the Directors and of committees of Directors.

 

27
 

 

 

 

111. When the chairman of a meeting of the Directors signs the minutes of such meeting, the same shall be deemed to have been duly held notwithstanding that all the Directors have not actually come together or that there may have been a technical defect in the proceedings.
   
112. A resolution signed by a majority of the Directors shall be as valid and effectual as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Directors duly called and constituted and when signed, a resolution may consist of several documents each signed by one or more of the Directors.
   
113. The continuing Directors may act, notwithstanding any vacancy in their body, but if their number is reduced below the number fixed pursuant to these Articles as the necessary quorum of Directors, then the continuing Directors may act only to increase the number or to summon a general meeting of the Company, but for no other purpose.
   
114. A committee appointed by the Directors may elect a chairman of its meetings. If no such chairman is elected, or if at any meeting the chairman is not present within five minutes after the time appointed for holding the same, the members present may choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.
   
115. A committee appointed by the Directors may meet and adjourn as it thinks proper. Questions arising at any meeting shall be determined by a majority of votes of the committee members present and in case of an equality of votes the chairman shall have a second or casting vote.
   
116. All acts done by any meeting of the Directors or of a committee of Directors, or by any person acting as a Director, shall notwithstanding that it be afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any such Director or person acting as aforesaid, or that they or any of them were disqualified, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified to be a Director.

 

PRESUMPTION OF ASSENT

 

117. A Director who is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which action on any Company matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he shall file his written dissent from such action with the person acting as the chairman or secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by registered post to such person immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a Director who voted in favour of such action.

 

28
 

 

 

 

DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS AND RESERVE

 

118. Subject to any rights and restrictions for the time being attached to any class or classes of shares and these Articles, the Directors may from time to time declare dividends (including interim dividends) and other distributions on shares in issue and authorize payment of the same out of the funds of the Company lawfully available therefor.
   
119. Subject to any rights and restrictions for the time being attached to any class or classes of shares and these Articles, the Company by Ordinary Resolution may declare dividends, but no dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the Directors.
   
120. The Directors may, before recommending or declaring any dividend, set aside out of the funds legally available for distribution such sums as they think proper as a reserve or reserves which shall, at the discretion of the Directors, be applicable for meeting contingencies, or for equalizing dividends or for any other purpose to which those funds may be properly applied and pending such application may, at the like discretion, either be employed in the business of the Company or be invested in such investments (other than shares of the Company) as the Directors may from time to time think fit.
   
121. Any dividend may be paid by check or wire transfer to the registered address of the Member or person entitled thereto, or in the case of joint holders, to any one of such joint holders at his registered address or to such person and such address as the Member or person entitled, or such joint holders as the case may be, may direct. Every such check shall be made payable to the order of the person to whom it is sent or to the order of such other person as the Member or person entitled, or such joint holders as the case may be, may direct.
   
122. The Directors when paying dividends to the Members in accordance with the foregoing provisions may make such payment either in cash or in specie.
   
123. No dividend shall be paid otherwise than out of profits or, subject to the restrictions of the Companies Law, the share premium account.
   
124. Subject to the rights of persons, if any, entitled to shares with special rights as to dividends, all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid or credited as fully paid on the shares, but if and so long as nothing is paid up on any of the shares in the Company dividends may be declared and paid according to the amounts of the shares. No amount paid on a share in advance of calls shall, while carrying interest, be treated for the purposes of this Article as paid on the share.

 

29
 

 

 

 

125. If several persons are registered as joint holders of any share, any of them may give effectual receipts for any dividend or other monies payable on or in respect of the share.
   
126. Any dividend unclaimed after a period of six years from the date of declaration of such dividend may be forfeited by the Board of Directors and, if so forfeited, shall revert to the Company.
   
127. No dividend shall bear interest against the Company.

 

BOOK OF ACCOUNTS

 

128. The books of account relating to the Company’s affairs shall be kept in such manner as may be determined from time to time by the Directors.
   
129. The books of account shall be kept at such place or places as the Directors think fit, and shall always be open to the inspection of the Directors.
   
130. The Directors shall from time to time determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions or regulations the accounts and books of the Company or any of them shall be open to the inspection of Members not being Directors, and no Member (not being a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any account or book or document of the Company except as conferred by law or authorized by the Directors or by the Company by Ordinary Resolution.
   
131. Subject to the requirements of applicable law and the listing rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, the accounts relating to the Company’s affairs shall be audited in such manner and with such financial year end as may be determined from time to time by the Company by Ordinary Resolution or failing any such determination by the Directors or failing any determination as aforesaid shall not be audited.

 

ANNUAL RETURNS AND FILINGS

 

132. The Board shall make the requisite annual returns and any other requisite filings in accordance with the Companies Law.

 

AUDIT

 

133. The Directors may appoint an Auditor of the Company who shall hold office until removed from office by a resolution of the Directors and may fix his or their remuneration.

 

30
 

 

 

 

134. Every Auditor of the Company shall have a right of access at all times to the books and accounts and vouchers of the Company and shall be entitled to require from the Directors and officers of the Company such information and explanation as may be necessary for the performance of the duties of the auditors.
   
135. Auditors shall, if so required by the Directors, make a report on the accounts of the Company during their tenure of office at the next annual general meeting following their appointment in the case of a company which is registered with the Registrar of Companies as an ordinary company, and at the next special meeting following their appointment in the case of a company which is registered with the Registrar of Companies as an exempted company, and at any time during their term of office, upon request of the Directors at any general meeting of the Members.

 

THE SEAL

 

136. The Seal of the Company shall not be affixed to any instrument except by the authority of a resolution of the Board of Directors provided always that such authority may be given prior to or after the affixing of the Seal and if given after may be in general form confirming a number of affixings of the Seal. The Seal shall be affixed in the presence of any one or more persons as the Directors may appoint for the purpose and every person as aforesaid shall sign every instrument to which the Seal of the Company is so affixed in their presence.
   
137. The Company may maintain a facsimile of its Seal in such countries or places as the Directors may appoint and such facsimile Seal shall not be affixed to any instrument except by the authority of a resolution of the Board of Directors provided always that such authority may be given prior to or after the affixing of such facsimile Seal and if given after may be in general form confirming a number of affixings of such facsimile Seal. The facsimile Seal shall be affixed in the presence of such person or persons as the Directors shall for this purpose appoint, and such person or persons as aforesaid shall sign every instrument to which the facsimile Seal of the Company is so affixed in their presence.
   
138. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Director shall have the authority to affix the Seal, or the facsimile Seal, to any instrument for the purposes of attesting authenticity of the matter contained therein but which does not create any obligation binding on the Company.

 

31
 

 

 

 

OFFICERS

 

139. Subject to Article 91, the Company may have Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Technology Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Company Secretary, one or more Vice Presidents, Manager or Controller, appointed by the Directors. The Directors may also from time to time appoint such other officers as they consider necessary, all for such terms, at such remuneration and to perform such duties, and subject to such provisions as to disqualification and removal as the Directors from time to time subscribe.

 

CAPITALISATION OF PROFITS

 

140. Subject to the Statutes and these Articles, the Board may, with the authority of an Ordinary Resolution:

 

  (a) resolve to capitalize an amount standing to the credit of reserves (including a share premium account, capital redemption reserve and profit and loss account), whether or not available for distribution;
     
  (b) appropriate the sum resolved to be capitalized to the Members in proportion to the nominal amount of shares (whether or not fully paid) held by them respectively and apply that sum on their behalf in or towards:

 

  (i) paying up the amounts (if any) for the time being unpaid on shares held by them respectively; or
     
  (ii) paying up in full unissued shares or debentures of a nominal amount equal to that sum, and allot the shares or debentures, credited as fully paid, to the Members (or as they may direct) in those proportions, or partly in one way and partly in the other, but the share premium account, the capital redemption reserve and profits which are not available for distribution may, for the purposes of this Article, only be applied in paying up unissued shares to be allotted to Members credited as fully paid;

 

  (c) make any arrangements it thinks fit to resolve a difficulty arising in the distribution of a capitalized reserve and in particular, without limitation, where shares or debentures become distributable in fractions the Board may deal with the fractions as it thinks fit;
     
  (d) authorize a person to enter (on behalf of all the Members concerned) an agreement with the Company providing for either:

 

  (i) the allotment to the Members respectively, credited as fully paid, of shares or debentures to which they may be entitled on the capitalization, or
     
  (ii) the payment by the Company on behalf of the Members (by the application of their respective operations of the reserves resolved to be capitalized) of the amounts or part of the amounts remaining unpaid on their existing shares, an agreement made under the authority being effective and binding on all those Members; and

 

  (e) generally do all acts and things required to give effect to the resolution.

 

32
 

 

 

 

NOTICES

 

141. Except as otherwise provided in these Articles, any notice or document may be served by the Company or by the person entitled to give notice to any Member either personally, by facsimile or by sending it through the post in a prepaid letter or via a recognized courier service, fees prepaid, addressed to the Member at his address as appearing in the Register of Members or, to the extent permitted by all applicable laws and regulations, by electronic means by transmitting it to any electronic number or address or website supplied by the Member to the Company or by placing it on the Company’s Website. In the case of joint holders of a share, all notices shall be given to that one of the joint holders whose name stands first in the Register of Members in respect of the joint holding, and notice so given shall be sufficient notice to all the joint holders.
   
142. Notices posted to addresses outside the Cayman Islands shall be forwarded by prepaid airmail.
   
143. Any Member present, either personally or by proxy, at any meeting of the Company shall for all purposes be deemed to have received due notice of such meeting and, where requisite, of the purposes for which such meeting was convened.
   
144. Any notice or other document, if served by:

 

  (a) post, shall be deemed to have been served five calendar days after the time when the letter containing the same is posted (in proving such service it shall be sufficient to prove that the letter containing the notice or document was properly addressed and duly posted);
     
  (b) facsimile, shall be deemed to have been served upon confirmation of receipt;

 

33
 

 

 

 

  (c) recognized courier service, shall be deemed to have been served 48 hours after the time when the letter containing the same is delivered to the courier service and in proving such service it shall be sufficient to prove that the letter containing the notice or documents was properly addressed and duly delivered to the courier; or
     
  (d) electronic means as provided herein shall be deemed to have been served and delivered on the day following that on which it is successfully transmitted or at such later time as may be prescribed by any applicable laws or regulations.

 

145. Any notice or document delivered or sent to any Member in accordance with the terms of these Articles shall notwithstanding that such Member be then dead or bankrupt, and whether or not the Company has notice of his death or bankruptcy, be deemed to have been duly served in respect of any share registered in the name of such Member as sole or joint holder, unless his name shall at the time of the service of the notice or document, have been removed from the Register of Members as the holder of the share, and such service shall for all purposes be deemed a sufficient service of such notice or document on all persons interested (whether jointly with or as claiming through or under him) in the share.

 

146. Notice of every general meeting shall be given to:

 

  (a) all Members who have supplied to the Company an address for the giving of notices to them;
     
  (b) every person entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member, who but for his death or bankruptcy would be entitled to receive notice of the meeting; and
     
  (c) each Director and Alternate Director.

 

No other person shall be entitled to receive notices of general meetings.

 

INFORMATION

 

147. No Member shall be entitled to require discovery of any information in respect of any detail of the Company’s trading or any information which is or may be in the nature of a trade secret or secret process which may relate to the conduct of the business of the Company and which in the opinion of the Board would not be in the interests of the Members of the Company to communicate to the public.
   
148. The Board shall be entitled to release or disclose any information in its possession, custody or control regarding the Company or its affairs to any of its members including, without limitation, information contained in the Register of Members and transfer books of the Company.

 

34
 

 

 

 

INDEMNITY

 

149. Every Director (including for the purposes of this Article any Alternate Director appointed pursuant to the provisions of these Articles) and officer of the Company for the time being and from time to time shall be indemnified and secured harmless out of the assets and funds of the Company against all actions, proceedings, costs, charges, expenses, losses, damages or liabilities incurred or sustained by him in connection with the execution or discharge of his duties, powers, authorities or discretions as a Director or officer of the Company, including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, any costs, expenses, losses or liabilities incurred by him in defending (whether successfully or otherwise) any civil proceedings concerning the Company or its affairs in any court whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere.
   
150. No such Director or officer of the Company shall be liable to the Company for any loss or damage unless such liability arises through the willful neglect or default of such Director or officer.

 

FINANCIAL YEAR

 

151. Unless the Directors otherwise prescribe, the financial year of the Company shall end on December 31st in each year and shall begin on January 1st in each year.

 

35
 

 

 

 

WINDING UP

 

152. Subject to these Articles, if the Company shall be wound up the liquidator may, with the sanction of an Ordinary Resolution of the Company, divide amongst the Members in specie or kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether they shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may for such purpose set such value as he deems fair upon any property to be divided as aforesaid and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members. The liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of such assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the contributories as the liquidator, with the like sanction shall think fit, but so that no Member shall be compelled to accept any shares or other securities whereon there is any liability.

 

AMENDMENT OF MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION AND

NAME OF COMPANY

 

153. The Company may at any time and from time to time by Special Resolution alter or amend these Articles or the Memorandum of Association of the Company, in whole or in part, or change the name of the Company.

 

REGISTRATION BY WAY OF CONTINUATION

 

154. The Company may by Special Resolution resolve to be registered by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands or such other jurisdiction in which it is for the time being incorporated, registered or existing. In furtherance of a resolution adopted pursuant to this Article, the Directors may cause an application to be made to the Registrar of Companies to deregister the Company in the Cayman Islands or such other jurisdiction in which it is for the time being incorporated, registered or existing and may cause all such further steps as they consider appropriate to be taken to effect the transfer by way of continuation of the Company.

 

MERGERS AND CONSOLIDATION

 

155. The Company may merge or consolidate in accordance with the Companies Law.

 

156. To the extent required by the Companies Law, the Company may by Special Resolution resolve to merge or consolidate the Company.

 

DISCLOSURE

 

157. The Directors, or any authorised service providers (including the Officers, the Secretary and the registered office agent of the Company), shall be entitled to disclose to any regulatory or judicial authority, or to any stock exchange on which the Shares may from time to time be listed, any information regarding the affairs of the Company including, without limitation, information contained in the Register of Members and books of the Company.

 

36
 

 

 

 

NAME, ADDRESS AND
DESCRIPTION OF SUBSCRIBER
 

 

WNL Limited, 190 Elgin Avenue, George Town, Grand Cayman KY1-9001, Cayman Islands
   
   /s/ Craig McDermaid
  Craig McDermaid
  as Authorised Signatory for and on behalf of WNL Limited

 

  Dated: 13 December 2018

 

/s/ Stacy Bounds  
Signature of Witness  

 

Name: Stacy Bounds  
     
Address 190 Elgin Avenue, George Town, Grand Cayman KY1-9001, Cayman Islands  
     
Occupation: Secretary  

 

37
 

 

Summary of Joint Office Area Service Agreement

 

Party A: Shenzhen Merchants Venture Co., Ltd.

Unified Social Credit Code: 91440300708442023J

Address: 5th Floor, Building A, Wanhai Building, No. 1031 Nanhai Avenue, China Merchants Street, Nanshan District, Shenzhen

Contact person: Keyan Zhang

Contact number: +86-0755-26685653

 

Party B: Zhongdehui (Shenzhen) Education Development Co., Ltd.

Unified Social Credit Code: 914403003599193558

Address: 2nd Floor, Building D, TCL Industrial Zone, No. 1055 Nanhai Avenue, Nanshan District, Shenzhen

Contact person: Qing Zuo

Contact number: +86-18606365555

 

In accordance with the relevant laws and regulations, in order to clarify the rights and obligations of both parties, both parties shall sign this joint office space service agreement (hereinafter referred to as “this agreement”) on an equal and voluntary basis. Both parties have paid sufficient attention to all the terms of this agreement and have a detailed understanding of their rights and obligations, especially the commitment to breach of contract, and Party B has sufficient foresight. Both parties believe that this agreement has reflected its true meaning and voluntarily complied with the implementation. The specific terms are as follows:

 

1. The Service Content

 

(1). Upon application by Party B, Party A agrees to provide Party B with the following joint office space services:

 

(a) The joint office space (hereinafter referred to as the “area”) is located on 5th Floor, Building A, Wanhai Building, No. 1031 Nanhai Avenue, China Merchants Street, Nanshan District, Shenzhen. The area includes office workstations and public facilities (public meeting rooms, multi-purpose halls, recreation rooms, tea rooms, showers, pantry, lounge, display area, sleeping cabin, public meeting area and public restroom). The printers, projectors and other related equipment and wireless networks required for office work are available in the area.

 

(b) Party A provides Party B with a total of 3 office workstations, of which 0 is the total number of dedicated stations, the station number is none, and the number of open stations is 3, the station number is SZSKR510-02 to 04, For the location of the specific station, please refer to Appendix 2 of this Agreement (hereinafter referred to as “Standard Station”). Party B has the right to use the standard work station exclusively under this agreement, and has the right to use the public facilities and public office equipment in the area together with other resident customers in the area. Party B’s own items and documents of various articles shall be placed in the standard work station and shall not be placed in any other area of the site without the consent of Party A.

 

     
     

 

(c) Both parties confirm that, regardless of whether there is a different agreement in this agreement, Party A has the right to use it for its own use or to provide other customers with all or part of the other stations outside the standard station, and to have their own right or to other Party B has no objection to the public facilities and public office equipment shared by the customers.

 

(2) Party B has inspected the standard work station, the site and its building in the field, and agreed to accept the situation of the site and its surroundings. Both parties confirmed that there were no defects affecting normal use and safety in the standard work station, site and their buildings, and the two parties had reached an agreement on the conditions for site delivery.

 

(3) Party B shall, at the date of signing this agreement, go through the formalities of entry as required by Party A. Party A and Party B shall sign the “Joint Office Site Delivery Confirmation Form” for confirmation, and the “Joint Office Site Delivery Confirmation Form” shall be signed by both parties. The delivery/receipt obligation is considered complete. If Party B goes through the formalities of overstaying, Party A shall have the right to unilaterally terminate this agreement, withdraw the area and have the right to provide the area to other third parties.

 

2. Service Term
   
(1) The service period under this agreement is 12 months, that is, from April 01, 2019 (hereinafter referred to as “delivery date”) to March 31, 2020.
   
(2) If the above-mentioned service period expires and Party B needs to continue to use the area, both parties shall agree and re-sign the area service agreement before the expiration of the service period. If the parties fail to re-sign the area service agreement before the expiration of the service period, Party A has the right to withdraw the area upon expiration of the service period, and Party B shall unconditionally move out and return the area.
   
(3) Within the above-mentioned service period, in addition to the breach of contract by Party B as stipulated in this agreement, if Party B needs to terminate this agreement in advance, Party A shall notify Party A in writing two months in advance, and shall settle all the cases until the termination of this agreement and the return of Party B to the area. The service fee and other related expenses, and the performance bond paid by Party B will not be refunded. As compensation for the loss caused by Party B due to the early termination of this agreement, if Party A needs to terminate this agreement in advance, it shall be written two months in advance. Party B shall notify Party B, and after all the service fees and other related expenses until the termination of this agreement and the settlement of the area to Party B, Party A shall return the performance bond paid by Party B to Party B without interest, and Party A shall pay Party B separately The amount of the same amount of the performance bond shall be the full compensation for the loss caused to Party B due to the early termination of this agreement by Party A.

 

     
     

 

3. Service Fee

 

Service Fees “Service fees include the standard station and public facilities equipment usage fee, property management fee, air conditioning fee, water fee, electricity fee, network usage fee, tax, but not including other expenses incurred by Party B during the use of the site.” Contract standard payment:

 

From April 01, 2019 to March 31, 2020, the service fee standard for each exclusive station is none. The total service fee for each open station including tax site is RMB 1,500.00, and the monthly tax-included site. The total service fee is RMB: 4500.00 yuan, capitalized: RMB is round and round, and the VAT rate is 6%, of which: Total tax-free service charge is RMB: 4245.28, VAT is RMB: 254.72 yuan

 

During the service period, if the relevant government departments introduce relevant regulations or policies to increase the service tax burden, the increase will be borne by Party B. Party A has the right to unilaterally increase the service fee. Party B has no objection.

 

4. Performance Bond
   
(1) Within five days from the date of signing this agreement, Party B shall pay Party A a performance bond equivalent to the 2-month service fee amount (the service fee for the last month of the service period stipulated in this agreement), RMB 9000.00. This performance bond is a guarantee for Party B to perform and abide by its obligations in accordance with this agreement. If Party A has not received the full performance bond on the expiration of the above period, Party A shall automatically terminate Party B on the day following the expiration of the above period unless Party A agrees to extend the payment of the performance bond. Use any other arrangement for the area.
   
(2) Upon expiration of the service period, if Party B has paid all the service fees and other payables (if any) within the service period and has not violated any of the terms of this agreement, Party B will hand over the site to Party A and Party B will complete the registration address and change to Procedures for other addresses (If Party B uses the site address in the first paragraph of Article 1 of this Agreement as the registered address of the company), Party A will return the performance bond to Party B without interest. Party B shall, within fifteen (15) days after meeting the foregoing conditions, contact Party A for the return of the performance bond. Before the return of the performance bond, Party B shall return the original performance bond receipt to Party A or Party B shall issue a receipt for the performance bond. And stamp the unit financial chapter. The performance bond shall be refunded to Party B without interest by bank transfer or a check.
   
(3) If Party B has violated the acts stipulated in this agreement, Party A has the right not to refund the performance bond.

 

     
     

 

5. Billing of Service Fee
   
  Payment Schedule
  (✓) First type of payment schedule: party B pays the service fee monthly. Party B shall directly pay Party A the service fee for the current month before the 5th of each month. Party B shall pay Party A the first service fee (the service fee from the delivery date to the end of the month) of RMB 4,500 before April 1, 2019. Before March 31, 2020, Party A will pay the final service fee (that is, the service fee from 0901 to the contract date) of RMB 4,500. If Party B fails to pay the service fee, Party B shall pay Party A the liquidated damages according to the standard of five thousandth of the service fee.
   
  ( × ) Second type of payment schedule: The service fee shall be paid by Party B on a quarterly basis. Party B shall pay Party A the service fee for the quarter in the first month or the first day of each quarter. Party B shall pay Party A the first service fee (from the date of delivery to The service charge on the last day of the quarter). If Party B fails to pay the service fee, Party B shall pay Party A the liquidated damages for each day after the expiration of one-thousandth of the service fee.

 

Party A:Shenzhen Merchants Venture Co., Ltd.

 

Legal representative or authorized representative (signed):

Shenzhen Merchants Venture Co., Ltd.

 

Date of signature

April 23, 2019

 

Party B:Zhongdehui (Shenzhen) Education Development Co., Ltd.

 

Legal representative or authorized representative (signed):

Zhongdehui (Shenzhen) Education Development Co., Ltd.

 

Date of signature:

March 28, 2019

 

     
     

 

 

Contract code:Rental No. 071, 2018

 

Summary of Guangzhou Branch Leasing Part 1

 

Guangzhou Panyu Bailong Electronics Co., Ltd.

 

And

 

Zhongdehui (Shenzhen) Education Development Co., Ltd.

Guangzhou Branch

 

Party A: Guangzhou Panyu Bailong Electronics Co., Ltd.

Legal Address:Building 316, Building 11, No. 684, Shibei Industrial Road, Dashi Street, Panyu District, Guangzhou

Zip code:511430

Legal Representative:Zhuang,Yandong

Contact number: +86-020-39236333 Fax number:020-39160338

 

Party B: Guangzhou Branch of Zhongdehui (Shenzhen) Education Development Co., Ltd.

Legal Address:1109, Building 12, No. 644, Shibei Industrial Road, Dashi Street, Guangzhou

Zip code:

Legal Representative:Zeng, Jianning

Contact number: +86-13660691841

 

Scope of the Lease:

 

The lessee is willing to rent and the lessor agrees to lease the unit property at 07, 08, 09, 10 and 12, 11th floor, Building 12, Great Creative Industrial Park, No. 644 Shibei Industrial Road, Dashi Street, Panyu District, Guangzhou, Guangdong, China.

 

The leased area of the property is approximately 1159.26 square meters.

 

Leasing Term: From February 1, 2019 to March 30, 2022.

 

Renew: The lessee shall submit the written renewal intention to the lessor six months before the expiration of the lease, and the lessor shall reply to the lessee in writing within 30 days of receiving the renewal. Under the same conditions, the lessee has the priority to lease the property.

 

     
     

 

Rental payment:

 

From February 1, 2019 to May 30, 2019 monthly 46,370.40 yuan
From May 31, 2019 to May 30, 2020, monthly 48,688.92 yuan
From May 31, 2020 to May 30, 2021 monthly 51,123.37 yuan
From May 31, 2021 to March 30, 2022 monthly 53,685.33 yuan

 

Business management consulting service fee:

 

From February 1, 2019 to May 30, 2019 monthly 17,388.9 yuan
From May 31, 2019 to May 30, 2020, monthly 18,258.35 yuan
From May 31, 2020 to May 30, 2021 monthly 19,174.16 yuan
From May 31, 2021 to March 30, 2022 monthly 20,124.75 yuan

 

Property management fee:

 

The property management fee is 4.5 yuan per square meter, totaling RMB 5,216.67(payment on each 10 th day of the month to Guangzhou Huge Creative Industrial Park Property Management Co., Ltd.)

 

Prepaid Rent: RMB 46,370.4

 

Prepaid Business management consulting service fee: RMB 17,388.9

 

Rent Deposit: RMB 92,740.80

 

Deposit of Business management consulting service fee: RMB 34,777.80

 

This contract is signed by an authorized representative of both parties.

 

Party A: Guangzhou Panyu Bailong Electronics Co., Ltd.   Party B: Guangzhou Branch of Zhongdehui (Shenzhen) Education Development Co., Ltd.
     
Signature and Seal: Zhuang, Yandong   Signature and Seal: Zeng, Jianning
     
January 14,2019   January 14,2019

 

     
     

 

Contract code:Rental No. 007, 2019

 

Summary of Guangzhou Branch Leasing Part 2

 

Guangzhou Panyu Bailong Electronics Co., Ltd.

 

And

 

Zhongdehui (Shenzhen) Education Development Co., Ltd.

Guangzhou Branch

 

Party A: Guangzhou Panyu Bailong Electronics Co., Ltd.

Legal Address:Building 316, Building 11, No. 684, Shibei Industrial Road, Dashi Street, Panyu District, Guangzhou

Zip code:511430

Legal Representative:Zhuang,Yandong

Contact number: +86-020-39236333 Fax number:020-39160338

 

Party B: Guangzhou Branch of Zhongdehui (Shenzhen) Education Development Co., Ltd.

Legal Address:1109, Building 12, No. 644, Shibei Industrial Road, Dashi Street, Guangzhou

Zip code:

Legal Representative:Zeng, Jianning

Contact number: +86-13660691841

 

Scope of the Lease:

 

The lessee is willing to rent and the lessor agrees to lease the unit property at 11, 11th floor, Building 12, Great Creative Industrial Park, No. 644 Shibei Industrial Road, Dashi Street, Panyu District, Guangzhou, Guangdong, China.

 

The leased area of the property is approximately 350.02 square meters.

 

Leasing Term: From April 1, 2019 to March 30, 2022.

 

Renew: The lessee shall submit the written renewal intention to the lessor six months before the expiration of the lease, and the lessor shall reply to the lessee in writing within 30 days of receiving the renewal. Under the same conditions, the lessee has the priority to lease the property.

 

     
     

 

Rental payment:

 

From April 1, 2019 to May 30, 2019 monthly 14,000.8 yuan
From May 31, 2019 to May 30, 2020, monthly 14,700.84 yuan
From May 31, 2020 to May 30, 2021 monthly 15,435.89 yuan
From May 31, 2021 to March 30, 2022 monthly 16,209.43 yuan

 

Business management consulting service fee:

 

From April 1, 2019 to May 30, 2019 monthly 5, 250.3 yuan
From May 31, 2019 to May 30, 2020, monthly 5,512.82 yuan
From May 31, 2020 to May 30, 2021 monthly 5,789.33 yuan
From May 31, 2021 to March 30, 2022 monthly 6,076.35 yuan

 

Property management fee:

 

The property management fee is 4.5 yuan per square meter, totaling RMB 1,575.09 (payment on each 10 th day of the month to Guangzhou Huge Creative Industrial Park Property Management Co., Ltd.)

 

Prepaid Rent: RMB 14,000.8

 

Prepaid Business management consulting service fee: RMB 5,250.3

 

Rent Deposit: RMB 28,001.60

 

Deposit of Business management consulting service fee: RMB 10,500.60

 

This contract is signed by an authorized representative of both parties.

 

Party A: Guangzhou Panyu Bailong Electronics Co., Ltd.   Party B: Guangzhou Branch of Zhongdehui (Shenzhen) Education Development Co., Ltd.
     
Signature and Seal: Zhuang, Yandong   Signature and Seal: Zeng, Jianning
     
March 20,2019   March 20,2019

 

     
     

 

 

Leasing Contract

 

Lessor: Weifang Zhongdehui Education Consulting Co., Ltd.

(Referred to as Part A)

 

Lessee: Shandong Branch of Zhongdehui (Shenzhen) Education Development Co., Ltd

(Referred to as Part B)

 

According to the “Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China” and other relevant laws and regulations, on the basis of equality, voluntariness and consensus, both parties will lease the first phase of the office land for the Shandong Surveying and Mapping Geographic Information Industry Base Project. The following agreement:

 

I. Basic situation of the property

 

1. Party A agreed to lease the Room 202 and 203 of the 9th floor of the first phase project of Shandong Surveying and Mapping Geographic Information Industry Base, No. 8999 Taoyuan Street, Weifang High-tech Zone, to Party B. Party A has the right to use the property and has not been mortgaged.
   
2. The leasing area from Party A to Party B is approximately 827.66 square meters.
   
3. The scope, conditions and requirements of the public or contractual part of the property; the existing decoration and ancillary facilities, the condition of the equipment and the content, standards and related matters to be agreed by Party B to renovate and add the auxiliary facilities by Party A, Party B shall separately indicate in the annex to this contract that Party A and Party B agree that the Annex shall be the basis for Party A to return the property to Party A when Party A delivers the property to Party B and the contract terminates.

 

II. Usage of the property

 

The purpose of the property is to produce office space. Party A guarantees that the rented property can be used for the above purposes and complies with the relevant national fire safety regulations; Party A guarantees that the property rights of the rented property are not disputed or subject to legal restrictions. Party B guarantees that the rented Party A’s property is used for legal purposes, complies with national laws and relevant government regulations, and operates legally. Otherwise, Party B shall bear all legal and economic responsibilities.

 

III. Lease Term

 

1. Party A and Party B agreed that the housing rental period is 6 months: from March 1, 2019 to August 31, 2019.
   
2. After the contract between the two parties is signed and the first month’s rent is paid, Party B can carry out the work of layout decoration such as decoration and furniture arrangement. Party A will actively cooperate in the power of elevators and electricity.

 

     
     

 

IV. Rent, payment method and term

 

1. Party A and Party B agreed that the rent for the first year of the property is RMB 0.45/m2. The monthly rent is RMB 11,328.58.
   
2. The rent is paid monthly, and the payment method is check or transfer payment.
  Account Name: Weifang Zhongdehui Education Consulting Co., Ltd.
  Bank: China Merchants Bank Weifang Xinhua Road Branch
  Account Number: 536903013910101

 

V. Other fees

 

During the lease period, the property expenses, water, electricity, heating, gas, communication, and equipment expenses incurred in the use of the property shall be borne by Party B. Party B shall bear the various taxes and fees incurred by Party B in its own operations. If Party B needs to renovate the property, the decoration and renovation plan must be approved in writing by Party A, and must meet the fire and engineering safety requirements, and the expenses shall be borne by Party B.

 

VI. Delivery, leaseback, and renewal of the property

 

1. Party A shall deliver the property to Party B according to the agreed conditions before March 1, 2019. At the time of delivery, Party B shall pass the acceptance and acceptance of Party B, and Party B shall submit the object if there is any objection. Party A actively cooperates with the installation and commissioning of Party B’s office facilities. The expenses incurred before the delivery of the property shall be borne by Party A.
   
2. When the contract expires and the lease is returned, Party A confirms that Party B has not owed the rent, water and electricity expenses and other related expenses. When Party B returns the property, the modified part shall conform to the normal use status; if Party A agrees, Party B may not resume the original as it is; if Party A does not agree to deliver it after the transformation, Party B shall resume and restore according to Party A’s request. The expenses shall be borne by Party B. The ownership of office appliances and electrical appliances added by Party B during the lease period shall be vested in Party B; the decoration attached to the property shall be owned by Party A without compensation.
   
3. When the contract period is less than the early termination of the lease, Party B must pay the full amount of rent, utilities and other related expenses. When Party B returns the property, the modified part shall conform to the normal use status. If Party A agrees, Party B may not resume the original as it is; if Party A does not agree to deliver it after the transformation, Party B shall resume and restore according to Party A’s request. The expenses shall be borne by Party B.
   
4. When the lease expires, Party B shall return to the normal use state. If it is not restored, the equivalent deposit shall be detained as the cost of the original condition of the property.
   
5. When the lease expires, if Party B needs to continue to rent the property, Party B shall submit a written request to Party A to renew the lease within three months before the expiration of the lease term. Under the same conditions, the party may enjoy the priority lease right to sign the property lease contract.

 

     
     

 

VII. Property’s Renovation and Repair

 

1. During the lease period, Party B finds that the property and its ancillary facilities (which Party A delivers within the scope of Party B) are damaged. Party A shall promptly notify Party A to repair it in accordance with the provisions of the Regulations on Quality Management of Construction Projects (except for improper use by Party B); Party A shall Repairs shall be made within 24 hours after Party B’s notice: If it is not repaired within the time limit, Party B may repair it on its behalf, and this fee shall be borne by Party A. The part that exceeds the provisions of the “Regulations on the Quality Management of Construction Engineering” shall be repaired by Party B itself, and the expenses shall be borne by Party B.
   
2. During the lease period, Party A guarantees that the property and its facilities are in a normal usable and safe state. Party A shall notify Party B three days in advance of the inspection and maintenance of the property; Party B shall cooperates with Party A when checking the maintenance.
   
3. If Party B needs to renovate the structure of the original building of the rented property and various equipment pipelines, Party B shall consult with Party A in advance. After Party A agrees in writing to Party B’s transformation plan, Party B can make the transformation. Party B shall bear all responsibility and losses for the fire-fighting equipment caused by Party B’s secondary renovation of the leased property.
   
4. Party A has no obligation to repair the decoration and decoration of Party B.
   
5. Party B shall, without the written consent of Party A, personally change the internal structure of the property, decorate or install equipment that has an impact on the structure of the property, and Party B’s construction plan that has not been approved in accordance with Party A’s written consent, resulting in damage to the main structure of the property. Party A has the right to choose one of the following rights:

 

  (1) Party B shall bear all losses and liabilities caused by the reconstruction of private arrangements.
  (2) Party B shall be charged the actual expenses incurred in the restoration of the project.

 

VIII. Change of right

 

1. During the lease term, Party A shall transfer Party to part or all of the leased property, Party A shall notify Party B in writing four days in advance, and Party B shall have the right to purchase in preference to the third party under the same conditions.
   
2. If the property is transferred to another person during the period of renting, Party A guarantees that the contract continues to have legal effect on the transferee.

 

IX. Rescission of Contract

 

1. After the agreement between the two parties, the contract can be terminated.
   
2. During the validity period of the contract, if one of the following circumstances occurs, the contract is automatically cancelled.

 

  (1) Force majeure occurs, making this contract impossible to perform
  (2) The land use right within the occupied area of the property is recovered in advance
  (3) The property was legally expropriated for social public interest
  (4) The property was damaged or identified as a dangerous property
  (5) Party B has privately remodeled the leased property without the written consent of Party A.
  (6) Party B is not personally disguised without the written consent of Party A.
  (7) Party B pledges the property to protect Party A’s rights and interests.

 

If the contract is terminated due to the above (1-4 items), the rent shall be calculated according to the actual use time, and the calculation shall be based on the number of days in which the whole month is insufficient, and the partial refund shall be made to the part that is refunded or less; (7-7 items) Overpaid part of the rent, Party A does not return.

 

     
     

 

3. Party A and Party B agree that in any of the following circumstances, one party may notify the other party in writing to terminate the contract. The party that violates the contract shall pay the breach of contract to the other party at the same time as the other party’s monthly rent; if the liquidated damages are insufficient to compensate the party, the difference between the loss and the liquidated damage shall be compensated.

 

  (1) Party A fails to deliver the property on time, and has not delivered it within 10 days after the urging by Party B;
  (2) The property delivered by Party A does not comply with the provisions of this contract, resulting in the inability to achieve the purpose of the lease, or the property paid by Party A is defective, endangering the safety of Party B.

 

X. Liability for breach of contract

 

1. Party A shall be responsible for the property rights, rental rights and other creditor’s rights and debts related to Party A as described in this contract, and Party A shall be liable for compensation for the loss of economy and reputation caused by Party B.
   
2. Party A shall undertake the maintenance obligation of the property and fail to repair it within a reasonable period of time, causing Party B to fail to use the property normally. Party A shall pay Party B a penalty for each day after more than 3 days.
   
3. During the lease term, Party A shall be liable for compensation if Party A fails to perform the maintenance obligations stipulated in this contract in time, causing damage to the property and causing property damage or personal injury of Party B.
   
4. Party B shall install water meters and electricity meters during the renovation and renovation process or during the lease period; if Party A finds that Party B has stolen water and electricity, the amount of the difference between the readings and the total meter readings shall be borne by Party B.
   
5. If the contractor arbitrarily cancels the contract and withdraws the property in advance during the lease period, Party A shall refund the rent of the remaining days of Party B without interest.
   
6. If the contract does not stipulate the contract, Party B shall cancel the contract without authorization, and Party A shall not refund the rent paid by Party B.
   
7. If Party B privately sublets the property, Party A has the right to execute in accordance with Article 9.2 of this Agreement. Party B shall move within 3 days after Party A’s notice of cancellation (written, short message or telephone) has been removed more than 3 □ not moved. The property company will take measures to cut off water and power off the property, and all losses arising therefrom will be borne by Party B. At the same time, Party A will retain all rights to protect the company’s rights and interests through legal channels.
   
8. Party B shall pay the rent in a late payment period, and pay the liquidated damages in accordance with the daily rent amount for one day. If Party A will overdue the supply of water and electricity for the leased property, Party A shall have the right to unilaterally terminate the contract, and Party B shall bear the corresponding annual rent. A multiple amount of liquidated damages and the deposit will not be refunded. Party A has the right to dispose of the facilities and equipment in the rented property of Party B to make up for the rental expenses.

 

     
     

 

XI. Dispute Resolution

 

The signing, interpretation and performance of this contract are governed by Chinese law. In the event of a dispute arising from the performance of this contract, the parties shall resolve the dispute through negotiation; if both parties are unwilling to negotiate or fail to negotiate, either party may file a lawsuit in the local people’s court.

 

XII. Other regulations

 

1. During the lease period, Party A shall inform Party B if it needs to mortgage the property, and does not affect Party B’s rights under this contract.
   
2. After Party B moves in, the company’s Logo design plan needs to be approved in writing by Party A, and installed according to the location specified by Party A. The company’s Logo will be dismantled without the approval of Party A, and the expenses shall be borne by Party B.
   
3. Matters not covered by this contract may be supplemented by the agreement between Party A and Party B. The supplementary clauses of this contract and its annexes are inseparable parts of this contract and have the same legal effect.
   
4. When both parties signing this contract, both parties shall clearly and clearly define their respective rights, obligations and responsibilities, and both parties are willing to strictly enforce the contract. If one party violates this contract, the other party has the right to make a claim in accordance with the provisions of this contract.
   
5. Party B shall implement the production work in accordance with the relevant safety rules and regulations. If a fire or other safety accident occurs due to the reasons of Party B, all responsibility shall be borne by Party B.
   
6. Party A and Party B shall provide the contact address and contact number in the signing column of this contract. (If the contact address is not filled, the address on the ID card or the address of the industrial and commercial registration shall prevail). Notices of Party A and Party B regarding the performance of this contract and related matters shall be issued in accordance with the address filled in. The notice is generally subject to the signature or seal of the other party or authorized representative. If it is sent by courier, the fourth day from the date of issuance shall be deemed to be the date of delivery, and the contents of the courier indicated on the courier shall be the contents of Party A’s mailing. If any party’s contact information changes, it shall promptly notify the other party in writing, otherwise all consequences arising therefrom shall be borne by themselves.
   
7. This contract is in duplicate, and both parties A and B hold the same legal effect.

 

Party A:

Weifang Zhongdehui Education Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

Party B:

Zhongdehui (Shenzhen) Education Development Co., Ltd Shandong Branch

     

Representative:

Yuqin Yang

 

Representative:

Qing Zuo

     
    Date of Signature: March 1, 2019

 

     
     

 

 

Lease Contract

 

Party A: Liaoning Pacific Industrial Co., Ltd.

 

Legal representative: Jun Li

Contact person: Tiemin Wei

Address: 198, Zhonghua Road, Heping District, Shenyang

Contact number: +86-024-22508888

 

Party B: Zhongdehui (Shenzhen) Education Development Co., Ltd. Liaoning Branch

 

Contact person:

Unified Social Credit Code: 210102000007206 (1-1)

Address: No. 189, Jinzi Street, Fushun New District, Liaoning Province

Contact address:

Contact number:

 

1. The Service Content

 

1.01 The joint office space (hereinafter referred to as the “area”) is located on Office Building, No. 41 North Station, Shenhe District, Shenyang City (Liaoning Jinzhaoyuan International Finance Building); Room 02, No. 10.
   
1.02 The area of the leased site is 145.74 square meters. Before signing this contract, Party B has checked the land for change and accepted the condition of the site. After the formalities, Party B has no right to object to the area.
   
1.03 The Leasing area showed in exhibition 2.

 

2, Usage

 

The leased site is limited to office use, and Party B shall not use the property for other purposes. Otherwise, Party A has the right to terminate the contract in advance and not return the remaining rent and deposit of Party B.

 

3. Service Term

 

3.01 The service period under this agreement is 12 months, that is, from May 01, 2019 (hereinafter referred to as “delivery date”) to April 31, 2020.

 

3.02 If the above-mentioned service period expires and Party B needs to continue to use the area, both parties shall agree and re-sign the area service agreement before the expiration of the service period. If the parties fail to re-sign the area service agreement before the expiration of the service period, Party A has the right to withdraw the area upon expiration of the service period, and Party B shall unconditionally move out and return the area.

 

     

 

 

Within the above-mentioned service period, in addition to the breach of contract by Party B as stipulated in this agreement, if Party B needs to terminate this agreement in advance, Party A shall notify Party A in writing two months in advance, and shall settle all the cases until the termination of this agreement and the return of Party B to the area. The service fee and other related expenses, and the performance bond paid by Party B will not be refunded. As compensation for the loss caused by Party B due to the early termination of this agreement, if Party A needs to terminate this agreement in advance, it shall be written two months in advance. Party B shall notify Party B, and after all the service fees and other related expenses until the termination of this agreement and the settlement of the area to Party B, Party A shall return the performance bond paid by Party B to Party B without interest, and Party A shall pay Party B separately The amount of the same amount of the performance bond shall be the full compensation for the loss caused to Party B due to the early termination of this agreement by Party A.

 

4. Service Fee

 

4.01 The rent per unit of floor space is 784 yuan per square meter per year, the annual rent of the leased space is RMB 114260.2, and the monthly rent of the leased space is 9521.7 yuan. The management fee and the invoice are not included in the rent.

 

4.02 The rent is paid on a pre-paid basis, with a payment cycle every three months, and each rent is delivered on or before the 25th day of each month. The first period of rent must be delivered within five working days after the signing of this contract. Party A or its trustee should issue the relevant official invoice within five working days after receiving the monthly rent.

 

5. Billing of Service Fee

 

5.01 The management fee is paid in advance by prepayment, and every three months is a payment cycle. Party B needs to pay the management fee to the property management company on schedule. The management fee is calculated according to the leased area, and the monthly fee is RMB 18 per square meter.
   
5.02 Party B shall pay the utilities, telephone and other expenses related to the leased premises as required by the management office.
   
5.03 The management fee is paid directly to the management fee account stipulated by Party A. Each management fee needs to be delivered on the 25th of each month. The management office needs to issue an official invoice five working days after receiving the management fee.
   
5.04 Party A or the property company has the right to adjust the property management fee according to the changes of the situation. After the adjustment, Party B shall notify Party B in writing and set the effective time.

 

6. Margin

 

When Party B needs to sign this contract, it shall pay Party A the equivalent:

One month rent 9521.7 yuan and one management fee 2623.3 yuan

The total payment is 12145.02 yuan and it is regarded as the margin

 

7. Payment method

 

7.1 Party B shall pay rent, property fees and other miscellaneous expenses in accordance with the relevant contract of this contract, such as the rent of the first or last period of the lease period, management fees, and other miscellaneous expenses less than one full month, which shall be calculated according to the actual number of days, and Party B shall not For any reason, deduct the rent, management fee and other miscellaneous expenses that must be paid in advance to Party A.

 

     

 

 

7.2 Billing method

 

Pay with RMB: (i) Deposited into Party A’s designated bank account by automatic transfer;
   
  (ii) Pay with cash or check to Party A.

 

Party A’s designated bank account:

 

Account for rent (RMB):

Account name: Liaoning Pacific Industrial Co., Ltd.

Bank: Shanghai Pudong Development Bank Shenyang Branch

Account number: 71010154740010148

 

Account for property management fee:

Account name: Shen Sunshine Property Management Co., Ltd.

 

Bank:Shengjing Bank

 

Account number:0330150102000010184

 

8. Signature

 

9.

 

Party A:Liaoning Pacific Industrial Co., Ltd.

 

Signature/seal:

Legal representative or authorized representative (signed):

Tiemin Wei

 

Date of signature

 

May 1, 2019

 

Party B:Zhongdehui (Shenzhen) Education Development Co., Ltd. Liaoning branch

 

Signature/seal

Legal representative or authorized representative (signed):

Yan Li

 

Date of signature:

 

May 1, 2019

 

     

 

 

 

Lease Contract

 

Lessor: Xiaorui Zhao ( Referred as Party A )

 

Lessee: Zhongdehui (Shenzhen) Education Development Co., Ltd. Liaoning Branch

 

(Referred as Party B)

 

Party A is the property owner of Room 1 and Room 8 on the 10th floor of Liaoning Jinzhaoyuan International Finance Building (hereinafter referred to as “the Mansion”), No. 41 North Station, Shenhe District, Shenyang City, Liaoning Province, China. Party B intends to lease Party A’s venue. Consensus, agree to sign this lease agreement, and stipulate the terms and conditions of the lease as follows:

 

I. The Lease Location and Area

 

1. The office space leased by Party A to Party B is located at Room 1 and Room 8, 10th Floor, International Finance Building, Liaoning Jinzhao Garden, No. 41 North Station, Shenhe District, Shenyang, Liaoning, China. The office space leased by Party B under this Agreement is hereinafter referred to as “lease venue”.
   
  The leased area of Party B is 189.29 square meters (total floor area). The above-mentioned area of use is based on the rent, security deposit, property management fee and other fees payable by the agreement.

 

II. Lease Term

 

2. The lease term starts from the date of the lease until the end of the lease, for a total of 22 months. The lease date is: June 1, 2019. The end date is May 31, 2020.

 

III. Rent

 

3. The rent paid by Party B for the lease during the above-mentioned lease period is 784 yuan per square meter per year (calculated as the total floor area). The total rent for the month is 24,552.92 yuan. The term “rent” in this agreement refers to the leased space. The rent shall not be adjusted during the term of this agreement. The rent is the pre-tax price. If Party B needs the invoice for the rent, Party A shall cooperate with Party B to issue an invoice to the local tax authority. The tax shall be borne by Party B (including Party A’s income tax).

 

IV. Property Management Fee

 

4. Party B shall pay Party A the property management fee for the leased site on a quarterly basis of RMB 18 per square meter (based on the total floor area) for a total of RMB 6,764.58 per month. Party A shall provide Party B with an invoice issued by Party A’s designated property management company within 10 working days after receiving the management fee.

 

V. Deposit

 

5. In order to ensure Party B’s obligation to properly perform the contract, Party B shall pay Party A a one-time rent equivalent to one month of the leased site and one month’s management fee on the signing date of this agreement, a total of RMB 31,317.50.

 

     
     

 

6. If Party B violates any of its obligations under this Agreement (including failure to pay rent to Party A on time, any deferred interest on overdue payment, and any other fees payable under this Agreement), Party A has the right to deduct the corresponding amount from the deposit. The amount is used to compensate Party A’s loss or damage (including but not limited to the amount of rent owed, the total amount of deferred profits, management fees, etc., or the repair cost of the damaged part of the leased site)
   
7. Without prejudice to the request for other compensation, Party A shall have the right to confiscate Party B’s deposit if Party B terminates in accordance with the 31st Regulations of this contract due to Party B’s failure to perform this Agreement or other reasons from Party B.
   
8. At the expiration of the lease term, Party A must return the deposit (or any remaining amount) to Party B (excluding interest), provided that Party B has returned the leased space and fulfilled its contractual obligations (including payment) in accordance with Article 7 of the contract. Total rent, deferred interest, management fee, etc.)

 

VI. Other Fee

 

9. Party B shall pay all the public expenses such as electricity charges in accordance with the number of electricity meters read and the actual expenses provided by Party A or the property management company designated by Party A. Party B shall bear the overtime air-conditioning fee required by Party B. All expenses and expenses mentioned in this paragraph shall be borne by Party B. And the fee shall be paid according to the method and time specified by Party A or the property management company designated by Party A.

 

VII. Payment Method

 

10. The rent should be delivered in the following terms and conditions:

 

  (1) The rent is delivered on a quarterly basis. The payment time is within 10 days before the lease cycle. (If Party B fails to deliver the rent according to the specified time, one month’s rent will be charged as late payment fee.)
  (2) Party B may pay the rent to Party A by cheque, cash, bank transfer or bank transfer, and bear all expenses related to the payment behavior (including bank charges). The payment date shall be the actual bank account designated by Party A. After receiving the payment, Party A has the right to modify the bank account stipulated in this agreement, but must notify Party B in writing in advance. Party A will issue a receipt to Party B within 10 working days from the date of receipt of the rent.
  (3) The payment methods described in this paragraph also apply to other fees and charges such as deposits and management fees.
  (4) The fees agreed in this agreement shall be settled and paid in RMB.
  (5) The account Party A requested:
    Bank Account for Party B’ s Deposit and Rent:
    Bank name: Bank of China
    Account name:
    Account Number: 6216680500000245524

 

    Bank account for the other fee payment of Party B:
    Bank name:
    Account name:
    Account Number:

 

     
     

 

VIII. Duty of Payment

 

11. Party B shall not interrupt, postpone or offset the obligation to pay rent, processing fees, services and utilities, security deposits and any other fees, regardless of Party B’s claim or any right to Party A.

 

IX. Moving in

 

12. After the signing of this agreement, Party B shall pay the full amount of the deposit and the first-term rent and management fee, and Party B may enter the leased premises from the time of renting.
   
13. Party B or its authorized representative shall go to the rental site to settle the formalities after the lease, otherwise Party A shall have the right to terminate this agreement in accordance with the contract. Both parties shall sign a copy of the inventory and status of the leased site. The ceiling of the structure of the leased site is accompanied by an inventory of the equipment (such as spray, empty equipment, etc.) and a small picture of the situation. The signature of Party B or its authorized representative on the handover document shall be deemed as acceptance of the leased land and confirmation that the lease site is fully qualified and applicable to the purposes specified in this Agreement.

 

X. Renovation of rented space

 

14. Party B’s interior decoration plan must ensure that it does not violate the relevant laws and regulations, the management of public buildings and public facilities, does not affect the main structure, and does not affect the safety of the building. Party B shall complete the project at its own expense, and Party B shall complete the completion in accordance with Chinese laws and regulations. Acceptance and submit a copy of the shuttle drawings and the completion acceptance report (with the official seal of Party B) to Party A.

 

XI. Party A’s right and duty

 

In addition to any other rights and obligations already set forth in this Agreement:

 

15. Party A has the right to authorize a third party to assist Party A in collecting the rent and other expenses payable by Party B.
   
16. Party A promises to maintain the basic conditions of the leased site and maintain its good condition.

 

     
     

 

17. Party A shall provide regular maintenance and maintain the good condition of the internal structure of the leased premises and all the equipment and facilities provided by Party A in the leased premises. Party A shall bear all expenses related to the above work, if any internal Any damage caused to the equipment and facilities provided by Party A may result in the inability to use, or any such dangerous situation may occur. Party B shall immediately notify Party A. Party A shall repair it within a reasonable time. If there is an emergency situation, Party A shall take immediate action after receiving the report. Party B shall cooperate and support according to the requirements of Party A. Party B shall be liable for any personal injury caused by failure to cooperate in time or in accordance with the requirements of Party A.
   
18. Prior to the signing of this agreement, Party A has formally notified Party B and Party B is fully aware of the sale of the leased site to a third party: If the leased space is leased to a third party, Party A of the contract is renamed as a third party and is obliged to guarantee the contract. Validity during the validity period.

 

XII. Party B’s right and duty

 

In addition to any other rights and obligations already set forth in this Agreement:

 

19. Party B does not use or store dangerous goods in the leased premises, and does not allow open fire to treat food in the office area.
   
20. Party B can only use the leased premises to be used for business activities in accordance with its business license. Party B shall not arbitrarily change the use of the leased premises within the lease term stipulated in this Agreement without Party A’s prior written consent.
   
21. Without the prior written consent of Party A, Party B shall not assign or transfer this Agreement, and may not sublet the leased premises in whole or in part, or authorize third parties to conduct any business activities in the leased premises.
   
22. Party B shall be responsible for the misconduct of all its employees and related personnel. Party B shall be responsible for replacing or compensating equipment with the same value for the damage caused by Party B’s fault, and shall pay the relevant fees. If Party B refuses to make the above provisions for repair or replacement, Party A has the right. For repairs and replacements, Party B shall pay all related expenses and expenses to Party A.
   
23. After the expiration or early termination of the lease term, Party B shall move out of the leased premises at the registered address of the company within seven working days.

 

XIII. Deferred payment or refund

 

24 If Party A delays the delivery of Party B’s use of the leased land for more than 60 days due to its own reasons, all the obligations arising from the date of the lease and expected from the date of the lease shall be postponed accordingly until the date of actual delivery of the leased site. Party A fails to deliver Party B to the leased site within 60 days after the original date of the lease. Party B has the right to notify Party A in writing to terminate this agreement. The cancellation of the agreement shall take effect from the date of Party B’s written notice to Party A. Within 15 days after the above notice, Party A shall refund Party B’s deposit, the first month’s rent and management fee in full. Party A shall also compensate Party B according to the amount of the margin paid by Party B at the time of signing this Agreement, except In addition, Party A is not required to bear any liability to Party B.

 

     
     

 

25. Unless Party A agrees in writing, Party B shall revert to the delivery status of the leased land when the lease term expires or prematurely terminates. If Party A permits Party B not to remove all or part of the fixed objects, attachments, alterations and additions of Party B. Party B has no right to receive any compensation
   
26. If Party B fails to return the leased land after the expiration of the lease term or early termination, Party B shall pay a rate equal to twice the daily rent for each day of the trial period (the rate shall be one month prior to the termination of this agreement). The daily rental rate is calculated to pay the fine. In addition, Party A reserves the right to stop providing utilities or other supplies or terminate Party B’s use of the leased premises, and Party B shall bear all relevant consequences.
   
27. Without prejudice to the provisions of Article 26 of this Agreement, if within the 10th week after the expiration of the lease term or early termination, if Party B fails to return the leased site, Party A has the right to enter the leased site and withdraw Party B’s legacy. All items in the premises shall be leased and all necessary measures shall be taken to recover the leased space. All expenses and expenses arising therefrom shall be borne by Party B. Party A may, after hiring a notary office to obtain the certificate, transfer any personal property of Party B to it. The relevant fees and expenses of the notary shall be borne by Party B. If Party B fails to claim personal property within two months after the article is stored, Party A may dispose of the property without paying the rent, management fee and all other expenses. Party A’s disposal shall be deemed to have obtained the authorization of Party B, and Party B shall not file a claim with Party A. Party A shall deduct the claim. After the storage of the property and all other related expenses due to Party A, the remaining amount will be refunded to Party B.

 

XIV. Serious Damage of the leasing area

 

28. If the leased site is severely damaged due to force majeure or any other reason that cannot be controlled by any party, it is no longer suitable for renting. Party A shall notify Party B of the repair plan and the estimated timetable within 30 days after the damage occurs. During the repair period, Party B is not required to pay rent, management fees, utilities fees and other fees payable under this agreement until the date of completion of the repair.

 

XV. Early Termination

 

29. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or otherwise agreed in writing by Party, Party B shall not terminate or terminate this Agreement during the term of the lease.
   
30. This Agreement may be terminated earlier before the expiration of the lease term in the following circumstances:

 

  (1) If Party B is able to pay any amount in accordance with this Agreement, including but not limited to rent, management fees, services and public charges, and deposit. If the total amount reaches or exceeds the rent for one month, and Party B fails to make payment within a period of more than one month, Party A may terminate this agreement in advance.
  (2) If Party B violates its obligations under this Agreement and can still correct it within 30 days after Party A issues a written breach of contract, Party A has the right to terminate this Agreement in advance.

 

     
     

 

31. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, neither party may have any additional rights or obligations to the other party (except for obligations arising prior to the termination of this Agreement, including Party B’s payment of the fees specified in the contract), but:

 

  (1) If this Agreement is terminated earlier in accordance with Article 30(3), neither party has the right to terminate the contract in advance and request compensation or any other relief.
  (2) If this Agreement is terminated earlier in accordance with Article 30(1) or (2), Party A shall confiscate the deposit paid by Party B, but shall not affect Party A’s right to file a claim with Party B.

 

XVI. Lease Renewal

 

32. This Agreement expressly excludes any right to default renewal. Party B has the right to extend the term of this Agreement for 2 years, provided that Party B gives written notice to Party A 6 months before the expiration of the lease term. After Party B issues the written notice, both parties shall initiate negotiations on the new lease and renegotiate the terms of the lease agreement and the rent according to the prevailing market conditions. If the parties fail to reach an agreement and sign a new lease three months before the expiration of the lease term, Party B’s right to renew the lease will be invalid, and Party A has the right to negotiate with other potential tenants. This Agreement shall expire at the date of the lease. Within 3 months before the expiration of the lease term, Party A shall have the right to bring the potential tenant to visit the leased premises, and Party B shall cooperate.
   
  If Party B needs to expand the office area, Party A agrees that the two parties will negotiate the rent according to the prevailing market conditions. In the case of providing the same terms and conditions as the third party, Party B has the priority to rent the vacant lease space in the building.

 

XVII. Declaration and Guarantee

 

33. The parties mutually declare and warrant that both parties are legally registered and validly existing under the law, and have all the rights to sign this Agreement and other relevant legal documents and fulfill their obligations under this Agreement and other relevant legal documents.

 

XVIII. Legal application and dispute resolution

 

34. The signing, performance, interpretation, and dispute resolution of this agreement shall be governed by the laws of China.

 

     
     

 

35. For disputes arising from the validity, execution or performance of this Agreement, Party A and Party B shall first strive to resolve them through negotiation. If a dispute cannot be settled through consultation within 30 days after the request is made by one party, either party may have a place at the property. The people’s court of the jurisdiction school filed a lawsuit. In the course of the proceedings, this Agreement shall continue to be performed in addition to the content of the court proceedings.

 

XIX. Effective and Other

 

36. The waiver, alteration, modification or exemption of this Agreement or its attachments may not be made orally, but only by written agreement.
   
37. The original of this agreement is in duplicate, and each party has one copy, each of which has the same legal effect.
   
38. Party B shall not disclose any information related to this Agreement to any third party.
   
39. Matters not covered by this Agreement shall be separately formulated by Party A and Party B, and such Supplemental Agreements shall form an integral part of this Agreement and have the same legal effect as this Agreement.
   
40. This Agreement shall become effective after it has been signed by the legal representatives of both parties. At the time of signature, each party shall provide relevant documents to the other party. If the signatory is not the legal representative of the party, provide a power of attorney proving that the signatory has the right to sign this agreement.

 

Party A: Party B: Zhongdehui (Shenzhen) Education
  Development Co., Ltd. Liaoning Branch
   
Xiaorui Zhao Representative: Yan Li
Signature Date: June 5, 2019  

 

     
     

 

Party A: Copy of the house title certificate

Copy of corporate ID card

Copy of Business License

 

If the owner is an individual, you will need to provide a copy of the owner’s ID card (with the company seal)

 

Party B: Copy of corporate ID card
Copy of Business License

 

Contact person for Party A:Zhao, Xiaorui

Contact number: +86-13332151688

Contact Address:Fuxiang Xiaoyuhai Hotel, Yuming Road, Mingshan District, Benxi City

 

Contact person for Party B: Yan Li

Contact number:2276118

Contact Address:10th Floor, World Financial Center, 41 North Station Road, Shenhe District, Shenyang

 

     
     

 

 

 

Lease Contract

 

Lessor: Wang, Yanlei (Referred as Party A)

 

Lessee: Zhongdehui (Shenzhen) Education Development Co., Ltd. Liaoning Branch

 

(Referred as Party B)

 

 

Party A is the property owner of Room 10 on the 10th floor of Liaoning Jinzhaoyuan International Finance Building (hereinafter referred to as “the Mansion”), No. 41 North Station, Shenhe District, Shenyang City, Liaoning Province, China. Party B intends to lease Party A’s venue. Consensus, agree to sign this lease agreement, and stipulate the terms and conditions of the lease as follows:

 

I. The Lease Location and Area

 

1. The office space leased by Party A to Party B is located at Room 07, 10th Floor, International Finance Building, Liaoning Jinzhao Garden, No. 41 North Station, Shenhe District, Shenyang, Liaoning, China. The office space leased by Party B under this Agreement is hereinafter referred to as “lease venue”.
   
  The leased area of Party B is 189.29 square meters (total floor area). The above-mentioned area of use is based on the rent, security deposit, property management fee and other fees payable by the agreement.

 

II. Lease Term

 

2. The lease term starts from the date of the lease until the end of the lease, for a total of 22 months. The lease date is: June 1, 2019. The end date is May 31, 2020.

 

III. Rent

 

3. The rent paid by Party B for the lease during the above-mentioned lease period is 850 yuan per square meter per year (calculated as the total floor area). The total rent for the month is 13,408 yuan. The term “rent” in this agreement refers to the leased space. The rent shall not be adjusted during the term of this agreement. The rent is the pre-tax price. If Party B needs the invoice for the rent, Party A shall cooperate with Party B to issue an invoice to the local tax authority. The tax shall be borne by Party B (including Party A’s income tax).

 

IV. Property Management Fee

 

4. Party B shall pay Party A the property management fee for the leased site on a quarterly basis of RMB 18 per square meter (based on the total floor area) for a total of RMB 3,407.22 per month. Party A shall provide Party B with an invoice issued by Party A’s designated property management company within 10 working days after receiving the management fee.

 

V. Deposit

 

5. In order to ensure Party B’s obligation to properly perform the contract, Party B shall pay Party A a one-time rent equivalent to one month of the leased site and one month’s management fee on the signing date of this agreement, a total of RMB 15,458.68.

 

 
 

 

6. If Party B violates any of its obligations under this Agreement (including failure to pay rent to Party A on time, any deferred interest on overdue payment, and any other fees payable under this Agreement), Party A has the right to deduct the corresponding amount from the deposit. The amount is used to compensate Party A’s loss or damage (including but not limited to the amount of rent owed, the total amount of deferred profits, management fees, etc., or the repair cost of the damaged part of the leased site)
   
7. Without prejudice to the request for other compensation, Party A shall have the right to confiscate Party B’s deposit if Party B terminates in accordance with the 31st Regulations of this contract due to Party B’s failure to perform this Agreement or other reasons from Party B.
   
8. At the expiration of the lease term, Party A must return the deposit (or any remaining amount) to Party B (excluding interest), provided that Party B has returned the leased space and fulfilled its contractual obligations (including payment) in accordance with Article 7 of the contract. Total rent, deferred interest, management fee, etc.)

 

VI. Other Fee

 

9. Party B shall pay all the public expenses such as electricity charges in accordance with the number of electricity meters read and the actual expenses provided by Party A or the property management company designated by Party A. Party B shall bear the overtime air-conditioning fee required by Party B. All expenses and expenses mentioned in this paragraph shall be borne by Party B. And the fee shall be paid according to the method and time specified by Party A or the property management company designated by Party A.

 

VII. Payment Method

 

10. The rent should be delivered in the following terms and conditions:

 

  (1) The rent is delivered on a quarterly basis. The payment time is within 10 days before the lease cycle. (If Party B fails to deliver the rent according to the specified time, one month’s rent will be charged as late payment fee.)
  (2) Party B may pay the rent to Party A by cheque, cash, bank transfer or bank transfer, and bear all expenses related to the payment behavior (including bank charges). The payment date shall be the actual bank account designated by Party A. After receiving the payment, Party A has the right to modify the bank account stipulated in this agreement, but must notify Party B in writing in advance. Party A will issue a receipt to Party B within 10 working days from the date of receipt of the rent.
  (3) The payment methods described in this paragraph also apply to other fees and charges such as deposits and management fees.
  (4) The fees agreed in this agreement shall be settled and paid in RMB.
  (5) The account Party A requested:
    Bank Account for Party B’ s Deposit and Rent:
    Bank name: China Merchants Bank North Station Branch
    Account name: Wang, Yanlei
    Account Number: 6214862419750817
    Bank account for the other fee payment of Party B:
    Bank name:
    Account name:
    Account Number:

 

 
 

 

VIII. Duty of Payment

 

11. Party B shall not interrupt, postpone or offset the obligation to pay rent, processing fees, services and utilities, security deposits and any other fees, regardless of Party B’s claim or any right to Party A.

 

IX. Moving in

 

12. After the signing of this agreement, Party B shall pay the full amount of the deposit and the first-term rent and management fee, and Party B may enter the leased premises from the time of renting.
   
13. Party B or its authorized representative shall go to the rental site to settle the formalities after the lease, otherwise Party A shall have the right to terminate this agreement in accordance with the contract. Both parties shall sign a copy of the inventory and status of the leased site. The ceiling of the structure of the leased site is accompanied by an inventory of the equipment (such as spray, empty equipment, etc.) and a small picture of the situation. The signature of Party B or its authorized representative on the handover document shall be deemed as acceptance of the leased land and confirmation that the lease site is fully qualified and applicable to the purposes specified in this Agreement.

 

X. Renovation of rented space

 

14. Party B’s interior decoration plan must ensure that it does not violate the relevant laws and regulations, the management of public buildings and public facilities, does not affect the main structure, and does not affect the safety of the building. Party B shall complete the project at its own expense, and Party B shall complete the completion in accordance with Chinese laws and regulations. Acceptance and submit a copy of the shuttle drawings and the completion acceptance report (with the official seal of Party B) to Party A.

 

XI. Party A’s right and duty

 

In addition to any other rights and obligations already set forth in this Agreement:

 

15. Party A has the right to authorize a third party to assist Party A in collecting the rent and other expenses payable by Party B.
   
16. Party A promises to maintain the basic conditions of the leased site and maintain its good condition.
   
17. Party A shall provide regular maintenance and maintain the good condition of the internal structure of the leased premises and all the equipment and facilities provided by Party A in the leased premises. Party A shall bear all expenses related to the above work, if any internal Any damage caused to the equipment and facilities provided by Party A may result in the inability to use, or any such dangerous situation may occur. Party B shall immediately notify Party A. Party A shall repair it within a reasonable time. If there is an emergency situation, Party A shall take immediate action after receiving the report. Party B shall cooperate and support according to the requirements of Party A. Party B shall be liable for any personal injury caused by failure to cooperate in time or in accordance with the requirements of Party A.

 

 
 

 

18. Prior to the signing of this agreement, Party A has formally notified Party B and Party B is fully aware of the sale of the leased site to a third party: If the leased space is leased to a third party, Party A of the contract is renamed as a third party and is obliged to guarantee the contract. Validity during the validity period.

 

XII. Party B’s right and duty

 

In addition to any other rights and obligations already set forth in this Agreement:

 

19. Party B does not use or store dangerous goods in the leased premises, and does not allow open fire to treat food in the office area.
   
20. Party B can only use the leased premises to be used for business activities in accordance with its business license. Party B shall not arbitrarily change the use of the leased premises within the lease term stipulated in this Agreement without Party A’s prior written consent.
   
21. Without the prior written consent of Party A, Party B shall not assign or transfer this Agreement, and may not sublet the leased premises in whole or in part, or authorize third parties to conduct any business activities in the leased premises.
   
22. Party B shall be responsible for the misconduct of all its employees and related personnel. Party B shall be responsible for replacing or compensating equipment with the same value for the damage caused by Party B’s fault, and shall pay the relevant fees. If Party B refuses to make the above provisions for repair or replacement, Party A has the right. For repairs and replacements, Party B shall pay all related expenses and expenses to Party A.
   
23. After the expiration or early termination of the lease term, Party B shall move out of the leased premises at the registered address of the company within seven working days.

 

XIII. Deferred payment or refund

 

24. If Party A delays the delivery of Party B’s use of the leased land for more than 60 days due to its own reasons, all the obligations arising from the date of the lease and expected from the date of the lease shall be postponed accordingly until the date of actual delivery of the leased site. Party A fails to deliver Party B to the leased site within 60 days after the original date of the lease. Party B has the right to notify Party A in writing to terminate this agreement. The cancellation of the agreement shall take effect from the date of Party B’s written notice to Party A. Within 15 days after the above notice, Party A shall refund Party B’s deposit, the first month’s rent and management fee in full. Party A shall also compensate Party B according to the amount of the margin paid by Party B at the time of signing this Agreement, except In addition, Party A is not required to bear any liability to Party B.

 

 
 

 

25. Unless Party A agrees in writing, Party B shall revert to the delivery status of the leased land when the lease term expires or prematurely terminates. If Party A permits Party B not to remove all or part of the fixed objects, attachments, alterations and additions of Party B. Party B has no right to receive any compensation
   
26. If Party B fails to return the leased land after the expiration of the lease term or early termination, Party B shall pay a rate equal to twice the daily rent for each day of the trial period (the rate shall be one month prior to the termination of this agreement). The daily rental rate is calculated to pay the fine. In addition, Party A reserves the right to stop providing utilities or other supplies or terminate Party B’s use of the leased premises, and Party B shall bear all relevant consequences.
   
27. Without prejudice to the provisions of Article 26 of this Agreement, if within the 10th week after the expiration of the lease term or early termination, if Party B fails to return the leased site, Party A has the right to enter the leased site and withdraw Party B’s legacy. All items in the premises shall be leased and all necessary measures shall be taken to recover the leased space. All expenses and expenses arising therefrom shall be borne by Party B. Party A may, after hiring a notary office to obtain the certificate, transfer any personal property of Party B to it. The relevant fees and expenses of the notary shall be borne by Party B. If Party B fails to claim personal property within two months after the article is stored, Party A may dispose of the property without paying the rent, management fee and all other expenses. Party A’s disposal shall be deemed to have obtained the authorization of Party B, and Party B shall not file a claim with Party A. Party A shall deduct the claim. After the storage of the property and all other related expenses due to Party A, the remaining amount will be refunded to Party B.

 

XIV. Serious Damage of the leasing area

 

28. If the leased site is severely damaged due to force majeure or any other reason that cannot be controlled by any party, it is no longer suitable for renting. Party A shall notify Party B of the repair plan and the estimated timetable within 30 days after the damage occurs. During the repair period, Party B is not required to pay rent, management fees, utilities fees and other fees payable under this agreement until the date of completion of the repair.

 

XV. Early Termination

 

29. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or otherwise agreed in writing by Party, Party B shall not terminate or terminate this Agreement during the term of the lease.
   
30. This Agreement may be terminated earlier before the expiration of the lease term in the following circumstances:

 

  (1) If Party B is able to pay any amount in accordance with this Agreement, including but not limited to rent, management fees, services and public charges, and deposit. If the total amount reaches or exceeds the rent for one month, and Party B fails to make payment within a period of more than one month, Party A may terminate this agreement in advance.
  (2) If Party B violates its obligations under this Agreement and can still correct it within 30 days after Party A issues a written breach of contract, Party A has the right to terminate this Agreement in advance.

 

 
 

 

31. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, neither party may have any additional rights or obligations to the other party (except for obligations arising prior to the termination of this Agreement, including Party B’s payment of the fees specified in the contract), but:

 

  (1) If this Agreement is terminated earlier in accordance with Article 30(3), neither party has the right to terminate the contract in advance and request compensation or any other relief.
  (2) If this Agreement is terminated earlier in accordance with Article 30(1) or (2), Party A shall confiscate the deposit paid by Party B, but shall not affect Party A’s right to file a claim with Party B.

 

XVI. Lease Renewal

 

32. This Agreement expressly excludes any right to default renewal. Party B has the right to extend the term of this Agreement for 2 years, provided that Party B gives written notice to Party A 6 months before the expiration of the lease term. After Party B issues the written notice, both parties shall initiate negotiations on the new lease and renegotiate the terms of the lease agreement and the rent according to the prevailing market conditions. If the parties fail to reach an agreement and sign a new lease three months before the expiration of the lease term, Party B’s right to renew the lease will be invalid, and Party A has the right to negotiate with other potential tenants. This Agreement shall expire at the date of the lease. Within 3 months before the expiration of the lease term, Party A shall have the right to bring the potential tenant to visit the leased premises, and Party B shall cooperate.
  If Party B needs to expand the office area, Party A agrees that the two parties will negotiate the rent according to the prevailing market conditions. In the case of providing the same terms and conditions as the third party, Party B has the priority to rent the vacant lease space in the building.

 

XVII. Declaration and Guarantee

 

33. The parties mutually declare and warrant that both parties are legally registered and validly existing under the law, and have all the rights to sign this Agreement and other relevant legal documents and fulfill their obligations under this Agreement and other relevant legal documents.

 

XVIII. Legal application and dispute resolution

 

34. The signing, performance, interpretation, and dispute resolution of this agreement shall be governed by the laws of China.
   
35. For disputes arising from the validity, execution or performance of this Agreement, Party A and Party B shall first strive to resolve them through negotiation. If a dispute cannot be settled through consultation within 30 days after the request is made by one party, either party may have a place at the property. The people’s court of the jurisdiction school filed a lawsuit. In the course of the proceedings, this Agreement shall continue to be performed in addition to the content of the court proceedings.

 

 
 

 

XIX. Effective and Other

 

36. The waiver, alteration, modification or exemption of this Agreement or its attachments may not be made orally, but only by written agreement.
   
37. The original of this agreement is in duplicate, and each party has one copy, each of which has the same legal effect.
   
38. Party B shall not disclose any information related to this Agreement to any third party.
   
39. Matters not covered by this Agreement shall be separately formulated by Party A and Party B, and such Supplemental Agreements shall form an integral part of this Agreement and have the same legal effect as this Agreement.
   
40. This Agreement shall become effective after it has been signed by the legal representatives of both parties. At the time of signature, each party shall provide relevant documents to the other party. If the signatory is not the legal representative of the party, provide a power of attorney proving that the signatory has the right to sign this agreement.

 

  Party A: Party B: Zhongdehui (Shenzhen) Education Development Co., Ltd. Liaoning Branch
     
  Yanlei Wang Representative: Yan Li
     
  Signature Date: June 4, 2019

 

  Party A: Copy of the house title certificate
    Copy of corporate ID card
    Copy of Business License
     
  If the owner is an individual, you will need to provide a copy of the owner’s ID card (with the company seal)

 

  Party B: Copy of corporate ID card
    Copy of Business License

 

Contact person for Party A: Yanlei Wang

Contact number:+86-18602406333

Contact Address: 2, 26th Floor, 9-12A, Kuntai New Territories, Weinan Middle Road, Hunnan New District, Shenyang

 

Contact person for Party B: Yan Li

Contact number:2276118

Contact Address:10th Floor, World Financial Center, 41 North Station Road, Shenhe District, Shenyang

 

 
 

 

Employment Contract

 

Party A (employer)

 

Name: Huahui (Shenzhen) Education Management Co., Ltd.

Address: 201, Building A, No. 1, Qianwan 1st Road, Qianhai-Hong Kong Cooperation Zone, Shenzhen

Legal representative: Junze Zhang

Contact person: Zhenlei Liang

Contact number: +(86) 13924642343

 

Party B (employee)

 

Name: Junze Zhang

Gender: Male

National identification number or passport number: National identification number: 440527197109094313

Permanent residence address: 405, Block B, Building 11, Phase 2, Dadi Garden, Longxiang Avenue Park, Longgang District, Shenzhen, Guangdong, China

Current address: 405, Block B, Building 11, Phase 2, Dadi Garden, Longxiang Avenue Park, Longgang District, Shenzhen, Guangdong, China

Contact number: 13728708818

 

Party A and Party B agree to sign this contract

 

1. Both parties agree and determine the term of the contract according to type 1

 

(i). Fixed term: From _/___ to ___/____.

(ii). Indefinite term: From ______May 1, 2018_________/________________________.

(iii). To complete a certain work task as a deadline: from______/__to __________.

(iv). Probation term ____/ ____months

 

2. Working content of Party B: General manager.

 

Working place: Shenzhen .

 

     

 

 

3. Party B shall have statutory holidays, marriage leave, maternity leave, bereavement leave, etc. according to law.

 

Party A and Party B agree to determine Party B’s working hours in the 1st way below.

 

  (1) Standard working hours: 7.5 hours per day, maximum working hours: 40 hours per week.
     
  (2) After the approval of the human resources protection (labor) department, the implementation of the irregular work system。
     
  (3) Approved by the Human Resources Guarantee (Labor) Department to implement a comprehensive calculation of working hours

 

4. Party A shall pay monthly wages before the tenth day of a month.

 

Party A, in consultation with Party B, agrees to pay Party B’s salary in the 1st way below.

 

  (1) The monthly salary of Party B’s normal work is 4,950 yuan; and the performance salary is 4 ,950 yuan; perfect attendant award is 100 yuan;
     
    During the probation period, the monthly salary of normal work is ___/_ yuan; nd the performance salary is __/__ yuan; perfect attendant award is ___/_____ yuan;
     
  (2) The two parties agreed to determine Party B’s salary by ___/___ yuan.

 

5. Both Party A and Party B pay social insurance premiums in accordance with relevant regulations and pay housing provident fund
   
6. Labor Protection, Working Condition and Occupational Hazard Protecting

 

Party A shall provide labor and work sites that meet the national labor health standards in accordance with relevant national and local labor protection regulations, and effectively protect Party B’s safety and health in production. If Party B may cause occupational disease hazards during work, Party A shall truthfully inform Party B and protect Party B’s health and its rights and interests in accordance with the provisions of the Law on Prevention and Control of Occupational Diseases.

 

7. Other matters that both parties agree to need to agree:

 

Performance pay and full attendance awards are executed according to the company’s compensation system.

 

     

 

 

8 This contract is made in two copies, each party holds one copy and it has the same legal effect.

 

Party A: #65306; Huahui (Shenzhen) Education Management Co., Ltd. (seal)

 

Legal Representative: #65306;Junze Zhang

Main in-charge: Junze Zhang

Date: May 1, 2018

 

 

Party B: Junze Zhang (signature)

 

Date: May 1, 2018

 

     

 

 

The Employee Contract of Qing Zuo

 

Party A (employer)

 

Name: ZHONGDEHUI (SHENZHEN) DEVELOPMENT CO., LTD.

Address: 2nd Floor, Block D, TCL Industrial Zone, No. 1055, Merchants Street, Nanshan district, Shenzhen

Contact number: +(86) 0755-21612384

 

Party B(employee)

 

Name: Zuo, Qing

Gender: Male

National identification number or passport number: National identification number: 230206197501151311

Permanent residence address: No. 42, Unit 2, Building 16, West Beach, Haigang District, Qinhuangdao, Hebei, China

Current address: 10-3B, Bay Garden, Shekou, Shenzhen, Guangdong, China

Contact number: 18813911339

 

1. The Labor Contract Term
   
(1) Contract Term

 

Both parties agree and determine the term of the contract according to type    1   

 

(i). Fixed term: From Sep 1, 2016 to Aug31, 2021.

(ii). Indefinite term: From __________________/________________________.

 

(2) Probation Term

 

Both parties agree and determine the term of the contract according to type    1   

 

(The probation period is included in the contract period).

 

(i). No probation period.

(ii). Probation period: from _______/_______ to _________/________.

 

(3) One month before the expiration of the contract, Party A shall notify Party B whether to renew the labor contract. The labor contract can be renewed upon mutual agreement

 

2. Job Responsibilities

 

As Party B meets Party A’s conditions of employment, Party A shall make the following arrangements for Party B’s work according to the conditions of employment.

 

  (1) Working content of Party B: _____________.
  (2) Party B’s job responsibilities, specific work content and job requirements are detailed in the relevant job descriptions.
  (3) Working place: Shenzhen .
  (4) Party B shall, in accordance with the requirements of Party A, perform the job duties and duties of Party A’s customized positions, and complete its duties and work tasks arranged on time.
  (5) Party B agrees that Party A can adjust the work position of Party B according to the production and operation needs.

 

     

 

 

3. Working Time, Rest and Vacation

 

  (1) Party A and Party B agree to work in accordance with the standard working hours. (i). means 8 hours per day, 5 days per week. And at least, have one day off per week
  (2) If Party A needs to extend working hours due to business operations, it shall be implemented in accordance with relevant laws and regulations.
  (3) Party B shall have statutory holidays, marriage leave, maternity leave, bereavement leave, etc. according to law.

 

4. Salary

 

  (1) Party B’s wage: Not lower than the minimum wage standard in Shenzhen, the specific salary amount and composition can be found in the payroll
     
  (2) Party A shall pay monthly wages before the tenth day of a month.
     
    If the employer is unable to pay the wages on the agreed wage payment date for any reason, it may be extended for five days. If it is difficult to produce or operate, if it needs to be extended for more than five days, it shall obtain the written consent of the union or the employee himself, but the maximum length shall not exceed ten. Five days. Party A shall pay Party B a salary in cash at least once a month.
     
  (3) If Party A arranges for Party B to extend working hours or work overtime on rest days or statutory holidays, it shall pay overtime wages in accordance with the Labor Law and the Regulations on the Payment of Wages in Guangdong Province, except that Party B is scheduled to work overtime on rest days.
     
  (4) The company implements a personal salary secrecy system. Any employee salary is not only personal privacy but also confidential information of the company. It is forbidden for employees to inquire about the salary of others or disclose their own salary.
     
  (5) Party A has the right to adjust Party B’s salary standards and related benefits according to the company’s operation, Party B’s work performance, job position or job changes.
     
  (6) Party B shall bear the personal income tax on its own. When Party B’s income reaches the personal income tax standard, Party A shall have the right to withhold the corresponding tax in Party B’s salary and transfer it to the tax department.

 

5. Social Insurance and Benefits

 

  (1) During the contract period, Party A shall pay social insurance to Party B on a monthly basis in accordance with the relevant provisions of the State and Shenzhen Society for eight years. Party B agrees that the type of insurance payment and the base of payment shall be paid according to the actual payment of Party A. Party B shall be responsible for part of the expenses incurred by Party B.

 

     

 

 

  (2) If Party B is sick or not injured due to work, Party A shall provide medical treatment and medical treatment according to national and local regulations, reimburse medical expenses according to medical insurance and other relevant regulations, and pay sick pay during the prescribed medical period.
     
  (3) Party A shall stipulate the management measures for employees’ compensation and benefits in accordance with the law, and provide benefits to Party B.

 

6. Labor Protection, Working Condition and Occupational Hazard Protecting

 

  (1) Party A shall provide labor and work sites that meet the national labor health standards in accordance with relevant national and local labor protection regulations, and effectively protect Party B’s safety and health in production. If Party B may cause occupational disease hazards during work, Party A shall truthfully inform Party B and protect Party B’s health and its rights and interests in accordance with the provisions of the Law on Prevention and Control of Occupational Diseases.
     
  (2) Party A shall, according to the relevant work of Party B, issue the necessary labor protection supplies to Party B according to the relevant regulations of the State.
     
  (3) Party B suffers from occupational diseases, work-related injuries or death due to work. Party A shall handle the provisions of the Regulations on Industrial Injury Insurance.

 

7. Modification and Termination of the Contract

 

  (1) Any party requesting to change the relevant contents of this contract shall notify the other party in writing, and shall complete the written change procedure by consensus. The text of the changed labor contract shall be executed by both parties.
     
  (2) If Party B has one of the following circumstances, Party A may notify Party B to terminate the contract at any time:

 

  (i) During the trial period, Party B is proved that he or she does not meet the conditions of employment.
  (ii) Serious violation of labor discipline or Party A’s rules and regulations
  (iii) Party B establishes labor relations with other employers at the same time, and has an impact on the completion of the work tasks of the unit, or Party A proposes to refuse to correct
  (iv) Providing false information or other fraudulent means to enable Party A to enter into this contract or change this contract in violation of the true meaning
  (v) Serious dereliction of duty, malpractice, and damage to Party A
  (vi) Being investigated for legal responsibility such as administrative responsibility or criminal responsibility
  (vii) Other conditions according to laws

 

     

 

 

  (3) If Party A or B has one of the following conditions, Party A may notify Party B to terminate the contract before 30 days with paper warning.

 

  (i) Party A needs to lay off employees due to difficulties in operating conditions
  (ii) Party B is sick or not injured because of public injury. After the medical period expires, he cannot work in the original job or engage in appropriate work arranged by Party A.
  (iii) Party B is not qualified for the job. After training or adjusting the position, Party B is still not qualified for the job.
  (iv) The objective situation based on the conclusion of this contract has undergone major changes, so that the original labor contract could not be fulfilled, and the agreement between the parties and the parties could not reach an agreement on the change of the contract.

 

  (4) If Party A or B has one of the following conditions, Party B may notify Party A to terminate the contract.

 

  (i) Within the probation period, shall notify Party A three days in advance
  (ii) Party A does not pay the wage or provide the working condition according to the contract.
  (iii) Party A forces labor by means of violence or illegal restrictions on personal freedom.
  (iv) Other conditions according to law

 

  (5) Party B shall notify Party A to terminate the contract before 30 days with paper warning. If Party B had made a huge impact on the company, Party B shall pay the compensation (At least one-month salary)
     
  (6) After the contract is terminated or terminated according to law, Party B shall go through the formalities for the handover of work, and Party A shall handle the relevant separation procedures for Party B.
     
  (7) Party B shall return the property of Party A used or kept at the time of handover, including but not limited to: keys, office tools, work documents, authorization materials, blank documents, documents, documents, etc.; other damages such as damage, loss or encroachment; Party B shall be liable for compensation
     
  (8) If Party B refuses to hand over the work or the handover work is incomplete, it shall bear the corresponding legal consequences in accordance with relevant national laws and regulations.

 

8. Mediation and Arbitration

 

In the event of a dispute between the two parties in the performance of this contract, it shall be settled through consultation. If the negotiation fails, it may apply to the labor dispute mediation agency at the place where Party A is located for mediation. If the mediation is invalid, it may apply to the labor dispute arbitration committee of Party A for arbitration within the time limit of statutory arbitration.

 

     

 

 

9. Period of Service and the Limitation of Competition

 

  (1) If Party A provides special training for Party B, or conducts various skills training for it, Party B must serve the contract for a certain period of time as specified in this contract, otherwise it shall bear the corresponding liability for compensation, and the specific agreement shall be signed by both parties.
     
  (2) Party B must be aware of Party A’s trade secrets and intellectual property-related confidential matters that are known during the work period.
     
  (3) Party B promises that when it joins Party A, it does not exist or has terminated the labor relationship with other units, and there is no confidentiality obligation or competition restriction business that should be traveled.

 

10. Liability for Breach of Contract

 

  (1) If either party A or B violates the provisions of this contract and causes economic losses to the other party, it shall be liable for compensation according to the loss.
     
  (2) If Party A and Party B fail to notify the other party in advance according to the prescribed procedures or if the time of notification is insufficient to cause losses to the other party, they shall be liable for compensation.
     
  (3) If Party B leaves the company without completing the work handover procedure, Party A has the right not to apply for the relevant separation procedures of Party B and compensate the losses caused to Party A.
     
  (4) Party B has one of the following circumstances: Party A has the right to deduct Party B’s salary for Party A’s damages, and the insufficient part to recover from Party B:

 

  (i) Party B hold a position or part-time job in another company or organization that operates the same or similar services as Party A.
     
  (ii) Privately asking for or collecting customer commissions or payments
     
  (iii) Leaking Party A’s trade secrets and other violations of Party A’s rules and regulations

 

11. Other Conventions

 

  (1) Matters not covered in this contract shall be handled in accordance with relevant national and local policies. During the contract period, if the terms of this contract conflict with the new regulations on labor management in the country or the province, the new regulations shall be implemented.

 

     

 

 

  (2) Party A’s employee handbook, the human resources management related system, confidentiality agreement, and other rules and regulations are all attached to this contract. They provide training during Party B’s on-the-job training. Party A passes internal emails, bulletin boards, etc. Other means to announce the rules and regulations established by legal procedures, and Party B confirms that it knows and recognizes the rules and regulations of Party A and strictly abides by it.
     
  (3) The address or delivery address indicated in the first part of this contract is deemed to be a valid delivery address, and the documents issued by both parties in accordance with the above address are deemed to be validly served.
     
  (4) This contract is made in two copies, each party holds one copy and it has the same legal effect.

 

Party B states: The entire contents of the above contract have been notified by Party A, and I understand and voluntarily accept all the terms of the above contract.

 

Party A:(seal) Party B:(signature)
   
Contract Representative: Qing Zuo
Date Date
Sep 1, 2016 Sep 1, 2016

 

Modification of Labor Contract Agreement

 

After equal consultation, both parties agreed to make the following changes to this contract:

 

Agree

 

Party A:(seal) Party B:(signature)
   
Contract Representative: Qing Zuo
Date Date

 

     

 

 

 

 

The Employee Contract of Mengling Zhang

 

Party A (employer)

Name: ZHONGD HUI (SHENZHEN) DEVELOPMENT CO., LTD.

Address 2 nd Floor, Block D, TCL Industrial Zone, No. 1055, Merchants Street, Nanshan district, Shenzhen

Contact number +(86) 0755-21612384

 

Party B employee

Name: Mengling Zhang

Gender: Female

National identification number or passport number: National identification number: 440821197602180029

Permanent residence address: A202, Family Building, No. 89 Taoyuan Road, Nanshan District, Shenzhen, Guangdong, China

Current address : Building 301, Building 3, No. 2, Haixin Garden, Wanghai Road, Shekou, Nanshan District, Shenzhen, Guangdong, China

Contact number: 18813913113

 

1. The Labor Contract Term
(1) Contract Term
   
  Both parties agree and determine the term of the contract according to type 1

 

    (i). Fixed term: From April 18, 2016 to April 17, 2021 .
    (ii). Indefinite term: From __________________/________________________.

 

(2) Probation Term
   
  Both parties agree and determine the term of the contract according to type 1
  (The probation period is included in the contract period).

 

    (i). No probation period.
    (ii). Probation period from _______/_______ to _________/________.

 

(3) One month before the expiration of the contract, Party A shall notify Party B whether to renew the labor contract. The labor contract can be renewed upon mutual agreement
   
2. Job Responsibilities
   
  As Party B meets Party A’s conditions of employment, Party A shall make the following arrangements for Party B’s work according to the conditions of employment.

 

  (1) Working content of Party B: _____________.
  (2) Party B’s job responsibilities, specific work content and job requirements are detailed in the relevant job descriptions.
  (3) Working place: Shenzhen .
  (4) Party B shall, in accordance with the requirements of Party A, perform the job duties and duties of Party A’s customized positions, and complete its duties and work tasks arranged on time.
  (5) Party B agrees that Party A can adjust the work position of Party B according to the production and operation needs.

 

     

 

 

3. Working Time, Rest and Vacation

 

  (1) Party A and Party B agree to work in accordance with the standard working hours. (i). means 8 hours per day, 5 days per week. And at least, have one day off per week
  (2) If Party A needs to extend working hours due to business operations, it shall be implemented in accordance with relevant laws and regulations.
  (3) Party B shall have statutory holidays, marriage leave, maternity leave, bereavement leave, etc. according to law.

 

4. Salary

 

  (1) Party B’s wage: Not lower than the minimum wage standard in Shenzhen, the specific salary amount and composition can be found in the payroll
     
  (2) Party A shall pay monthly wages before the_tenth__ day of a month.
     
    If the employer is unable to pay the wages on the agreed wage payment date for any reason, it may be extended for five days. If it is difficult to produce or operate, if it needs to be extended for more than five days, it shall obtain the written consent of the union or the employee himself, but the maximum length shall not exceed ten. Five days. Party A shall pay Party B a salary in cash at least once a month.
     
  (3) If Party A arranges for Party B to extend working hours or work overtime on rest days or statutory holidays, it shall pay overtime wages in accordance with the Labor Law and the Regulations on the Payment of Wages in Guangdong Province, except that Party B is scheduled to work overtime on rest days.
     
  (4) The company implements a personal salary secrecy system. Any employee salary is not only personal privacy but also confidential information of the company. It is forbidden for employees to inquire about the salary of others or disclose their own salary.
     
  (5) Party A has the right to adjust Party B’s salary standards and related benefits according to the company’s operation, Party B’s work performance, job position or job changes.
     
  (6) Party B shall bear the personal income tax on its own. When Party B’s income reaches the personal income tax standard, Party A shall have the right to withhold the corresponding tax in Party B’s salary and transfer it to the tax department.

 

5. Social Insurance and Benefits

 

  (1) During the contract period, Party A shall pay social insurance to Party B on a monthly basis in accordance with the relevant provisions of the State and Shenzhen Society for eight years. Party B agrees that the type of insurance payment and the base of payment shall be paid according to the actual payment of Party A. Party B shall be responsible for part of the expenses incurred by Party B.

 

     

 

 

  (2) If Party B is sick or not injured due to work, Party A shall provide medical treatment and medical treatment according to national and local regulations, reimburse medical expenses according to medical insurance and other relevant regulations, and pay sick pay during the prescribed medical period.
     
  (3) Party A shall stipulate the management measures for employees’ compensation and benefits in accordance with the law, and provide benefits to Party B.

 

6. Labor Protection, Working Condition and Occupational Hazard Protecting

 

  (1) Party A shall provide labor and work sites that meet the national labor health standards in accordance with relevant national and local labor protection regulations, and effectively protect Party B’s safety and health in production. If Party B may cause occupational disease hazards during work, Party A shall truthfully inform Party B and protect Party B’s health and its rights and interests in accordance with the provisions of the Law on Prevention and Control of Occupational Diseases.
     
  (2)  Party A shall, according to the relevant work of Party B, issue the necessary labor protection supplies to Party B according to the relevant regulations of the State.
     
  (3) Party B suffers from occupational diseases, work-related injuries or death due to work. Party A shall handle the provisions of the Regulations on Industrial Injury Insurance.

 

7. Modification and Termination of the Contract

 

  (1) Any party requesting to change the relevant contents of this contract shall notify the other party in writing, and shall complete the written change procedure by consensus. The text of the changed labor contract shall be executed by both parties.
     
  (2)  If Party B has one of the following circumstances, Party A may notify Party B to terminate the contract at any time:

 

    (i) During the trial period, Party B is proved that he or she does not meet the conditions of employment.
    (ii) Serious violation of labor discipline or Party A’s rules and regulations
    (iii) Party B establishes labor relations with other employers at the same time, and has an impact on the completion of the work tasks of the unit, or Party A proposes to refuse to correct
    (iv) Providing false information or other fraudulent means to enable Party A to enter into this contract or change this contract in violation of the true meaning
    (v)  Serious dereliction of duty, malpractice, and damage to Party A
    (vi)  Being investigated for legal responsibility such as administrative responsibility or criminal responsibility
    (vii)  Other conditions according to laws

 

     

 

 

  (3) If Party A or B has one of the following conditions, Party A may notify Party B to terminate the contract before 30 days with paper warning.

 

    (i) Party A needs to lay off employees due to difficulties in operating conditions
    (ii)  Party B is sick or not injured because of public injury. After the medical period expires, he cannot work in the original job or engage in appropriate work arranged by Party A.
    (iii) Party B is not qualified for the job. After training or adjusting the position, Party B is still not qualified for the job.
    (iv)  The objective situation based on the conclusion of this contract has undergone major changes, so that the original labor contract could not be fulfilled, and the agreement between the parties and the parties could not reach an agreement on the change of the contract.

 

  (4) If Party A or B has one of the following conditions, Party B may notify Party A to terminate the contract.

 

    (i) Within the probation period, shall notify Party A three days in advance
    (ii) Party A does not pay the wage or provide the working condition according to the contract.
    (iii) Party A forces labor by means of violence or illegal restrictions on personal freedom.
    (iv) Other conditions according to law

 

  (5) Party B shall notify Party A to terminate the contract before 30 days with paper warning. If Party B had made a huge impact on the company, Party B shall pay the compensation (At least one-month salary)
     
  (6) After the contract is terminated or terminated according to law, Party B shall go through the formalities for the handover of work, and Party A shall handle the relevant separation procedures for Party B.
     
  (7) Party B shall return the property of Party A used or kept at the time of handover, including but not limited to: keys, office tools, work documents, authorization materials, blank documents, documents, documents, etc.; other damages such as damage, loss or encroachment; Party B shall be liable for compensation
     
  (8) If Party B refuses to hand over the work or the handover work is incomplete, it shall bear the corresponding legal consequences in accordance with relevant national laws and regulations.

 

8. Mediation and Arbitration
   
  In the event of a dispute between the two parties in the performance of this contract, it shall be settled through consultation. If the negotiation fails, it may apply to the labor dispute mediation agency at the place where Party A is located for mediation. If the mediation is invalid, it may apply to the labor dispute arbitration committee of Party A for arbitration within the time limit of statutory arbitration.

 

     

 

 

9. Period of Service and the Limitation of Competition

 

  (1) If Party A provides special training for Party B, or conducts various skills training for it, Party B must serve the contract for a certain period of time as specified in this contract, otherwise it shall bear the corresponding liability for compensation, and the specific agreement shall be signed by both parties.
     
  (2)  Party B must be aware of Party A’s trade secrets and intellectual property-related confidential matters that are known during the work period.
     
  (3) Party B promises that when it joins Party A, it does not exist or has terminated the labor relationship with other units, and there is no confidentiality obligation or competition restriction business that should be traveled.

 

10. Liability for Breach of Contract

 

  (1) If either party A or B violates the provisions of this contract and causes economic losses to the other party, it shall be liable for compensation according to the loss.
     
  (2) If Party A and Party B fail to notify the other party in advance according to the prescribed procedures or if the time of notification is insufficient to cause losses to the other party, they shall be liable for compensation.
     
  (3) If Party B leaves the company without completing the work handover procedure, Party A has the right not to apply for the relevant separation procedures of Party B and compensate the losses caused to Party A.
     
  (4) Party B has one of the following circumstances: Party A has the right to deduct Party B’s salary for Party A’s damages, and the insufficient part to recover from Party B:

 

    (i) Party B hold a position or part-time job in another company or organization that operates the same or similar services as Party A.
       
    (ii) Privately asking for or collecting customer commissions or payments
       
    (iii) Leaking Party A’s trade secrets and other violations of Party A’s rules and regulations

 

11. Other Conventions

 

  (1) Matters not covered in this contract shall be handled in accordance with relevant national and local policies. During the contract period, if the terms of this contract conflict with the new regulations on labor management in the country or the province, the new regulations shall be implemented.

 

     

 

 

  (2) Party A’s employee handbook, the human resources management related system, confidentiality agreement, and other rules and regulations are all attached to this contract. They provide training during Party B’s on-the-job training. Party A passes internal emails, bulletin boards, etc. Other means to announce the rules and regulations established by legal procedures, and Party B confirms that it knows and recognizes the rules and regulations of Party A and strictly abides by it.
     
  (3) The address or delivery address indicated in the first part of this contract is deemed to be a valid delivery address, and the documents issued by both parties in accordance with the above address are deemed to be validly served.
     
  (4) This contract is made in two copies, each party holds one copy and it has the same legal effect.

 

Party B states: The entire contents of the above contract have been notified by Party A, and I understand and voluntarily accept all the terms of the above contract.

 

Party A :( seal Party B :( signature
   
Contract Representative Mengling Zhang
Date  
April 18, 2016 Date
   April 18, 2016

 

Modification of Labor Contract Agreement

 

After equal consultation, both parties agreed to make the following changes to this contract

Agree

 

Party A :( seal Party B :( signature
   
Contract Representative Mengling Zhang
Date  
  Date

 

     

 

 

 

 

The Employee Contract of Jianning Zeng

 

Party A (employer)

Name: Zhongdehui (Shenzhen) Education Development Co., Ltd. Guangzhou Branch

Address: 1109, Building 12, No. 684, Shibei Industrial Road, Dashi Street, Panyu District, Guangzhou City, China.

 

Party B (employee)

Name: Jianning, Zeng H10320433

 

Party A (Employer):   Party B (Employee):
Name: Zhongdehui (Shenzhen) Education Development Co., Ltd. Guangzhou Branch   Name: Jiannng Zeng
Legal representative (main person in charge): Jianning Zeng   ID card number: R917531(7)
Economic type: N/A   Residence: Hong Kong, China

Contact Address:

1109, Building 12, No. 684,

Shibei Industrial Road, Dashi Street,

Panyu District, Guangzhou City

 

Contact Address:

Room C, 15th Floor, 21 Geely,

Meifu New Village, Kowloon, Hong Kong

Contact Number:

(+86) 020-83931377

 

Contact Number:

(+86) 13824467231

 

1. The Labor Contract Term

 

(1) Contract Term

 

Both parties agree and determine the term of the contract according to type 1

(i). Fixed term: From February 1, 2019 to January 31, 2021 .

(ii). Indefinite term: From __________________/________________________.

(iii) To complete certain work for a period of time: complete work from_________/________ to____/__ as _________/_________.

 

(2) Probation Term

 

Both parties agree and determine the term of the contract according to type 1

(The probation period is included in the contract period).

(i). No probation period.

(ii). Probation period: from _______/_______ to _________/________.

 

One month before the expiration of the contract, Party A shall notify Party B whether to renew the labor contract. The labor contract can be renewed upon mutual agreement

 

 
 

 

2. Job Responsibilities

 

(1) Working content of Party B: Head of Zhongdehui Guangzhou Branch .

(2) Working content of Party B is: (i) management and professional technology [X]; (ii) worker type _____

(3) Party B shall, in accordance with the requirements of Party A, perform the job duties and duties of Party A’s customized positions, and complete its duties and work tasks arranged on time. Party B agrees that Party A can adjust the work position of Party B according to the production and operation needs.

(4) Working place: Guangzhou .

(5) In addition to temporary work or short-term study training, if Party A needs Party B to work or study training outside the contract, it shall be handled in accordance with Article 7 of this contract.

 

3. Working Time, Rest and Vacation

 

(i) Party A and Party B agree to work in accordance with type (1) standard working hours.

 

(1). It means 8 hours per day, 5 days per week. And 40 working hours at most, and have one day off per week

(2) Unscheduled work system, approved by the labor administrative department, Party B’s post is subject to irregular work

(3) Comprehensive calculation of working hours system, that is, the examination and approval of the labor administrative department, the position of Party B is implemented in the comprehensive calculation of working hours system with annual, semi-annual, quarterly and monthly cycles.

 

(ii) If Party A needs to extend working hours due to business operations, it shall be implemented in accordance with relevant laws and regulations.

 

(iii) Party B shall have statutory holidays, marriage leave, maternity leave, bereavement leave, etc. according to law.

 

4. Salary

 

(i) Party B’s wage: Not lower than the minimum wage standard in Guangzhou, the specific salary amount and composition can be found in the payroll.

 

Party B’s normal working hour salary standard (calculated overtime wage base) shall be implemented in the (1) form below, and shall not be lower than the local minimum wage standard and the standards stipulated in the collective contract of the unit. However, if Party B is detained for personal reasons such as leave, absenteeism, etc., his monthly salary income is not subject to the minimum wage standard limit.

 

  (1) Hourly wage : RMB 10,000 before tax per month.
  (2) Piece wage: ______/_______ (this agreement shall be valid only if more than 70% of the staff can complete the work within normal working hours)
  (3) Other form: _________/_______________

 

 
 

 

(ii) Party B’s probationary salary is __yuan/month (not less than 80% of the first agreed wage or 80% of the minimum wage of the same post, and shall not be lower than the minimum wage of this Municipality)

 

(iii) The company implements a personal salary secrecy system. Any employee salary is not only personal privacy but also confidential information of the company. It is forbidden for employees to inquire about the salary of others or disclose their own salary.

 

(iv) Party A has the right to adjust Party B’s salary standards and related benefits according to the company’s operation, Party B’s work performance, job position or job changes.

 

(v) Party B shall bear the personal income tax on its own. When Party B’s income reaches the personal income tax standard, Party A shall have the right to withhold the corresponding tax in Party B’s salary and transfer it to the tax department.

 

(vi)Party A shall pay monthly wages before the_eighth__ day of a month.

 

5. Social Insurance and Benefits

 

(i) During the contract period, Party A shall pay social insurance to Party B on a monthly basis in accordance with the relevant provisions of the State and Shenzhen Society for eight years. Party B agrees that the type of insurance payment and the base of payment shall be paid according to the actual payment of Party A. Party B shall be responsible for part of the expenses incurred by Party B.

 

(ii) If Party B is sick or not injured due to work, Party A shall provide medical treatment and medical treatment according to national and local regulations, reimburse medical expenses according to medical insurance and other relevant regulations, and pay sick pay during the prescribed medical period.

 

(iii) Party A shall stipulate the management measures for employees’ compensation and benefits in accordance with the law, and provide benefits to Party B.

 

(iv) Party B’s maternity benefits shall be handled by Party A in accordance with the provisions of the protection of female employees in the State, the provinces and municipalities.

 

6. Labor Protection, Working Condition and Occupational Hazard Protecting

 

(i) Party A shall provide Party B with labor places that meet the national labor health standards according to the national, provincial and municipal labor protection regulations, and effectively protect Party B’s safety and health in production. If Party B may cause occupational disease hazards during work, Party A shall truthfully inform Party B and effectively protect Party B’s health and related rights and interests in accordance with the provisions of the Law on Prevention and Control of Occupational Diseases.

 

 
 

 

(ii) Party A shall, in accordance with the relevant provisions of the State, issue to Party B the necessary labor protection articles, and provide Party B with a free medical examination every year in accordance with the labor protection regulations.

 

(iii) Party A shall do a good job in the labor protection of female employees and juvenile workers in accordance with relevant state regulations.

 

(iv) If Party A violates the rules and insists that the risky operation endangers personal safety, Party B has the right to refuse and can terminate the labor contract at any time. If Party A and its management personnel disregard the safety and health of Party B, Party B has the right to request correction and report and accuse the relevant departments.

 

7. Modification and Termination of the Contract

 

(i) In accordance with the conditions stipulated in the Labor Contract Law or by consensus between the two parties, the relevant contents of the labor contract or the cancellation of the fixed-term contract, the non-fixed-term contract and the contract for completing the certain work may be changed.

 

(ii) In addition to Party B’s incompetent work, Party A may adjust its work contents in accordance with the law, and change the labor contract. Both parties shall sign the “Change Labor Contract Agreement”.

 

(iii) Termination of the conditions specified in the Labor Contract Law, termination of the labor contract

 

(iv) Party A shall issue a certificate for the termination or termination of the labor contract when the labor contract is terminated or terminated, and handle the transfer of the file and social insurance relationship for Party B within 15 days; Party B shall handle the handover of work in accordance with the provisions of both parties.

 

8. Economic compensation, medical subsidy payment

 

The termination or termination of this contract, economic compensation, medical subsidies, etc. are issued in accordance with the Labor Contract Law and relevant national and local regulations.

 

9. Notification and delivery

 

All notices, documents, materials, etc. issued or provided by Party A and Party B during the performance of this contract may be delivered in person or at the mailing address specified in this contract.

 

10. Solution to disputes arising from the performance of this contract

 

If Party B believes that Party A has infringed upon its legitimate rights and interests, Party B may first submit it to Party A or report it to Party A’s labor union and seek to resolve it. If it cannot be resolved, you can complain to the nearest labor administrative department. If a dispute arises between the two parties in the performance of this contract, it shall be settled through consultation; if the negotiation fails, it may apply to the labor dispute mediation committee within 30 days of the dispute to apply for adjustment, or apply to the labor dispute arbitration committee for arbitration.

 

11. If the terms of this contract are inconsistent with the newly enacted laws and regulations of the state, province or city, they shall be implemented in accordance with the new laws and regulations.

 

12. Matters to be agreed upon by both parties

 

Employee Handbook   Confidentiality and competition restrictions
     
Party A: (seal)   Party B: (signature)
     
Contract Representative:   Jianning Zeng
     
Date   Date
February 27, 2019   February 27, 2019

 

 
 

 

 

The Employee Contract of Shaogang Yin

 

Party A (employer)

Name: Zhongdehui (Shenzhen) Education Development Co., Ltd. Liaoning Branch

Party B(employee)

Name: Shaogang Yin

Signature date: May 1, 2019

 

A.Basic information of both parties

 

1. Party A:

Name: Zhongdehui (Shenzhen) Education Development Co., Ltd. Liaoning Branch

Legal representative (main person in charge): Jianning Zeng

Registration Address:

No. 189 Jinzi Street, Shenfu New District, Liaoning Province

 

2. Party B: Shaogang Yin        Gender: Male

Household registration type: Non-agricultural household registration

Nation ID card number: 210102197010126010     Contact Number: +86 13694153191

Other ID: _________         ID number: ____________

Location of ID: 182, 71 Central Street, Shenyang City

Zip Code: _____________________________________________-

 

B. Contract Term

 

3. Both parties agree and determine the term of the contract according to type 1

 

(i). Fixed term: From May 1, 2019 to April 30, 2022 Probation period: from _______/_______ to _________/________.

(ii). Indefinite term: From __________________/________________________.

(iii) To complete certain work for a period of time: complete work from_________/________ to____/__ as _________/_________.

 

C. Work content and work location

 

4. Working content of Party B: General manager of Zhongdehui Liaoning Branch .

 

     Working place: Shneyang city, Liaoning province .

 

5. Party B shall conscientiously perform its duties and duties in accordance with the work contents and requirements arranged by Party A, complete the tasks on time, and abide by the rules and regulations formulated by Party A according to law.

 

 
 

 

D. Working Time, Rest and Vacation

 

6. Party A and Party B agree to work in accordance with type _(1)_standard working hours.

 

(1). It means _8_ hours per day, And 40 working hours at most.

(2) Unscheduled work system, approved by the labor administrative department, Party B’s post is subject to irregular work

(3) Comprehensive calculation of working hours system, that is, the examination and approval of the labor administrative department, the position of Party B is implemented in the comprehensive calculation of working hours system with annual, semi-annual, quarterly and monthly cycles.

 

7. If Party A needs to extend working hours due to business operations, it shall be implemented in accordance with relevant laws and regulations.

 

8. Party B shall have statutory holidays, marriage leave, maternity leave, bereavement leave, etc. according to law.

 

E. Salary

 

9. Party B’s wage: Not lower than the minimum wage standard in Shenzhen, the specific salary amount and composition can be found in the payroll。

 

10. Party B's normal working hour salary standard (calculated overtime wage base) shall be implemented in the (1) form below, and shall not be lower than the local minimum wage standard and the standards stipulated in the collective contract of the unit. However, if Party B is detained for personal reasons such as leave, absenteeism, etc., his monthly salary income is not subject to the minimum wage standard limit.

 

(1) Hourly wage : RMB 10,000 before tax per month.
(2) Piece wage: ______/_______(this agreement shall be valid only if more than 70% of the staff can complete the work within normal working hours)
(3) Other form: _________/_______________

 

11. Party A shall pay monthly wages before the_eighth__ day of a month.

 

12. If Party A arranges Party B to extend working hours or work on a rest day or statutory holiday, Party B shall arrange for Party B to make a supplementary payment or pay overtime to Party B in accordance with relevant state regulations.

 

13. If Party A defaults or fails to pay the labor remuneration in full, Party B may apply to the local people's court for payment of the law.

 

 
 

 

F.Social Insurance and Benefits

 

14. During the contract period, Party A shall pay social insurance to Party B on a monthly basis in accordance with the relevant provisions of the State and Shenzhen Society for eight years. Party B agrees that the type of insurance payment and the base of payment shall be paid according to the actual payment of Party A. Party B shall be responsible for part of the expenses incurred by Party B.

 

15. If Party B is sick or not injured due to work, Party A shall provide medical treatment and medical treatment according to national and local regulations, reimburse medical expenses according to medical insurance and other relevant regulations, and pay sick pay during the prescribed medical period.

 

16. Party A shall stipulate the management measures for employees' compensation and benefits in accordance with the law, and provide benefits to Party B.

 

G. Labor Protection, Working Condition and Occupational Hazard Protecting

 

17. Party A shall provide Party B with labor places that meet the national labor health standards according to the national, provincial and municipal labor protection regulations, and effectively protect Party B's safety and health in production. If Party B may cause occupational disease hazards during work, Party A shall truthfully inform Party B and effectively protect Party B's health and related rights and interests in accordance with the provisions of the Law on Prevention and Control of Occupational Diseases.

 

18. Party A shall, in accordance with the relevant provisions of the State, issue to Party B the necessary labor protection articles, and provide Party B with a free medical examination every year in accordance with the labor protection regulations.

 

19. Party A shall do a good job in the labor protection of female employees and juvenile workers in accordance with relevant state regulations.

 

20. If Party A violates the rules and insists that the risky operation endangers personal safety, Party B has the right to refuse and can terminate the labor contract at any time. If Party A and its management personnel disregard the safety and health of Party B, Party B has the right to request correction and report and accuse the relevant departments.

 

H. Contract performance and change

 

21. Party A and Party B shall perform their respective obligations and enjoy their respective rights in accordance with the provisions of the contract.

 

22. Party A's change of name, legal representative, principal responsible person or investor shall not affect the performance of this contract.

 

23. In the event of merger or division of Party A, the contract continues to be valid, and the unit that inherits Party A’s rights and obligations continues to perform.

 

 
 

 

24. By the agreement of both parties, the contents of this contract may be changed and determined in writing.

 

I. Modification and Termination of the Contract

 

25. In accordance with the conditions stipulated in the Labor Contract Law or by consensus between the two parties, the relevant contents of the labor contract or the cancellation of the fixed-term contract, the non-fixed-term contract and the contract for completing the certain work may be changed.

 

26. In addition to Party B's incompetent work, Party A may adjust its work contents in accordance with the law, and change the labor contract. Both parties shall sign the "Change Labor Contract Agreement".

 

27. Termination of the conditions specified in the Labor Contract Law, termination of the labor contract

 

28. Party A shall issue a certificate for the termination or termination of the labor contract when the labor contract is terminated or terminated, and handle the transfer of the file and social insurance relationship for Party B within 15 days; Party B shall handle the handover of work in accordance with the provisions of both parties.

 

Party B shall handle the handover of work in accordance with the agreement of both parties. Financial compensation should be paid and paid at the time of the half-work handover.

 

The termination or termination of this contract, economic compensation, medical subsidies, etc. are issued in accordance with the Labor Contract Law and relevant national and local regulations.

 

J. Others

 

29. Party A shall provide Party B with special training fees and conduct professional technical training. The two parties may sign a special agreement to stipulate the service period.

 

30. Party B has the obligation to keep confidential, and both parties can sign a special agreement to stipulate the restrictions.

 

If Party B violates this regulation, Party B shall pay liquidated damages and assume liability for compensation.

 

31. Attachment to this contract:

 

32. Other agreements:

 

 
 

 

33. Both Party A and Party B may resolve the labor dispute arising from the performance of this contract. If the negotiation fails, you can apply to the court for arbitration and file a lawsuit.

 

34. Matters not covered in this contract shall be implemented in accordance with the relevant provisions of the State, the province and the city.

 

35. This contract shall take effect from the date of signature or seal of both parties. This contract is made in triplicate, and each party holds a copy.

 

Party A: (seal)   Party B: (signature)
Zhongdehui (Shenzhen) Education Development Co., Ltd.    
Liaoning Branch    
Contract Representative:    
Shaogang Yin   Shaogang Yin
   
Date   Date
May 1, 2019    May 1, 2019

 

 
 

 

HUAHUI GROUP STOCK LTD

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED

 

DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2018

 

  F- 1  

 

 

HUAHUI GROUP STOCK LTD

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

  Pages
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm F-3
Consolidated Balance sheets as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 F-4
Consolidated Statements of Loss and Comprehensive Loss for the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 F-5
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity (Deficit) for the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 F-6
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 F-7
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 F-8 – F-17

 

  F- 2  

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Huahui Group Stock Limited :

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Huahui Group Stock Limited together with its subsidiaries (“the Company”) as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the related consolidated statements of loss and comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

 

Going concern uncertainty

 

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Company incurred net loss from operations, has net current liabilities and an accumulated deficit that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 2. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

Emphasis of Matter

 

The Company has significant transactions with related parties, which are described in Note 7 to the financial statements. Transactions involving related parties cannot be presumed to be carried out on an arm’s length basis, as the requisite conditions of competitive, free market dealings may not exist.

 

/s/ Pan-China Singapore PAC

 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2018.

 

Singapore

July 5, 2019

 

  F- 3  

 

 

HUAHUI GROUP STOCK LTD

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In U.S. Dollars, except share data or otherwise stated)

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2018

 

    As of December 31,  
    2018     2017  
    US$     US$  
ASSETS            
Current assets:                
Cash and cash equivalents     189,210       -  
Other receivables     39,553       100,000  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets     14,677       -  
Total current assets     243,440       100,000  
                 
Non-current assets:                
Leasehold improvements and equipment, net     24,192       -  
              -  
Deferred tax assets, net     129,812       -  
Total non-current assets     154,004       -  
Total assets     397,444       100,000  
                 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY                
Current liabilities:                
Deferred revenue     147,269       -  
Other payables and accruals     17,600       -  
Amount due to related parties     340,145       -  
Total current liabilities     505,014       -  
Total liabilities     505,014       -  
                 
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES                
                 
EQUITY (DEFICIT)                
Share capital ($0.0002 par value, 500,000,000 shares issued and outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017)     100,000       100,000  
Additional paid in capital     455       -  
Foreign currency translation reserve     2,889       -  
Accumulated deficit     (210,914 )     -  
Total equity (deficit)     (107,570 )     100,000  
Total liabilities and equity     397,444       100,000  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

  F- 4  

 

 

HUAHUI GROUP STOCK LTD

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF LOSS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(In U.S. Dollars, except share data or otherwise stated)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

    For the years ended December 31,  
    2018     2017  
    US$     US$  
             
Revenue     212,780       -  
Cost of revenue     (56,216 )     -  
Gross profit     156,564       -  
                 
Selling and marketing expenses     (8,947 )     -  
General and administrative expense     (402,421 )     -  
Operating loss     (254,804 )     -  
                 
Other expenses, net     (40 )     -  
Loss before income taxes     (254,844 )     -  
                 
Income (taxes) benefits     43,930       -  
Net loss for the year     (210,914 )     -  
                 
Foreign currency translation differences     (2,889 )     -  
Total comprehensive loss for the year     (213,803 )     -  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

  F- 5  

 

 

HUAHUI GROUP STOCK LTD

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY (DEFICIT)

(In U.S. Dollars, except share data or otherwise stated)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2018

 

    Share Capital     Additional paid in Capital     Foreign Currency Translation Reserve     Retained Earnings (Deficit)     Total Equity  
    US$     US$     US$     US$     US$  
                               
Balance at January 1, 2017     100,000       -       -       -       100,000  
Income for the year     -       -       -       -       -  
Foreign currency translation loss     -       -       -       -       -  
Balance at December 31, 2017     100,000       -       -       -       100,000  
                                         
Capital contribution     -       455       -       -       455  
Loss for the year     -       -       -       (210,914 )     (210,914 )
Other comprehensive income     -       -       2,889       -       2,889  
Balance at December 31, 2018     100,000       455       2,889       (210,914 )     (107,570 )

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

  F- 6  

 

 

HUAHUI GROUP STOCK LTD

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In U.S. Dollars, except share data or otherwise stated)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2018

 

    For the years ended December 31,  
    2018     2017  
    US$     US$  
Cash flows from operating activities:                
Loss before tax     (254,844 )     -  
                 
Adjustments for:                
Depreciation expense     40,131       -  
Loss from sale of furniture and equipment     8,331       -  
Written off of rental deposits     27,260          
Impairment of leasehold improvements and equipment     55,919          
Changes in:                
Other receivables     68,175       -  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets     (1,531 )        
Other payables and accruals     (3,873 )        
Deferred revenue     (326 )     -  
Net cash used in operating activities     (60,758 )     -  
                 
Cash flows from investing activities:                
Additions to leasehold improvements and equipment     (2,023 )     -  
Proceeds from sale of furniture and equipment     2,051       -  
Acquisition of subsidiary, net of cash acquired     68,693       -  
Net cash provided by investing activities     68,721       -  
                 
Cash flows from financing activities:                
Amount due to related parties     180,077       -  
Net cash provided by financing activities     180,077       -  
                 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents     1,170       -  
                 
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents     189,210       -  
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of year     -       -  
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of year     189,210       -  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

  F- 7  

 

 

HUAHUI GROUP STOCK LTD

CONSOLIDATED NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2018

 

1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

 

Huahui Group Stock Ltd (“HGSL” or the “Company”) was incorporated as a limited company under the law of the Republic of Seychelles (“Seychelles”) on May 17, 2017. The Company does not conduct any substantive operations on its own but instead conducts its business operations through its subsidiary. Zhongdehui (SZ) Development Co., Ltd (“ZDSE”) is the only subsidiary with operations in the Peoples’ Republic of China (the “PRC”). ZDSE was incorporated as a limited company in the Peoples’ Republic of China (the “PRC”) on January 19, 2016. ZDSE is a professional management coaching organization engaged in researching, developing and applying methods for helping individuals to improve their personal and professional leadership skills and effectiveness. ZDSE’s clients consist of executive managers from large scale, small and medium-sized enterprises, as well as professionals and employees in various fields. The Company conducts business in one segment which provide educational services in the PRC.

 

The Company, through a series of transactions which is accounted for as a reorganization of entities (the “Reorganization”), became the ultimate parent entity of its subsidiaries. On May 29, 2017, the Company set up one wholly-owned subsidiary, Huahui Group Co, Ltd (“HGCL”) in Seychelles. On April 20, 2018, the Company, acquired 100% of Huahui Group (HK) Co., Ltd (“HGHK”) and its subsidiary, Huahui (SZ) Education Management Co., Ltd. (“HEMC”). HGHK was owned by Mr. Junze Zhang, who is the ultimate owner of the Company. On May 4, 2018, HEMC acquired 100% of Shenzhen Huahui Shangxing Education Consulting Ltd (“HSEC”). HSEC was owned by Mr. Qixuan Zhang and Mr. Weiqing Xu, whereby Mr. Qixuan Zhang is the son of Mr. Junze Zhang. On June 27, 2018, HSEC acquired 100% of ZDSE.

 

As of December 31, 2018, the Company’s subsidiaries are as follows:

 

Entity   Date of incorporation   Date of
acquisition
  Place of incorporation   Percentage of legal ownership by the Company     Principal activities
HGCL   May 29, 2017   N/A   Seychelles     100 %   Investment holding
HGHK   January 4, 2017   April 20, 2018   Hong Kong     100 %   Investment holding
HEMC   March 28, 2017   April 20, 2018   PRC     100 %   Investment holding
HSEC   January 5, 2018   May 4, 2018   PRC     100 %   Investment holding
ZDSE   January19, 2016   June 27, 2018   PRC     100 %   Educational services

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
   
(a) Basis of Presentation

 

The accompanying financial statements include the balances and results of operations of the Company have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchanges Commission (“SEC”) and in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. (“US GAAP”).

 

The accompanying financial statements are presented on the basis that the Company is a going concern. The going concern assumption contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business.

 

The Company incurred net loss of $210,914 during the year ended December 31, 2018. As of December 31, 2018, the Company had net current liability of $261,574 and a deficit on equity of $107,570.

 

The ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon the Company’s profit generating operations in the future and/or obtaining the necessary financing to meet its obligations and repay its liabilities arising from normal business operations when they become due. These consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.

 

The Company expects to finance operations primarily through cash flow from revenue and capital contributions from the Chairman of the Board. In the event that the Company requires additional funding to finance the growth of the Company’s current and expected future operations as well as to achieve our strategic objectives, the Chairman of the Board indicated the intent and ability to provide additional equity financing.

 

  F- 8  

 

 

These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The Company’s continuation as a going concern is dependent on the Company’s ability to meet obligations as they become due and to obtain additional equity or alternative financing required to fund operations until sufficient sources of recurring revenues can be generated. There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in its plans described above or in attracting equity or alternative financing on acceptable terms, or if at all. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

(b) Basis of Consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries. Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Company has control. Control exists when the Company has the power over the entity, exposure, or rights to variable returns from involvement in the entity, and the ability to use power over the entity to affect returns through its power over the entity. In assessing control, potential voting rights that presently are exercisable are taken into account. The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date that control commences until the date that control ceases.

 

(c) Use of estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, related disclosures of contingent liabilities at the balance sheet date, and revenue and expenses in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Significant accounting estimates reflected in the Company’s financial statements include the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets, economic lives and impairment of leasehold improvements and equipment, allowance for doubtful accounts and etc.. Actual results could differ from those estimates and such differences could affect the results of operations reported in future periods.

 

(d) Business combinations

 

Business combinations are recorded using the acquisition method of accounting. The purchase price of the acquisition is allocated to the tangible assets, liabilities, identifiable intangible assets acquired and non-controlling interest, if any, based on their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. The excess of the purchase price over those fair values is recorded as goodwill. Acquisition-related expenses and restructuring costs are expensed as incurred.

 

(e) Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. All cash and cash equivalents relate to cash on hand and cash at bank at December 31, 2018.

 

The Renminbi is not freely convertible into foreign currencies. Under the PRC Foreign Exchange Control Regulations and Administration of Settlement, Sales and Payment of Foreign Exchange Regulations, the Company is permitted to exchange Renminbi for foreign currencies through banks that are authorized to conduct foreign exchange business.

 

(f) Leasehold Improvement and Equipment

 

An item of leasehold improvement and equipment is stated at cost less any accumulated depreciation and any accumulated allowance for decrease in value (if any).

 

The cost of an item of leasehold improvement and equipment comprises its purchase price, import duties and non-refundable purchase taxes (after deducting trade discounts and rebates) and any costs directly attributable to bringing the asset to the location and condition necessary for it to be capable of operating in the manner intended by management. These can include the initial estimate of costs of dismantling and removing the item, and restoring the site on which it is located, the obligation for which an entity incurs either when the item is acquired or as a consequence of having used the item during a particular period.

 

The cost of replacing part of leasehold improvement and equipment is included in the carrying amount of the asset when it is probable that future economic benefits will flow to the Company and the carrying amount of those replaced parts is derecognized. Repairs and maintenance are charged to the statement of income during the financial period in which they are incurred.

 

  F- 9  

 

 

Depreciation is calculated on the straight-line basis to write off the cost of each asset to its residual value over the estimated useful life as follows:

 

Leasehold improvement Shorter of the lease term or estimated useful life
Furniture and education equipment 5 years
Computer equipment and software 5 years

 

The assets’ residual value, useful lives, and depreciation method are regularly reviewed.

 

(g) Impairment of long-lived assets

 

The Company reviews its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may no longer be recoverable. Whenever there is an indication showing a permanent decrease in the amount of leasehold improvement and equipment; such as an evidence of obsolescence or physical damage of an asset, significant changes in the manner in which an asset is used or is expected to be used, the Company shall recognize loss on decrease in value of leasehold improvement and equipment in the statement of income where the carrying amount of asset is higher than the recoverable amount. The Company measures impairment by comparing the carrying value of the long-lived assets to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the assets and their eventual disposition. If the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flow is less than the carrying amount of the assets, the Company would recognize an impairment loss based on the fair value of the assets. The Company did not record any impairment losses on long-lived assets during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018.

 

(h) Goodwill

 

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired in business combinations. Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that it might be impaired.

 

Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level on an annual basis (December 31 for the Company) and between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value. These events or circumstances could include a significant change in business climate, legal factors, operating performance indicators, competition, or sale or disposition of a significant portion of a reporting unit.

 

Application of the goodwill impairment test requires judgment, including the identification of reporting units, assignment of assets and liabilities to reporting units, assignment of goodwill to reporting units, and determination of the fair value of each reporting unit. The estimation of fair value of each reporting unit using a discounted cash flow methodology also requires significant judgments, including estimation of future cash flows, which is dependent on internal forecasts, estimation of the long-term rate of growth for the Company’s business, estimation of the useful life over which cash flows will occur, and determination of the Company’s weighted average cost of capital. The estimates used to calculate the fair value of a reporting unit change from year to year based on operating results and market conditions. Changes in these estimates and assumptions could materially affect the determination of fair value and goodwill impairment for the reporting unit.

 

In order to test goodwill for impairment, the Company first assesses qualitative factors to determine whether it is “more likely than not” that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. If it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, goodwill is then tested following a two-step process. The first step compares the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of each reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill is not considered to be impaired and the second step will not be required. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step compares the implied fair value of goodwill to the carrying value of a reporting unit’s goodwill.

 

The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in a manner similar to accounting for a business combination with the allocation of the assessed fair value determined in the first step to the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit. The excess of the fair value of the reporting unit over the amounts assigned to the assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill.

 

No impairment loss is recognized during the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

(i) Value added tax (“VAT”)

 

On January 1, 2012, the PRC Ministry of Finance and the State Administration of Taxation officially launched a pilot VAT reform program (“Pilot Program”), applicable to businesses in selected industries. Such VAT Pilot Program was phased in Beijing, Jiangsu, Anhui, Fujian, Guangdong, Tianjin, Zhejiang, and Hubei between September and December 2012. Business in the Pilot Program would pay VAT instead of sales tax. Starting from August 1, 2013, the Pilot Program was expanded to cover all regions in the PRC. Implementation of the Pilot Program, the new enrollment system development services and other operating services which were previously subject to business tax are therefore subject to VAT at the rate of 6% of revenue. The net VAT balance between input VAT and output VAT is recorded as accrued expenses in the Company’s financial statements.

 

  F- 10  

 

 

From May 2016 to July 2018, the Company is a small-scale taxpayer and in accordance with Cai Shui [2016] No. 68, the non-academic educational programs and services in short-term training schools are subject to a simple VAT collection method and apply for a 3% VAT rate. Since August 2018, the Company became general taxpayer and subject to a VAT rate of 6%.

 

(j) Income Recognition

 

Recognition of Revenue

 

Revenue is reported net of business taxes and VAT. The educational services consist of training programs and courses. Tuition is generally paid in advance and is initially recorded as deferred revenue. Revenue is recognized proportionately as the instruction is delivered over the period of the course for the course fees collected.

 

Revenue is generated through delivery services. Revenue is recognized when a customer receives services and is recognized in an amount that reflects the consideration that the Company expects to receive in exchange for those services. In addition, the standard requires disclosure of the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. The amount of revenue that is recorded reflects the consideration that the Company expects to receive in exchange for those services. The Company applies the following five-step model in order to determine this amount:

 

  (i) identification of the services in the contract;
     
  (ii) determination of whether the services are performance obligations, including whether they are distinct in the context of the contract;
     
  (iii) measurement of the transaction price, including the constraint on variable consideration;
     
  (iv) allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations; and
     
  (v) recognition of revenue when (or as) the Company satisfies each performance obligation.

 

The Company only applies the five-step model to contracts when it is probable that the Company will collect the consideration it is entitled to in exchange for the goods or services it transfers to the customer. Once a contract is determined to be within the scope of ASC 606 at contract inception, the Company reviews the contract to determine which performance obligations the Company must deliver and which of these performance obligations are distinct. The Company recognizes as revenues the amount of the transaction price that is allocated to the respective performance obligation when the performance obligation is satisfied or as it is satisfied. Generally, the Company’s performance obligations are transferred to customers at a point in time, typically upon delivery.

 

For all reporting periods, the Company has not disclosed the value of unsatisfied performance obligations for all service revenue contracts with an original expected length of one year or less, which is an optional exemption that is permitted under the adopted rules.

 

Other Income and other expenses

 

Other income, and other expenses are recognized on an accrual basis in accordance with the substance of the relevant agreements.

 

(k) Operating leases

 

Leases where substantially all the rewards and risks of ownership of assets remain with the leasing company are accounted for as operating leases. Payments made under operating leases are charged to the statements of operations on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the lease term or estimated economic life.

 

(l) Foreign Currency Translation

 

The Company’s reporting currency is the U.S. dollar and the functional currency is the Chinese Renminbi (“RMB”). All assets and liabilities are translated at exchange rates at the balance sheet date and revenue and expenses are translated at the average yearly exchange rates and equity is translated at historical exchange rates. Any translation adjustments resulting are not included in determining net income but are included in foreign exchange adjustment to other comprehensive income, a component of equity.

 

  F- 11  

 

 

Transactions in currencies other than the functional currencies during the year are converted into the applicable functional currencies at the applicable rates of exchange prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Exchange gains and losses are recognized in the statements of operations.

 

The exchange rates utilized as follows:

 

    2018     2017  
Year-end RMB exchange rate     6.88       6.51  
Average annual RMB exchange rate     6.60       6.76  

 

No representation is made that the RMB amounts could have been, or could be, converted into U.S. dollars at the rates used in translation.

 

(m) Foreign Currency Risk

 

The RMB is not a freely convertible currency. The State Administration for Foreign Exchange, under the authority of the People’s Bank of China, controls the conversion of the RMB into other currencies. The value of the RMB is subject to changes in central government policies and to international economic and political developments affecting supply and demand in the China Foreign Exchange Trading System market. Over 80% of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents are in RMB.

 

(n) Fair Value

 

Fair value is the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities required or permitted to be recorded at fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which it would transact and it considers assumptions that market participants would use when valuing the asset or liability. Authoritative literature provides a fair value hierarchy which prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels. The level in the hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement as follows:

 

Level 1

 

Level 1 applies to assets or liabilities for which there are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

Level 2

 

Level 2 applies to assets or liabilities for which there are inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets with insufficient volume or infrequent transactions (less active markets); or model-derived valuations in which significant inputs are observable or can be derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data.

 

Level 3

 

Level 3 applies to assets or liabilities for which there are unobservable inputs to the valuation methodology that are significant to the measurement of the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

 

(o) Fair Value of financial instruments

 

The Company’s financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and accounts payable. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents and accounts payable approximate their fair values due to the short-term maturities of these instruments.

 

(p) Income Taxes

 

Income tax expense comprises current and deferred taxation and is recognized in profit or loss except to the extent that it relates to items recognized directly in other comprehensive income or equity, in which case it is recognized directly in other comprehensive income or equity. Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date, and any adjustment to tax payable with respect to previous periods.

 

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability approach. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities, net of operating loss carry forwards and credits, by applying enacted tax rates that will be in effect for the period in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in the statements of operations in the period of change.

 

  F- 12  

 

 

The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions by reporting a liability for unrecognized tax benefits resulting from uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Tax benefits are recognized from uncertain tax positions when the Company believes that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the tax authorities based on the technical merits of the position. The Company recognizes interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expenses.

 

(q) Comprehensive income

 

Comprehensive income includes net income and foreign currency translation adjustments. Comprehensive income is reported in the statements of comprehensive income.

 

(r) Concentration of credit risk

 

Financial instruments that potentially expose the Company to significant concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents. As of December 31, 2018, substantially all of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents were deposited with financial institutions with high-credit ratings and quality. The Company did not have any customers constituting 10% or more of the net revenues in the fiscal years 2017 and 2018.

 

(s) Share Capital

 

Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of ordinary shares are recognized as a deduction from equity.

 

(t) Recent accounting pronouncements

 

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606).” ASU 2014-09 requires revenue recognition to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration that a company expects to be entitled to in exchange for the goods or services. To achieve this principle, a company must apply five steps including identifying the contract with a customer, identifying the performance obligations in the contract, determining the transaction price, allocating the transaction price to the performance obligations, and recognizing revenue when (or as) the company satisfies the performance obligations. Additional quantitative and qualitative disclosure to enhance the understanding about the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows is also required. ASU 2014-09 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2017. In April 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-10, “Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing.” ASU 2016-10 clarifies the following two aspects of ASU 2014-09: identifying performance obligations and licensing implementation guidance. The effective date of ASU 2016-10 is the same as the effective date of ASU 2014-09. The Company adopted this ASU on January 1, 2018 and determined it had no impact on its consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2018.

 

In January 2016, the FASB issued a new pronouncement ASU 2016-01 Financial Instruments-Overall: Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. The ASU requires equity investments (except those accounted for under the equity method of accounting or those that result in consolidation of the investee) to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income. The ASU also requires an entity to present separately in other comprehensive income the portion of the total change in the fair value of a liability resulting from a change in the instrument-specific credit risk when the entity has elected to measure the liability at fair value in accordance with the fair value option for financial instruments.

 

ASU 2016-01 was further amended in February 2018 by ASU 2018-03, “Technical Corrections and Improvements to Financial Instruments—Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities”. This update was issued to clarify certain narrow aspects of guidance concerning the recognition of financial assets and liabilities established in ASU 2016-01. This includes an amendment to clarify that an entity measuring an equity security using the measurement alternative may change its measurement approach to a fair valuation method in accordance with Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement, through an irrevocable election that would apply to that security and all identical or similar investments of the same issued.

 

ASU 2016-01 and ASU 2018-03 are effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Adoption of the amendment must be applied by means of a cumulative-effect adjustment to the balance sheet as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption, except for amendments related to equity instruments that do not have readily determinable fair values which should be applied prospectively. The Company adopted this ASU on January 1, 2018 and determined it had no impact on its consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2018.

 

  F- 13  

 

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The guidance supersedes existing guidance on accounting for leases with the main difference being that operating leases are to be recorded in the statement of financial position as right-of-use assets and lease liabilities, initially measured at the present value of the lease payments. For operating leases with a term of 12 months or less, a lessee is permitted to make an accounting policy election not to recognize lease assets and liabilities. For public business entities, the guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early application of the guidance is permitted. In transition, entities are required to recognize and measure leases at the beginning of the earliest period presented using a modified retrospective approach. The Company expects to adopt ASU 2016-02 in the first quarter of fiscal year 2019. The Group has substantially completed the assessment of the impacts of the new standard to its existing lease contracts. The Company does not believe the adoption of this ASU would have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments — Credit Losses (Topic 326), Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Statements. This ASU requires a financial asset (or group of financial assets) measured at amortized cost basis to be presented at the net amount expected to be collected. The allowance for credit losses is a valuation account that is deducted from the amortized cost basis of the financial asset(s) to present the net carrying value at the amount expected to be collected on the financial asset. This Accounting Standards Update affects entities holding financial assets and net investment in leases that are not accounted for at fair value through net income. The amendments affect loans, debt securities, trade receivables, net investments in leases, off balance sheet credit exposures, reinsurance receivables, and any other financial assets not excluded from the scope that have the contractual rights to receive cash. For public business entities, the amendments in this Update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. All entities may adopt the amendments in this Update through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is effective (that is, a modified-retrospective approach). The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact of the adoption of this pronouncement on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18: Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash. The amendments in this Update require that a statement of cash flows explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents, and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. Therefore, amounts generally described as restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents should be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows. The amendments in this Update do not provide a definition of restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. The amendments in this ASU on update are effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The amendments in this Update should be applied using a retrospective transition method each period presented. The Company adopted this ASU on January 1, 2018 and determined it had no impact on its consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2018.

 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01: Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Determination of Business. The Update requires that when substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired (or dispose of) is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or a group of similar identifiable assets, the set is not a business. This screen reduces the number of transactions that need to be further evaluated. If the screen is not met, the amendments in this ASU on update (1) required that to be considered a business, a set must include, at a minimum, an input and a substantive process that together significantly contribute to the ability to create output and (2) remove the evaluation of whether a market participant could replace missing elements. Public business entities should apply the amendments in this Update to annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim period within those periods. Early adoption of the amendments in this Update is allowed. The amendments in this Update should be applied prospectively on or after the effective date. No disclosure are required at transition. The Company adopted this pronouncement on its consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04: Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. To simplify the subsequent measurement of goodwill, the FASB eliminated Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. Under the amendments in this Update, an entity should perform its annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. An entity should recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value; however, the loss recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. An entity should apply the amendments in this ASU on update on a prospective basis. An entity is required to disclose the nature of and reason for the change in accounting principle upon transition. A public business entity that is a SEC filer should adopt the amendments in this Update for its annual or any interim goodwill impairment tests in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact of the adoption of this pronouncement on its consolidated financial statements.

 

  F- 14  

 

 

The Company reviews new accounting standards as issued. Management has not identified any other new standards that it believes will have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

3. BUSINESS COMBINATION

 

In June 2018 , the Company entered into an equity transfer agreement relating to the acquisition of 100% of the equity of Zhongdehui (SZ) Development Co., Ltd (“ZDSE”). The acquisition was closed on June 27, 2018. The result of operations of ZDSE is included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements beginning on June 27, 2018.

 

The following represents the purchase price allocation at the dates of the acquisition:

 

    June 27, 2018  
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 71,016  
Other current assets     48,793  
Non-current assets     220,634  
Current liabilities     (340,141 )
Total purchase price   $ 302  

 

4. LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENT AND EQUIPMENT, NET

 

    As of December 31,  
    2018     2017  
Furniture and education equipment   $ 36,861     $ -  
Computer equipment and software     15,529       -  
    $ 52,390     $ -  
Less: accumulated depreciation     (28,198 )     -  
    $ 24,192     $ -  

 

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 was $40,131 and $nil, respectively

 

The Company recorded long-lived asset impairment losses of $55,919 during the year ended December 31, 2018, including $33,882 for leasehold improvement and $22,037 for the furniture. The Company did not record any long-lived asset impairment losses during the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

5. OTHER PAYABLES AND ACCRUALS

 

    As of December 31,  
    2018     2017  
Accrued payroll and welfare payable   $ 16,221     $ -  
VAT and other taxes payable     1,379       -  
    $ 17,600     $ -  

 

6. INCOME TAXES

 

Seychelles

 

The Company and HGCl are tax-exempted companies incorporated in Seychelles. Under the current laws of Seychelles, the Company and HGCl are not subject to income, corporate or capital gains tax, and Seychelles currently have no form of estate duty, inheritance tax or gift tax. In addition, payments of dividends and capital in respect of their shares are not subject to taxation and no withholding will be required in the Seychelles on the payment of any dividend or capital to any holder of their shares, nor will gains derived from the disposal of their shares be subject to Seychelles income or corporation tax. No provision for income taxes in Seychelles has been made as the Company and HGCl had no taxable income for the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2018.

 

Hong Kong

 

HGHK is incorporated in Hong Kong and is subject to an income tax rate of 16.5% for taxable income generated from operations in Hong Kong. No provision for income taxes in Hong Kong has been made as the HGHK had no taxable income for the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

  F- 15  

 

 

PRC

 

The Company’s PRC subsidiaries are subject to 25% standard enterprise income tax except for those accepted as deemed profit method enterprises, or qualified for small-scale enterprises, or granted preferential tax treatment. No provision for income taxes in the PRC has been made on HSMC and HSEC as they had no taxable income for the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

ZDSE is the Company’s only operating subsidiary. The components of provision for income taxes and tax charges for the year ended December 31, 2018 come solely from the tax jurisdiction in the PRC, which has a statutory tax rate of 25% (2017: 25%)

 

Income tax expense (benefits)

 

    For the year ended December 31,  
    2018     2017  
Current tax expense   $ -     $ -  
Deferred tax benefits     (43,930 )     -  
    $ (43,930 )   $ -  

 

A reconciliation of the effective tax rates from 25% statutory tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 is as follows:

 

    For the year ended December 31,  
    2018     2017  
Loss before tax   $ (254,844 )   $ -  
Tax benefit calculated at statutory tax rate     (63,711 )     -  
Valuation allowance     19,781          
    $ (43,930 )   $ -  

 

Recognized deferred tax assets and liabilities

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when income taxes are related to the same fiscal authority. Deferred income taxes are calculated on all temporary differences under the asset and liability method using a 25% principal tax rate.

 

The movement in the deferred income tax account is as follows:

 

    2018     2017  
At January 1   $ -     $ -  
Deferred tax assets acquired through acquisition of ZDSE     89,384       -  
Credited to the statement of loss     43,930       -  
Exchange difference     (3,502 )        
At December 31   $ 129,812     $ -  

 

Deferred tax assets and temporary differences are recognized if the realization of the tax benefit is probable.

 

Deferred tax assets are recognized for tax loss and carry forwards only to the extent that realization of the related tax benefit through the future taxable profits is probable. As of the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company had net operating loss carried-forward of $519,248, which will expire on various dates from December 31, 2021 to December 31, 2023.

 

  F- 16  

 

 

7. RELATED PARTIES TRANSACTIONS

 

The Company had the following balances with related parties:

 

(a) Amount due to related parties

 

        As of December 31,  
    Relationship   2018     2017  
Hengqing Investment Consultation(SZ) Partnership Business (LP)   Company controlled by Qing Zuo   $ 24,052     $ -  
Henghui Investment Consultation(SZ) Partnership Business (LP)   Company controlled by Qing Zuo     64,008       -  
Qing Zuo   Majority shareholder of ZDH and executive chairman until June 27, 2018 and November 28, 2018, respectively. Currently Chairman of the Board of ZDH since December 20, 2018     33,473       -  
Junze Zhang   Shareholder and Director of the Company     182,093       -  
Mengling Zhang   General manager of ZDH     36,519       -  
Total       $ 340,145     $ -  

 

The balances represent cash advances or loans due to related parties.

 

The balances with related parties are unsecured, non-interest bearing and repayable on demand.

 

8. RESERVES
   
(a) Legal reserve

 

Pursuant to the laws applicable to the PRC’s Foreign Investment Enterprises, the Company must make appropriations from after-tax profit to non-distributable reserve funds. Subject to certain cumulative limits, the general reserve requires annual appropriations of 10% of after-tax profits as determined under the PRC laws and regulations at each year-end until the balance reaches 50% of the PRC entity registered capital; the other reserve appropriations are at the Company’s discretion. These reserves can only be used for specific purposes of enterprise expansion and are not distributable as cash dividends. During the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, the Company did not accrue any legal reserve.

 

(b) Currency translation reserve

 

The currency translation reserve represents translation differences arising from translation of foreign currency financial statements into the Company’s reporting currency.

 

9. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Operating lease commitments

 

The Company leased the office in Shenzhen, the PRC, under operating leases terminating in March 2019. Rent expense for the years ended 2018 was $71,478.

 

Future minimum lease payments for leases with initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year are as follows:

 

The future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases in respect of the Company’s office are as follows:

 

    2018     2017  
Within 1 year   $ 50,201     $ -  
After 1 year but within 5 years     -       -  
    $ 50,201     $ -  

 

10. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

In March 2019, the Company terminated the lease for the office in Shenzhen, PRC three months early of the one year term, which caused the forfeiture of the security deposit amounting to $27,260 and the impairment loss of leasehold improvements and equipment amounting to $55,919.

 

  F- 17  

 

 

ZHONGDEHUI (SZ) DEVELOPMENT CO., LTD

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED

 

DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2018

 

F- 1
 

 

ZHONGDEHUI (SZ) DEVELOPMENT CO., LTD

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

  Pages
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm F-3
Balance sheets as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 F-4
Statements of Income (Loss) and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 F-5
Statements of Changes in Equity (Deficit) for the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 F-6
Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 F-7
Notes to Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 F-8 – F-16

 

F- 2
 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Zhongdehui (SZ) Development Co., Limited :

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Zhongdehui (SZ) Development Co., Limited (“the Company”) as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the related statements of loss and comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

 

Going concern uncertainty

 

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Company incurred recurring losses from operations, has net current liabilities and an accumulated deficit that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 2. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

Emphasis of Matter

 

The Company has significant transactions with related parties, which are described in Note 6 to the financial statements. Transactions involving related parties cannot be presumed to be carried out on an arm’s length basis, as the requisite conditions of competitive, free market dealings may not exist.

 

/s/ Pan-China Singapore PAC

 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2018.

 

Singapore

July 5, 2019

 

F- 3
 

 

ZHONGDEHUI (SZ) DEVELOPMENT CO., LTD

BALANCE SHEETS

(In U.S. Dollars, except share data or otherwise stated)

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2018

 

    As of December 31,  
    2018     2017  
    US$     US$  
ASSETS                
Current assets:                
Cash and cash equivalents     32,908       226,043  
Other receivables     3,428       31,470  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets     14,677       7,831  
Total current assets     51,013       265,344  
                 
Non-current assets:                
Leasehold improvements, furniture and equipment, net     22,438       175,857  
Deferred tax assets, net     129,812       138,401  
Total non-current assets     152,250       314,258  
Total assets     203,263       579,602  
                 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY                
Current liabilities:                
Deferred revenue     147,269       342,920  
Other payables and accruals     11,069       56,125  
Amount due to related parties     158,052       620,546  
Total current liabilities     316,390       1,019,591  
Total liabilities     316,390       1,019,591  
                 
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES                
                 
EQUITY (DEFICIT)                
Share capital     325,110       136,494  
Capital reserve     199,040          
Foreign currency translation reserve     (9,224 )     (13,994 )
Accumulated deficit     (628,053 )     (562,489 )
Total equity (deficit)     (113,127 )     (439,989 )
Total liabilities and equity     203,263       579,602  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

F- 4
 

 

ZHONGDEHUI (SZ) DEVELOPMENT CO., LTD

STATEMENTS OF INCOME (LOSS) AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(In U.S. Dollars, except share data or otherwise stated)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

    For the years ended December 31,  
    2018     2017  
    US$     US$  
Revenue     780,574       431,529  
Cost of revenue     (154,192 )     (101,886 )
Gross profit     626,382       329,643  
                 
Selling and marketing expenses     (28,059 )     (19,245 )
General and administrative expense     (661,072 )     (581,289 )
Operating (loss) income     (62,749 )     (270,891 )
                 
Other expenses, net     (1,673 )     (19,166 )
Income (loss) before income taxes     (64,422 )     (290,057 )
                 
Income (taxes) benefits     (1,142 )     50,860  
Net loss for the year     (65,564 )     (239,197 )
                 
Foreign currency translation differences     4,770       (28,214 )
Total comprehensive loss for the year     (60,794 )     (267,411 )

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

F- 5
 

 

ZHONGDEHUI (SZ) DEVELOPMENT CO., LTD

STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY (DEFICIT)

(In U.S. Dollars, except share data or otherwise stated)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2018

 

   

Share Capital

   

Capital

Reserve

   

Foreign Currency Translation Reserve

   

Retained Earnings (Deficit)

   

Total Equity (Deficit)

 
    US$     US$     US$     US$     US$  
Balance at January 1, 2017     -       -       14,220       (323,292 )     (309,072 )
Capital contribution     136,494       -       -       -       136,494  
Loss for the year     -       -       -       (239,197 )     (239,197 )
Foreign currency translation loss     -       -       (28,214 )     -       (28,214 )
Balance at December 31, 2017     136,494       -       (13,994 )     (562,489 )     (439,989 )
                                         
Capital contribution     188,616               -       -       188,616  
Waiver of shareholders’ loan     -       199,040       -       -       199,040  
Loss for the year     -               -       (65,564 )     (65,564 )
Foreign currency translation gain     -               4,770       -       4,770  
Balance at December 31, 2018     325,110       199,040       (9,224 )     (628,053 )     (113,127 )

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

F- 6
 

 

ZHONGDEHUI (SZ) DEVELOPMENT CO., LTD

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In U.S. Dollars, except share data or otherwise stated)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2017

 

    For the years ended December 31,  
    2018     2017  
    US$     US$  
Cash flows from operating activities:                
Loss before tax     (64,422 )     (290,057 )
                 
Adjustments for:                
Depreciation expense     83,193       76,191  
Loss from sale of furniture and equipment     8,653       -  
Written off of rental deposits     27,260       -  
Impairment of leasehold improvements and equipment     55,919       -  
Changes in:                
Other receivables     175       (884 )
Prepaid expenses and other current assets     (7,572 )     (7,541 )
                 
Other payables and accruals     (43,769 )     14,508  
Deferred revenue     (184,467 )     218,852  
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities     (125,030 )     11,069  
                 
Cash flows from investing activities:                
Additions to leasehold improvements and equipment     -       (27,158 )
Proceeds from sale of furniture and equipment     2,131       -  
Capital contribution     188,616       136,494  
Net cash provided by investing activities     190,747       109,336  
                 
Cash flows from financing activities:                
Proceeds from advances from related parties     153,528       308,538  
Repayment of advances to related parties     (400,798 )     (268,184 )
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities     (247,270 )     40,354  
                 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents     (11,582 )     6,723  
                 
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents     (193,135 )     167,482  
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of year     226,043       58,561  
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of year     32,908       226,043  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

F- 7
 

 

ZHONGDEHUI (SZ) DEVELOPMENT CO., LTD

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2018

 

1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
   
  Zhongdehuia (SZ) Development Co., Ltd (“ZDSE” or the “Company”) was incorporated as a limited company in the Peoples’ Republic of China (the “PRC”) on January 19, 2016. ZDSE is a professional management coaching organization engaged in researching, developing and applying methods for helping individuals to improve their personal and professional leadership skills and effectiveness. ZDSE’s clients consist of executive managers from large scale, small and medium-sized enterprises, as well as professionals and employees in various fields. The Company conducts business in one segment which provide educational services in the PRC.
   
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
   
(a) Basis of Presentation
   
  The accompanying financial statements include the balances and results of operations of the Company have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchanges Commission (“SEC”) and in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. (“US GAAP”).
   
  The accompanying financial statements are presented on the basis that the Company is a going concern. The going concern assumption contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business.
   
  The Company incurred net loss of $65,564 and $239,197 during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company had net current liability of $265,377 and $754,247, respectively, and an deficit on total equity of $113,127 and $439,989, respectively.
   
  The ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon the Company’s profit generating operations in the future and/or obtaining the necessary financing to meet its obligations and repay its liabilities arising from normal business operations when they become due. These financial statements do not include any adjustments to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.
   
  The Company expects to finance operations primarily through cash flow from revenue and capital contributions from the Chairman of the Board. In the event that the Company requires additional funding to finance the growth of the Company’s current and expected future operations as well as to achieve our strategic objectives, the Chairman of the Board indicated the intent and ability to provide additional equity financing.
   
  These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The Company’s continuation as a going concern is dependent on the Company’s ability to meet obligations as they become due and to obtain additional equity or alternative financing required to fund operations until sufficient sources of recurring revenues can be generated. There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in its plans described above or in attracting equity or alternative financing on acceptable terms, or if at all. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
   
(b) Use of estimates
   
  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, related disclosures of contingent liabilities at the balance sheet date, and revenue and expenses in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Significant accounting estimates reflected in the Company’s financial statements include the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets, economic lives and impairment of leasehold improvements and equipment, allowance for doubtful accounts and etc.. Actual results could differ from those estimates and such differences could affect the results of operations reported in future periods.
   
(c) Cash and Cash Equivalents
   
  The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. All cash and cash equivalents relate to cash on hand and cash at bank at December 31, 2017 and 2018.

 

F- 8
 

 

  The Renminbi is not freely convertible into foreign currencies. Under the PRC Foreign Exchange Control Regulations and Administration of Settlement, Sales and Payment of Foreign Exchange Regulations, the Company is permitted to exchange Renminbi for foreign currencies through banks that are authorized to conduct foreign exchange business.
   
(d) Leasehold Improvement, Furniture and Equipment
   
  An item of leasehold improvement, furniture and equipment is stated at cost less any accumulated depreciation and any accumulated allowance for decrease in value (if any).
   
  The cost of an item of leasehold improvement, furniture and equipment comprises its purchase price, import duties and non-refundable purchase taxes (after deducting trade discounts and rebates) and any costs directly attributable to bringing the asset to the location and condition necessary for it to be capable of operating in the manner intended by management. These can include the initial estimate of costs of dismantling and removing the item, and restoring the site on which it is located, the obligation for which an entity incurs either when the item is acquired or as a consequence of having used the item during a particular period.
   
  The cost of replacing part of leasehold improvement, furniture and equipment is included in the carrying amount of the asset when it is probable that future economic benefits will flow to the Company and the carrying amount of those replaced parts is derecognized. Repairs and maintenance are charged to the statement of income during the financial period in which they are incurred.
   
  Depreciation is calculated on the straight-line basis to write off the cost of each asset to its residual value over the estimated useful life as follows:

 

Leasehold improvement Shorter of the lease term or estimated useful life
Furniture and education equipment 5 years
Computer equipment and software 5 years

 

  The assets’ residual value, useful lives, and depreciation method are regularly reviewed.
   
(e) Impairment of long-lived assets
   
  The Company reviews its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may no longer be recoverable. Whenever there is an indication showing a permanent decrease in the amount of leasehold improvement, furniture and equipment; such as an evidence of obsolescence or physical damage of an asset, significant changes in the manner in which an asset is used or is expected to be used, the Company shall recognize loss on decrease in value of leasehold improvement and equipment in the statement of income where the carrying amount of asset is higher than the recoverable amount. The Company measures impairment by comparing the carrying value of the long-lived assets to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the assets and their eventual disposition. If the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flow is less than the carrying amount of the assets, the Company would recognize an impairment loss based on the fair value of the assets. Impairment losses are included in the administrative expenses. The Company recorded long-lived asset impairment of $nil and $55,919 during the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2018.
   
(f) Value added tax (“VAT”)
   
  On January 1, 2012, the PRC Ministry of Finance and the State Administration of Taxation officially launched a pilot VAT reform program (“Pilot Program”), applicable to businesses in selected industries. Such VAT Pilot Program was phased in Beijing, Jiangsu, Anhui, Fujian, Guangdong, Tianjin, Zhejiang, and Hubei between September and December 2012. Business in the Pilot Program would pay VAT instead of sales tax. Starting from August 1, 2013, the Pilot Program was expanded to cover all regions in the PRC. Implementation of the Pilot Program, the new enrollment system development services and other operating services which were previously subject to business tax are therefore subject to VAT at the rate of 6% of revenue. The net VAT balance between input VAT and output VAT is recorded as accrued expenses in the Company’s financial statements.

 

From May 2016 to July 2018, the Company is a small-scale taxpayer and in accordance with Cai Shui [2016] No. 68, the non-academic educational programs and services in short-term training schools are subject to a simple VAT collection method and apply for a 3% VAT rate. Since August 2018, the Company became general taxpayer and subject to a VAT rate of 6%.

 

F- 9
 

 

(g) Income Recognition
   
  Recognition of Revenue
   
  Revenue is reported net of business taxes and VAT. The educational services consist of training programs and courses. Tuition is generally paid in advance and is initially recorded as deferred revenue. Revenue is recognized proportionately as the instruction is delivered over the period of the course for the course fees collected.
   
  Revenue is generated through delivery services when a customer receives services and is recognized in an amount that reflects the consideration that the Company expects to receive in exchange for those services. In addition, the standard requires disclosure of the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. The amount of revenue that is recorded reflects the consideration that the Company expects to receive in exchange for those services. The Company applies the following five-step model in order to determine this amount:

 

  (i) identification of the services in the contract;
     
  (ii) determination of whether the services are performance obligations, including whether they are distinct in the context of the contract;
     
  (iii) measurement of the transaction price, including the constraint on variable consideration;
     
  (iv) allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations; and
     
  (v) recognition of revenue when (or as) the Company satisfies each performance obligation.

 

  The Company only applies the five-step model to contracts when it is probable that the Company will collect the consideration it is entitled to in exchange for the goods or services it transfers to the customer. Once a contract is determined to be within the scope of ASC 606 at contract inception, the Company reviews the contract to determine which performance obligations the Company must deliver and which of these performance obligations are distinct. The Company recognizes as revenues the amount of the transaction price that is allocated to the respective performance obligation when the performance obligation is satisfied or as it is satisfied. Generally, the Company’s performance obligations are transferred to customers at a point in time, typically upon delivery.
   
  For all reporting periods, the Company has not disclosed the value of unsatisfied performance obligations for all service revenue contracts with an original expected length of one year or less, which is an optional exemption that is permitted under the adopted rules.
   
  Other Income and other expenses
   
  Other income, and other expenses are recognized on an accrual basis in accordance with the substance of the relevant agreements.
   
(h) Operating leases
   
  Leases where substantially all the rewards and risks of ownership of assets remain with the leasing company are accounted for as operating leases. Payments made under operating leases are charged to the consolidated statements of operations on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the lease term or estimated economic life.
   
(i) Foreign Currency Translation
   
  The Company’s reporting currency is the U.S. dollar and the functional currency is the Chinese Renminbi (“RMB”). All assets and liabilities are translated at exchange rates at the balance sheet date and revenue and expenses are translated at the average yearly exchange rates and equity is translated at historical exchange rates. Any translation adjustments resulting are not included in determining net income but are included in foreign exchange adjustment to other comprehensive income, a component of equity.

 

F- 10
 

 

  Transactions in currencies other than the functional currencies during the year are converted into the applicable functional currencies at the applicable rates of exchange prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Exchange gains and losses are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations.
   
  The exchange rates utilized as follows:

 

    2018     2017  
Year-end RMB exchange rate     6.88       6.51  
Average annual RMB exchange rate     6.60       6.76  

 

  No representation is made that the RMB amounts could have been, or could be, converted into U.S. dollars at the rates used in translation.
   
(j) Foreign Currency Risk
   
  The RMB is not a freely convertible currency. The State Administration for Foreign Exchange, under the authority of the People’s Bank of China, controls the conversion of the RMB into other currencies. The value of the RMB is subject to changes in central government policies and to international economic and political developments affecting supply and demand in the China Foreign Exchange Trading System market. Over 80% of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents are in RMB.
   
(k) Fair Value
   
  Fair value is the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities required or permitted to be recorded at fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which it would transact and it considers assumptions that market participants would use when valuing the asset or liability. Authoritative literature provides a fair value hierarchy which prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels. The level in the hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement as follows:
   
  Level 1
  Level 1 applies to assets or liabilities for which there are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
   
  Level 2
  Level 2 applies to assets or liabilities for which there are inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets with insufficient volume or infrequent transactions (less active markets); or model-derived valuations in which significant inputs are observable or can be derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data.
   
  Level 3
  Level 3 applies to assets or liabilities for which there are unobservable inputs to the valuation methodology that are significant to the measurement of the fair value of the assets or liabilities.
   
(l) Fair Value of financial instruments
   
  The Company’s financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and accounts payable. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents and accounts payable approximate their fair values due to the short-term maturities of these instruments.
   
(m) Income Taxes
   
  Income tax expense comprises current and deferred taxation and is recognized in profit or loss except to the extent that it relates to items recognized directly in other comprehensive income or equity, in which case it is recognized directly in other comprehensive income or equity. Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date, and any adjustment to tax payable with respect to previous periods.
   
  The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability approach. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities, net of operating loss carry forwards and credits, by applying enacted tax rates that will be in effect for the period in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in the statements of operations in the period of change.

 

F- 11
 

 

  The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions by reporting a liability for unrecognized tax benefits resulting from uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Tax benefits are recognized from uncertain tax positions when the Company believes that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the tax authorities based on the technical merits of the position. The Company recognizes interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expenses.
   
(n) Comprehensive income
   
  Comprehensive income includes net income and foreign currency translation adjustments. Comprehensive income is reported in the statements of comprehensive income.
   
(o) Concentration of credit risk
   
  Financial instruments that potentially expose the Company to significant concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents. As of December 31, 2018, substantially all of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents were deposited with financial institutions with high-credit ratings and quality. The Company did not have any customers constituting 10% or more of the net revenues in the fiscal years 2017 and 2018.
   
(p) Share Capital
   
  Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of ordinary shares are recognized as a deduction from equity.
   
(q) Recent accounting pronouncements
   
  In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606).” ASU 2014-09 requires revenue recognition to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration that a company expects to be entitled to in exchange for the goods or services. To achieve this principle, a company must apply five steps including identifying the contract with a customer, identifying the performance obligations in the contract, determining the transaction price, allocating the transaction price to the performance obligations, and recognizing revenue when (or as) the company satisfies the performance obligations. Additional quantitative and qualitative disclosure to enhance the understanding about the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows is also required. ASU 2014-09 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2017. In April 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-10, “Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing.” ASU 2016-10 clarifies the following two aspects of ASU 2014-09: identifying performance obligations and licensing implementation guidance. The effective date of ASU 2016-10 is the same as the effective date of ASU 2014-09. The Company adopted this ASU on January 1, 2018 and determined it had no impact on its financial statements as of December 31, 2018.
   
  In January 2016, the FASB issued a new pronouncement ASU 2016-01 Financial Instruments-Overall: Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. The ASU requires equity investments (except those accounted for under the equity method of accounting or those that result in consolidation of the investee) to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income. The ASU also requires an entity to present separately in other comprehensive income the portion of the total change in the fair value of a liability resulting from a change in the instrument-specific credit risk when the entity has elected to measure the liability at fair value in accordance with the fair value option for financial instruments.
   
  ASU 2016-01 was further amended in February 2018 by ASU 2018-03, “Technical Corrections and Improvements to Financial Instruments—Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities”. This update was issued to clarify certain narrow aspects of guidance concerning the recognition of financial assets and liabilities established in ASU 2016-01. This includes an amendment to clarify that an entity measuring an equity security using the measurement alternative may change its measurement approach to a fair valuation method in accordance with Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement, through an irrevocable election that would apply to that security and all identical or similar investments of the same issued.
   
  ASU 2016-01 and ASU 2018-03 are effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Adoption of the amendment must be applied by means of a cumulative-effect adjustment to the balance sheet as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption, except for amendments related to equity instruments that do not have readily determinable fair values which should be applied prospectively. The Company adopted this ASU on January 1, 2018 and determined it had no impact on its financial statements as of December 31, 2018.

 

F- 12
 

 

  In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The guidance supersedes existing guidance on accounting for leases with the main difference being that operating leases are to be recorded in the statement of financial position as right-of-use assets and lease liabilities, initially measured at the present value of the lease payments. For operating leases with a term of 12 months or less, a lessee is permitted to make an accounting policy election not to recognize lease assets and liabilities. For public business entities, the guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early application of the guidance is permitted. In transition, entities are required to recognize and measure leases at the beginning of the earliest period presented using a modified retrospective approach. The Company expects to adopt ASU 2016-02 in the first quarter of fiscal year 2019. The Group has substantially completed the assessment of the impacts of the new standard to its existing lease contracts. The Company does not believe the adoption of this ASU would have a material effect on its financial statements.
   
  In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments — Credit Losses (Topic 326), Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Statements. This ASU requires a financial asset (or group of financial assets) measured at amortized cost basis to be presented at the net amount expected to be collected. The allowance for credit losses is a valuation account that is deducted from the amortized cost basis of the financial asset(s) to present the net carrying value at the amount expected to be collected on the financial asset. This Accounting Standards Update affects entities holding financial assets and net investment in leases that are not accounted for at fair value through net income. The amendments affect loans, debt securities, trade receivables, net investments in leases, off balance sheet credit exposures, reinsurance receivables, and any other financial assets not excluded from the scope that have the contractual rights to receive cash. For public business entities, the amendments in this Update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. All entities may adopt the amendments in this Update through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is effective (that is, a modified-retrospective approach). The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact of the adoption of this pronouncement on its financial statements.
   
  In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18: Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash. The amendments in this Update require that a statement of cash flows explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents, and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. Therefore, amounts generally described as restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents should be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows. The amendments in this Update do not provide a definition of restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. The amendments in this ASU on update are effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The amendments in this Update should be applied using a retrospective transition method for each period presented. The Company adopted this ASU on January 1, 2018 and determined it had no impact on its financial statements as of December 31, 2018.

 

F- 13
 

 

  The Company reviews new accounting standards as issued. Management has not identified any other new standards that it believes will have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.
   
3. LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENT, FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT, NET

 

    As of December 31,  
    2018     2017  
Furniture and education equipment   $ 35,291       93,777  
Computer equipment and software     15,157       16,278  
Leasehold improvements     -       187,975  
    $ 50,448       298,030  
Less: accumulated depreciation     (28,010 )     (122,173 )
      22,438       175,857  

 

  Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 was $83,193 and $76,191, respectively.
   
  The Company recorded long-lived asset impairment losses of $55,919 during the year ended December 31, 2018, including $33,882 for leasehold improvement and $22,037 for the furniture. The Company did not record any long-lived asset impairment losses during the year ended December 31, 2017.
   
4. OTHER PAYABLES AND ACCRUALS

 

    As of December 31,  
    2018     2017  
Accrued payroll and welfare payable   $ 9,690       25,493  
Amounts reimbursable to employees (a)     -       4,252  
VAT and other taxes payable     1,379       10,467  
Others (b)     -       15,913  
    $ 11,069       56,125  

 

  (a) Amounts reimbursable to employees include travelling and the related expenses.
  (b) Others primarily include conference fee and other miscellaneous expenses payable.

 

5. INCOME TAXES
   
  Income tax expense (benefits)

 

    For the year ended December 31,  
    2018     2017  
Current tax expense   $ -     $ -  
Deferred tax benefits     1,142       (50,860 )
    $ 1,142     $ (50,860 )

 

  The Company’s tax charge comes solely from the tax jurisdiction in the PRC, which has a statutory tax rate of 25% (2017: 25%).
   
  A reconciliation of the effective tax rates from 25% statutory tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 is as follows:

 

    For the year ended December 31,  
    2018     2017  
Loss before tax   $ (64,422 )   $ (290,057 )
Tax credit calculated at statutory tax rate     (16,105 )     (72,514 )
Expense not deductible for tax     17,247       21,654  
    $ 1,142     $ (50,860 )

 

F- 14
 

 

  Recognized deferred tax assets and liabilities
   
  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when income taxes are related to the same fiscal authority. Deferred income taxes are calculated on all temporary differences under the asset and liability method using a 25% principal tax rate
   
  The movement in the deferred income tax account is as follows:

 

    2018     2017  
At January 1   $ 138,401     $ 80,176  
Charged (credited) to the statement of loss     (1,142 )     50,860  
Exchange difference     (7,447 )     7,365  
At December 31   $ 129,812     $ 138,401  

 

  Deferred tax assets and temporary differences are recognized if the realization of the tax benefit is probable.
   
  Deferred tax assets are recognized for tax loss and carry forwards only to the extent that realization of the related tax benefit through the future taxable profits is probable. As of the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company had net operating loss carried-forwards of $519,248, which will expire on various dates from December 31, 2021 to December 31, 2023.
   
6. RELATED PARTIES TRANSACTIONS
   
  The Company had the following balances and transactions with related parties:

 

  (a) Amount due to related parties

 

        As of December 31,  
    Relationship   2018     2017  
Hengqing Investment Consultation(SZ) Partnership Business (LP)   Company controlled by
Qing Zuo
  $ 24,052     $ -  
Henghui Investment Consultation(SZ) Partnership Business (LP)   Company controlled by
Qing Zuo
    64,008       -  
Qing Zuo   Majority shareholder and executive chairman until June 27, 2018 and November 28, 2018, respectively. Currently Chairman of the Board since December 20, 2018     33,473       83,409  
                     
Mengling Zhang   General manager     36,519       537,137  
Total       $ 158,052     $ 620,546  

 

The balances represent cash advances or loans due to related parties.

 

The balances with related parties are unsecured, non-interest bearing and repayable on demand.

 

  (b) Transactions

 

        For the year ended
December 31,
 
    Relationship   2018     2017  
Qing Zuo:   Majority shareholder and executive chairman until June 27, 2018 and November 28, 2018, respectively.  Currently Chairman of the Board since December 20, 2018            
Tutor fee         13,320       2,726  
                     
Mengling Zhang:   General manager                
Tutor fee         18,057       1,969  
                     
Total       $ 31,377       4,695  

 

The Company paid coaching fees to related parties during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018.

 

F- 15
 

 

7. RESERVES
   
(a) Legal reserve
   
  Pursuant to the laws applicable to the PRC’s Foreign Investment Enterprises, the Company must make appropriations from after-tax profit to non-distributable reserve funds. Subject to certain cumulative limits, the general reserve requires annual appropriations of 10% of after-tax profits as determined under the PRC laws and regulations at each year-end until the balance reaches 50% of the PRC entity registered capital; the other reserve appropriations are at the Company’s discretion. These reserves can only be used for specific purposes of enterprise expansion and are not distributable as cash dividends. During the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, the Company did not accrue any legal reserve.
   
(b) Currency translation reserve
   
  The currency translation reserve represents translation differences arising from translation of foreign currency financial statements into the Company’s reporting currency.
   
8. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
   
  Operating lease commitments
   
  The Company leased the office in Shenzhen, the PRC, under operating leases terminating in March 2019. Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 was $143,860 and $150,299, respectively.
   
  Future minimum lease payments for leases with initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year are as follows:
   
  The future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases in respect of the Company’s office are as follows:

 

    2018     2017  
Within 1 year   $ 50,201     $ 152,543  
After 1 year but within 5 years     -       53,074  
    $ 50,201     $ 205,617  

 

9. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
   
  In March 2019, the Company terminated the lease for the office in Shenzhen, PRC three months early of the one year term, which caused the forfeiture of the security deposit amounting to $27,260 and the impairment loss of leasehold improvements and equipment amounting to $55,919.

 

F- 16
 

 

HUAHUI EDUCATION GROUP CORP

 

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED

 

DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

     

 

 

HUAHUI EDUCATION GROUP CORP

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

  Pages
Pro Forma Combined Balance Sheet F-1
Pro Forma Combined Income Statement F-2
Notes to Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements F-3 – F-6

 

     

 

 

HUAHUI EDUCATION GROUP CORP

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

    HHEG     HGS     Pro Forma Adjustments     Notes     Pro Forma Combined  
ASSETS                            
Current assets:                                        
Cash and cash equivalents   $ -     $ 189,210     $             $ 189,210  
Other receivables     -       39,553       (36,130 )     (b)       3,423  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets     -       14,677                       14,677  
Total current assets     -       243,440                       207,310  
                                         
Non-current assets:                                        
Leasehold improvements, furniture and equipment, net     -       24,192                       24,192  
Deferred tax assets, net     -       129,812                       129,812  
Total non-current assets     -       154,004                       154,004  
Total assets   $ -     $ 397,444     $             $ 361,314  
                                       
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY                                        
Current liabilities:                                        
Deferred revenue   $ -     $ 147,269       $             $ 147,269  
Other payables and accruals     38,426       17,600       (36,130 )     (b)       19,896  
Amount due to related parties     32,440       340,145                       372,585  
Total current liabilities     70,866       505,014                       539,750  
Total liabilities   $ 70,866     $ 505,014     $             $ 539,750  
                                         
EQUITY                                        
Share capital   $ 2,735     $ 100,000     $ (72,462 )     (a)     $ 30,273  
Additional paid in capital     37,734       455       (38,873 )     (a)       (684 )
Foreign currency translation reserve     -       2,889                       2,889  
Accumulated deficit     (111,335 )     (210,914 )     111,335       (a)       (210,914 )
Total deficit     (70,866 )     (107,570 )                     (178,436 )
Total liabilities and equity   $ -     $ 397,444     $             $ 361,314  

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma combined financial statements.

 

  F- 1  

 

 

HUAHUI EDUCATION GROUP CORP

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

    HHEG     HGSL     Pro Forma Adjustments     Notes     Pro Forma Combined  
Revenue   $ -     $ 212,780     $                    $ 212,780  
Cost of revenue     -       (56,216 )                     (56,216 )
Gross profit     -       156,564                       156,564  
                                         
Selling and marketing     -       (8,947 )                     (8,947 )
General and administrative     (68,366 )     (402,421 )                     (470,787 )
Operating loss     (68,366 )     (254,804 )                     (323,170 )
                                         
Other expenses, net     -       (40 )                     (40 )
Loss before income taxes     (68,366 )     (254,844 )                     (323,210 )
                                         
Income (taxes) benefits     -       43,930                       43,930  
Net loss for the year     (68,366 )     (210,914 )                             (279,280 )
                                         
Foreign currency translation differences     -       (2,889 )                     (2,889 )
Total comprehensive loss for the year     (68,366 )     (213,803 )                     (282,169 )
                                         
Loss per share:                                        
Basic and diluted loss per share     (0.00 )                             (0.00 )
                                         
Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding     2,734,900                               302,734,900  

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma combined financial statements.

 

  F- 2  

 

 

HUAHUI EDUCATION GROUP CORP

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1. Organization and Principal Activities

 

HUAHUI EDUCATION GROUP CORPORATION, formerly Duonas Corp. (“the Company”) was incorporated in the State of Nevada on September 19, 2014 to start business operations concerned with production of stylish decorative items made from concrete, such as: different sculptures, candleholders, lamps, table tops, bookcases, vases of different shapes and forms, decorations for the garden; and subsequent selling thereof.

 

The Company filed a registration statement on Form S-1 with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on August 25, 2016, which was declared effective on October 12, 2016. In November 2017, a change of control occurred as reported in the Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 2, 2017. Control was obtained by the sale of 2,000,000 shares of the Company common stock from Vladyslav Beinars to Zhongpeng Chen, Shuiyu Zhong, Xihan Huang, Meihua Zhuang, Peina Huang, Yanru He, Yin Ao, Zhanpeng Fang, Liming Huang, Chuhong Huang, Xiaodong Du, Qiaohong Xie, Lizhen Huang, Liyu Zhang, Chuhua Chen, Meina Xie, Meiyun Wang, Ning Xie, Lirong Zhang, Chan Li, Qiongju Ou, Xijuan Huang, Yihao Chen, Huilin Chen, Yulan Chen, Yixiong Chen, Qixia Yao, Baoquan Huang, Wei Xiong, Changli Huang and Wu Lin. In connection with the transaction, Vladyslav Beinars released the Company from all debts owed. Subsequent to the change in control, new management determined to abandon the Company’s previous business plan and determined to seek a possible business combination. The current business purpose of the Company is to seek the acquisition of, or merger with, an existing company.

 

Through October 22, 2017, the Company’s primary business activity was production of stylish decorative items made from concrete, such as: different sculptures, candleholders, lamps, table tops, bookcases, vases of different shapes and forms, decorations for the garden; and subsequent selling thereof. The Company has accounted for all of its assets, liabilities and results of operations up to October 22, 2017 as discontinued operations. The Company’s office is located at Block 2, Duo Li Hi Tech Industrial Park, No.9, Jinlong 1st Road, Baolong Residential District, Longgang District, Shenzhen. The Company’s phone number is +86 177 2256 7599.

 

On February 22, 2019, the Company completed the process of redomiciling the Company from Nevada to the Cayman Islands. The Board of Directors has established a wholly-owned subsidiary in the Cayman Islands named HUAHUI EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED (“HHEG Cayman”), and merged the Company into HHEG Cayman. HHEG Cayman is the surviving company. There was no change in the number of outstanding shares of the Company’s Common Stock and that each share of HHEG Nevada Common Stock was converted into one ordinary share of HHEG Cayman.

 

On July 3, 2019 (the “Closing Date”), HUAHUI EDUCATION GROUP LIMITED (the “Company”), an exempted company limited by shares under the laws of the Cayman Islands, closed on a share exchange (the “Share Exchange”) with HUAHUI GROUP STOCK LTD, (“HGSL”), a Seychelles company limited by shares, and HUAHUI GROUP (HK) CO., LTD (“HGHK”), a company with limited liability formed under the laws of Hong Kong and a wholly-owned subsidiary of HGSL. As a result, HGHK is now a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. Under the Share Exchange Agreement, on the Closing Date, the Company issued a total of 300,000,000 of its ordinary shares to the HGSL Shareholders in exchange for 100% of the common stock of HGSL. After the closing, the HGSL Shareholders own approximately 99.1% of The Company’s outstanding shares.and the former shareholders of the Company own approximately 0.9%. Mr. Zihua Wu, the former sole officer and director of the Company, resigned from all positions with the Company as of immediately before the closing of the Share Exchange and Mr. Junze Zhang was appointed as the Company’s President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary, as well as a director. Mr. Zhongpeng Chen also was appointed a director of the Company. As a result of the Share Exchange, HGSL became the wholly owned subsidiary of the Company and ZDSE, HGSL’s indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary, became the Company’s sole operational business. Consequently, the Company believes that the Share Exchange has caused the Company to cease to be a shell company. A copy of the Share Exchange Agreement is attached as Exhibit 2.1 to this Form 6-K.

 

For accounting purposes, the Share Exchange was treated as a reverse acquisition with HGSL as the acquirer and the Company as the acquired party. When we refer in this report to business and financial information for periods prior to the consummation of the Share Exchange, we are referring to the business and financial information of HGSL unless the context suggests otherwise.

 

  F- 3  

 

 

On July 2, 2019, the Company’s board of directors unanimously approved to modify the Company’s accounting fiscal year end from June 30 to December 31.

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Basis of presentation

 

These pro forma combined financial statements, accompanying notes, and related disclosures have been prepared on an as-if basis assuming that the reverse takeover transaction between the Company and HGSL has been in effect since the beginning of the period present in the results of operations by combining the historical financial statements of the entities and eliminating any intercompany balances. Goodwill would not be recognized in this transaction, and the carrying values of the Company and HGSL are their respective historical values. Actual results combined results may have differed from those presented herein.

 

These financial statements have been prepared using the accrual basis of accounting in accordance with the generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in the United States. The Company’s fiscal year end is December 31 and the financial statements are presented in US dollars

 

Basis of Pro Forma combined financial statements

 

These pro forma combined financial statements include the accounts of the Company and the entities listed below. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

 

Entity   Date of incorporation   Date of
acquisition
  Place of incorporation   Percentage of
legal ownership
by the Company
Huahui Group Stock Limited (“HGSL”)   May 17, 2017   N/A   Seychelles   100%
Huahui Group Co., Limited (“HGCL”)   May 29, 2017   N/A   Seychelles   100%
Huahui Group (HK) Co., Limited (“HGHK”)   January 4, 2017   April 20, 2018   Hong Kong   100%
Huahui (Shenzhen) Education Management Co., Limited (“HEMC”)   March 28, 2017   April 20, 2018   PRC   100%
Shenzhen Huahui Shangxing Education Consulting Co., Limited (“HSEC”)   January 5, 2018   May 4, 2018   PRC   100%
Zhongdehui (Shenzhen) Education Development Co., Limited (“ZDSE”)   January19, 2016   June 27, 2018   PRC   100%

 

Use of estimates

 

The preparation of the financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Management makes these estimates using the best information available at the time the estimates are made; however, actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

 

  F- 4  

 

 

Foreign currency translation and re-measurement

 

The Company translates its foreign operations to the U.S. dollar in accordance with ASC 830, “ Foreign Currency Matters ”.

 

The reporting currency for the Company and its subsidiaries is the US dollar. The Company, HGSL, HGGL, HGHK’s functional currency is the U.S. dollar; HEMC, HSEC and ZDSE use the Chinese Renminbi (“RMB”) as their functional currency.

 

All assets and liabilities are translated at exchange rates at the balance sheet date and revenue and expenses are translated at the average yearly exchange rates and equity is translated at historical exchange rates. Any translation adjustments resulting are not included in determining net income but are included in foreign exchange adjustment to other comprehensive income, a component of equity.

 

Transactions in currencies other than the functional currencies during the year are converted into the applicable functional currencies at the applicable rates of exchange prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Exchange gains and losses are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

The exchange rates utilized as follows:

 

    2018     2017  
Year-end RMB exchange rate     6.88       6.51  
Average annual RMB exchange rate     6.60       6.76  

 

No representation is made that the RMB amounts could have been, or could be, converted into U.S. dollars at the rates used in translation.

 

3. PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS

 

The pro forma adjustments are based on management preliminary estimates and assumptions that are subject to change. The following adjustments have been reflected in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information:

 

  (a) Represents (1) 300,000,000 newly-issued shares of Common Stock of the Registrant, and (2) removing the Registrant’s accumulated deficit and adjusting equity for recapitalization.
     
  (b) Represents elimination of inter-company balance.

 

4. EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

The following table illustrates the calculation of pro forma loss per share:

 

    Year ended
December 31, 2018
 
       
Pro forma net loss   $ (279,280 )
         
Weighted-average shares outstanding:        
Pro forma shares     302,734,900  
         
Loss per share        
Basic and diluted   $ (0.00 )

 

  F- 5  

 

 

5. GOING CONCERN

 

The accompanying financial statements are presented on the basis that the Company is a going concern. The going concern assumption contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business.

 

The Company incurred net loss of $279,280 during the year ended December 31, 2018. As of December 31, 2018, the Company had net current liability of $332,440 and a deficit on equity of $178,436.

 

The ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon the Company’s profit generating operations in the future and/or obtaining the necessary financing to meet its obligations and repay its liabilities arising from normal business operations when they become due. These consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.

 

The Company expects to finance operations primarily through cash flow from revenue and capital contributions from the Chairman of the Board. In the event that the Company requires additional funding to finance the growth of the Company’s current and expected future operations as well as to achieve our strategic objectives, the Chairman of the Board indicated the intent and ability to provide additional equity financing.

 

These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The Company’s continuation as a going concern is dependent on the Company’s ability to meet obligations as they become due and to obtain additional equity or alternative financing required to fund operations until sufficient sources of recurring revenues can be generated. There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in its plans described above or in attracting equity or alternative financing on acceptable terms, or if at all. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

  F- 6